The
“I AM”
Discourses
by
Godfre
Ray
King
Table
Of
Contents
Discourse
01
October
03,
1932
Discourse
02
October
06,
1932
Discourse
03
October
10,
1932
Discourse
04
October
13,
1932
Discourse
05
October
17,
1932
Discourse
06
October
20,
1932
Discourse
07
October
24,
1932
Discourse
08
October
27,
1932
Discourse
09
October
30,
1932
Discourse
10
November
03,
1932
Discourse
11
November
07,
1932
Discourse
12
November
10,
1932
Discourse
13
November
14,
1932
Discourse
14
November
17,
1932
Discourse
15
November
21,
1932
Discourse
16
November
24,
1932
Discourse
17
November
28,
1932
Discourse
18
December
01,
1932
Discourse
19
December
05,
1932
Discourse
20
December
08,
1932
Discourse
21
December
12,
1932
Discourse
22
December
15,
1932
Discourse
23
December
19,
1932
Discourse
24
December
22,
1932
Discourse
25
December
25,
1932
Discourse
26
December
29,
1932
Discourse
27
December
24,
1933
Discourse
28
December
25,
1933
Discourse
29
August 19,
1934
Discourse
30
November
29,
1934
Discourse
31
December
25,
1934
Discourse
32
January 1,
1935
Discourse
33
July 4,
1932
New
Year's
Eve
Conclave
Jan.
1,
1935
Discourse
01
October
03,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite,
Mighty Presence,
Thou All-Pervading
Principle of
Life! We give
praise and thanks for Thy Wondrous Activity through all outer
presence. Out of Thy Mighty
Essence comes
all that
is, and
oh! that
humanity might
understand, Thou
art ever and forever Self-sustained. Thou Mighty, Active
Principle of Life, surge forth in the outer activity of mankind and
manifest Thy Supreme Justice now in all places.
Mighty
Presence of Light—God in Action! govern the minds of mankind,
holding them to Truth and Justice, and see that Thy Messengers are
placed in all official positions. Let naught
of the
outer interfere,
that none
of humanity
may accept
any thought
of deception.
Mighty
Presence of God in Action, surge forth in the minds of all,
expressing Thy Conquering Presence.
Greetings:
I bring you Greetings from
the Perfected Ones, who are watching closely over and
ministering to all.
THE
DISCOURSE
Life,
in all Its Activities everywhere manifest, is
God in
Action; and it is only through lack of the understanding of
applied thought and feeling that mankind is constantly interrupting
the pure flow of that Perfect Essence of Life which would, without
interference, naturally express Its Perfection everywhere.
The
natural tendency of Life is Love, Peace, Beauty, Harmony, and
Opulence, for Life cares not who uses It, but is constantly surging
to pour more of Its Perfection into manifestation,
always with
that lifting
process which
is ever
inherent within
Itself.
"
IAM"
"I
AM" is
the Activity
of "That
Life."
How
strange it is that students with sincere interest do not seem to get
the True Meaning of those two words.
When
you say
and feel
"I AM,"
you release
the spring
of Eternal,
Everlasting Life
to flow on
Its way
unmolested. In
other words,
you open
wide the
door to
Its natural
flow. When you say "I AM not," you shut the door in
the face of this Mighty Energy.
"I
AM" is
the Full
Activity of
God.
Having
placed before
you so
often the
Truth of
God in Action, I
wish you
to understand Its
first expression
in individualization.
The first
expression of
every individual,
everywhere in the Universe, either in spoken word, silent thought or
feeling, is "I AM," recognizing
Its Own
Conquering Divinity.
The
student, endeavoring
to understand
and apply
these mighty,
yet simple
Laws, must stand
guard more
strictly over
his thought
and expression
—in word
or otherwise;
for every time you
say "I AM not," "I cannot," "I have not,"
you are, whether knowingly or unknowingly,
throttling that
"Great Presence"
within you.
This is
just as
tangible as
if
you
placed your
hands about
the throat
of an
outer form,
only with
the outer
form, your thought governing the hand, you can release it at
any time; but when you make a declaration using the words "I AM
not," you set in motion Mighty, Limitless Energy that continues
to act,
unless it
is recalled
and the
imperfection consumed
and transmuted.
This
shows you the enormous
power you have to qualify
this Mighty Energy of God,
and I tell you Beloved
Students, dynamite is less dangerous, for that
would but liberate
you from the body; while these thoughts sent forth ignorantly and
ungoverned bind you upon the
wheel of
re-embodiment
indefinitely.
Thus
you can see how important it is for you to know what you are doing
when you thoughtlessly use wrong expressions; because you are using
the Most Divine Principle of Activity
in the
Universe — "I
AM."
Do
not misunderstand me —this is no idle, foreign, or Oriental
expression, but the Highest Principle of Life used and expressed
throughout every civilization that has ever existed—for
the first
expression every
Self-conscious form
of Life
gives is
"I AM."
It is
only afterwards, in its contact with outer, wrongly qualified
activity, that it begins to accept anything less than "I AM."
Now
Dear Students, do you not see that when you say "I AM sick,"
you are just reversing
this Principle of Life, which is naturally all Perfection; thus
requalifying it by your willful
ignorance with
something which it
never naturally
possessed?
Through
long centuries of willful misunderstanding, humanity has charged the
very atmosphere about
them with
falsehood and
unreality, for
I need
not say
to you
that when you say "I AM sick," it is an abject
falsehood in respect to your Divinity, which cannot be sick.
Does
this sound
harsh to
you?
Then
I say,
think it
over, and
you will
see what
a blessing
and release
it can
be to
you.
I
say to you, Dear Students, in the Name of God, stop using these wrong
expressions of your Godhead, of your Divinity, for it is impossible
for you to have Freedom as long as you continue to do it. I cannot
speak of this to you too often: that when you really recognize
and accept the Mighty Presence of God in you, there are positively no
adverse conditions.
STOP!
I say to you, giving power to the outer conditions, persons, places
or things, and in the Name of God, every time you find yourself
starting to say "I AM sick," "I AM broke,"
"I AM not
feeling well,"
instantly reverse
this fatal condition
to your
progress; and declare silently with all the intensity of your
being—"I AM"—which is all health, opulence, Perfection,
happiness, peace, and the power to recognize Perfection in yourself
and everywhere else.
When
you think of the expression "I AM," it means that you know
you have God in Action expressing in your Life. Do not let
these false expressions continue to govern and limit you. Continually
remind yourself: "I live, move, and have my Being and all outer
expression in the full opulence of God, made manifest every moment."
In
thus reminding yourself of this Invincible, Unconquerable Presence,
you keep the door open for
Its pure, Invincible Essence and Intelligence to weave into your
outer expression that wondrous Perfection.
I
plead with
you, Dear
Ones everywhere,
do not
continue to
use these
wrong expressions thinking
that in
some hocus-pocus
way you
may slide
past reaping
the result. IT
SIMPLY CANNOT
BE DONE.
Many
of you know that they use the branding- iron on the Western Frontier
as a recognition of ownership by the ranchmen. So great is my desire
to have you recognize and hold fast
to the active Presence of
God in you, that
I almost long for a
branding-iron to brand those words— "I
AM" —into your consciousness
for constant use; that you could not
be drawn
off the
recognition, acceptance, and use
of that
Mighty, Glorious Presence of God, which you are.
I
trust that all who may hear or read these words will feel the Power
and the Mighty Conviction of
this Truth that
goes with them
— leaping into
action wherever
expressed.
If
at any time anything less than Perfection attempts to make an
appearance in your experience,
declare vehemently
that it is not true, and that you accept only God, which
is Perfection in your Life, everywhere manifest. As long as you give
way to accepting false appearances, you will have them expressed in
your Life and experience. It is not, Dear Student,
a matter
of belief
on your
part whether
you accept
these Truths
or not,
but they are the Law, proven through long centuries of
experience,
and
are placed
before you
for your
Freedom.
Awaken
to the fact that your thought and feeling in the past have built
—created—the inharmony of your world today.
Arisel I say,
Arise! and walk
with the Father—the "I
AM"
—that
you may
be free
from these
limitations. There is
only one
thing in this
Universe that can
surround you
with limitation,
and that
is accepting
the outer
appearance instead
of the Mighty, Active Presence of God in you.
The
Western World
likes to
fool itself
with the
idea that
it refuses
to accept
the ancient and Eastern idea of sorcery—in other words, the
misuse of the Spiritual Powers. The worst kind of sorcery is being
used in the political fields today that has ever been known
in the
history of
mankind through
the use
of mental
power—wrongly qualified.
If
this same tremendous mental force were used in just the reverse way,
to know that there is only God in Action in every individual
filling o cial
places, the sender
of that
quality or Truth would not only be free himself, but the
political world would be filled with Freedom and Justice. Then we
would experience a natural world, a world of God in
Action—everywhere present.
It
is today as it was at one time in Egypt. Those who misuse the mental
power are binding themselves
to the
rack of
inharmony, embodiment
after embodiment.
Take
the stand: "I
do not take
on conditions from
anybody or anything
about me
but God — Good, and 'I AM' always God-commanded." You
need to acquire the habit of stilling yourself. Sit
down three
or four times a day and simply still
the outer self.
This will let
the energy
be supplied.
Learn to
command and
control the
energy in
your body. If you
want the energy still—be still. If you want the energy active—be
active. You must stand up, face a
thing, and rise above
it. There is no
other way.
The
student should watch in every way for habits and break them up. He
should not have to be told, but must look within himself and uproot
whatever is not Perfect. This brings
a freedom not possible in any other way.
The
holding on of old habits is just like wearing old, worn-out garments.
The student must not
wait for
someone else
to think
these things
out for
him. He
must do
it himself. It is
not possible
for anyone to do it
but himself.
In
this Work
and under
this Radiation,
everything that
is latent
in the
individual is being
brought forth
to be
consumed. Watch
—that the
attention does
not become
fixed on the
thing you do
not want.
It
is perfectly
ridiculous to
keep recalling
things which
have not
worked out.
If you have built
your limitations for centuries and can, by this attention and
self-effort, free yourself in
a few
years, isn't
it worth
it? Is it not
marvelous?
A
humorous sense of getting away from a thing is sometimes the quickest
and most powerful way of
doing it, for a buoyant, joyous feeling releases the energy
that many times
enables a
very wonderful
manifestation to
take place.
If
one will buckle down to brass tacks and call on the Law of
Forgiveness, he can then consume all past creations in the Consuming
Flame and be free. You must be conscious that the Flame is the Active
Presence of God doing the consuming.
The
Freedom of God
is here
in action.
When
you have
a feeling to do a
certain constructive
thing, go ahead, stick to
it and do it, if the
heavens fall. Whether
the
manifestation
comes now
or not
should not
enter into
your consciousness
at
all.
Even
when students
only know
a thing
intellectually, they
should not
allow the
mind to keep recalling wrong conditions when they know what
this activity does to their
success. It
is unbelievable
that people
will not
conquer this
enemy in
their consciousness. No
student can
ever gain
the victory
until he
stops turning
back to
the old, negative conditions he is trying to get rid of.
The
whole work
of a
teacher is to
get some
means and explanation
over to
the student of the
activity of acceptance. What the mind accepts is that which
the individual agrees with through his attention,
by letting the two become one. When the mind accepts and
agrees with
a thing
or condition,
the individual
decrees it
into his
world. Whatever
you let the attention rest upon, you are agreeing with and
accepting, because through the attention
you have
let the
mind become
one with
it.
If
an individual were to see a rattlesnake coiled,
would he walk
right up to be struck?
Certainly not! Yet this is what students are doing when they let
their attention turn back
to their
troubles. Such
habits are
only past momentum
given a
specific quality.
There
are only two
activities in Life, and if
you will
not let
the Inner govern
according to Its
plan of
Perfection, then
the outer
must.
When
a constructive picture is
flashed to
your mind,
it is a
reality. When you
recall it as a mental picture and hold it again, it calls forth the
reality.
One
can become
so aware
of his
own God
Presence that
at any
time he
can see
and feel Its Radiance pouring out to him.
For
things it
does not
want, the
outer has
all the
confidence in
the world.
It is
up to the
student to
compel it
to have
the same
confidence for
the Perfection
of God
that it has for the
imperfection of the senses.
The
student must
always rely
on himself.
He must
always think,
"What can
I do
to
intensify
this activity
from the
hints given?"
BENEDICTION:
Mighty Perfected
Ones! As
we receive
Thy Magic
Circle of
Protection, as we
receive and are enfolded in Thy
Mighty Opulent Presence, O
Master Within! we accept
fully that
Opulence made
manifest in
our outer
experience and
use. We
give praise and thanks for Thy Wisdom in Its use. We give
praise and thanks that we
have the full
strength to
accept only Thy
Mighty Active
Presence at all
times, and
to refuse
acceptance to
anything unlike
Thee.
Discourse
02
October
06,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite, All-Pervading Presence —Thou Mighty Master
within each human forml
We acknowledge
and accept
Thy Full
Presence manifest
within these forms
and within
the human
form of
every individual
that God
has sent
forth. We
give praise and
thanks that
at last
we have
become aware
of this
Mighty Presence
to Whom we
can turn
and recognize
the Fullness
of God's
Activity, the
"I AM"
of all
things.
Greetings
to you
all.
THE
DISCOURSE
When
Jesus said: " 'I AM' the Resurrection and the Life," He
gave forth one of the mightiest
utterances that can
well be
expressed.
When
He said "I AM," He did not refer to the outer expression,
but He did refer to the Mighty Master Presence—God Within,
because He repeatedly said: "I of my self can do nothing.
It is
the Father
within— the
'I AM'
—that doeth
the works."
Again
Jesus said:
" 'I
AM' the
Way, the
Life, and
the Truth,"
giving recognition
to the One and Only
Power — God
in Action
within him.
Again
He said: " 'I AM' the 'Light' that lighteth every man that
cometh into the world," prefacing every Statement of vital
importance with the Words "I AM."
Contemplating
"I AM"
as anything
and
everything
you wish
to be
is one
of the
mightiest means of loosing
the Inner God Power, Love,
Wisdom and Truth, and
setting It into action in
the outer experience.
Again
let us
refer to
His mighty
utterance, perhaps
one of
the greatest
ever spoken into
the outer expression: "
'I AM' the
Open Door which
no man can
shut." Do you
not see how very vital this is when you come to review
understandingly these Mighty Statements?
When
you recognize and accept fully "I AM" as the Mighty
Presence of God
in you—in action—you
will have
taken one
of the
greatest steps
to liberation.
Now
mark you,
in the
utterance of
the Truth
that, "
'I AM' the
Open Door
which no man
can shut,"
if you
can but
realize it,
you have
the key
that allows
you to
step through the veil of flesh, carrying with you all
consciousness that you have generated or accumulated
which is imperfect;
and there
transmute it,
or in
other words,
raise it
into that Perfection
into which you
have stepped.
Too
much stress cannot be laid upon the importance of contemplating as
often as possible the "I AM" as the Mighty, Active Presence
of God in you, in your home, in your world, in your affairs. Every
breath you breathe is God
in Action in you. Your ability to express or send
forth thought and feeling is God acting in you. You, having free
will, it is entirely up to you to qualify the energy sent forth in
your thought and feeling, and determine how it shall act for you.
No
one can say: "How shall I
know how to qualify this
energy?" for everyone knows the difference between
destructive and constructive thought, feeling, and action.
The
student, in receiving instruction, should constantly analyze the
motive back of the question to
detect if
in that
motive there
is a
feeling of
intellectual pride,
arrogance or
stubbornness
in the outer mind and body. If there is within the motive a lurking
desire to argue and prove the instruction wrong rather than receive
the Blessing and Truth intended, the individual has unknowingly shut
the door, for the time being, to his ability to receive the good
offered.
Again
may I remind the students, regardless of their personal opinions as
to what the Truth shall be, I have proven through many centuries,
these condensed Instructions now being given forth. If one wants to
receive the greatest benefit possible and the comprehension
that will
be absolute,
certain freedom
and liberation,
listen with
an entirely open mind, with the consciousness that the "I
AM" —the Active Presence of God in you —is your certain
ability to receive, accept, and apply without limit the Instruction
which is being given forth with an accompanying Radiance—which will
enable certain students at
this time
to comprehend
these simple,
yet mighty
Assertions of
Truth to their
great Blessing and Freedom.
The
admonition has been before humanity through many centuries: "Ye
cannot serve
two masters." Why is this so? First: because there is
only One Intelligence, One Presence, One Power that can act, and that
is the Presence of God acting in you. When you turn to the
outer manifestation
and give
all kinds
of expressions
and appearances
power, you are
attempting to serve a
false, usurping master, because
the outer
expression can
only find an appearance through the use of God's Mighty
Energy.
Your
ability to lift your hand and the Life flowing through the nervous
system of your outer form is
"God in
Action" in your body, through your mind.
Dear
Students, try
to use
this simple
means as
a reminder
of God
in Action
in you.
When you start
to go
down the
street, think
for an
instant: "This
is God's
Intelligence and
Power by which I walk, and this is His Intelligence by which I know
where 'I AM' going." Thus
you will
see that
it is
no longer
possible to
go on
without understanding
that every move
you make
is God
in Action.
Every thought
in your
mind is
God's Energy,
which enables you to
think. When you
know this is a
fact—and there is
no disputing it— why not
adore, give full confidence to, trust in, have faith in, and accept
this Mighty Presence of
God in Action in you; instead of looking to the outer
expression which is clothed, qualified, and colored by the outer, or
human concept of things, regardless of the One Mighty Presence which
enables the outer to express.
All
outer form and its attendant expression is but the experience Life by
which each individual may learn—through his own experiences—the
True Source of his Being, and come again into the Fullness of
Perfection, through the Self-conscious knowing thus attained.
The
outer experience of Life is but a constant, changing, passing picture
that the outer mind has created in its pretense (imagination) of
being the Real Actor. Thus is the attention
so constantly
fixed upon
the outer,
which alone
contains imperfection,
that the
Children of
God have
forgotten their
own Divinity
and must
come back
to It
again.
God
is the Giver, the Receiver, and the Gift, and is the Sole Owner of
all the intelligence,
substance, energy and opulence there is in
the Universe.
If
the Children of God would learn to give for the joy of giving,
whether it be love, money,
service, or
whatever it
may be,
they would
open the
door to
such vast
opulence
that
it would
be impossible
to want
for a
single thing
in the
outer expression.
The
unfortunate thing in humanity—which has caused such rampant
selfishness and unprecedented condemnation of each other—is the
idea of claiming ownership to these wonderful Blessings of God; for
there is but One Love acting, One Intelligence, Power
and Substance, and that is God in every individual. The
Warning that should be placed before
every student
and individual
is to
guard against
the desire
of the
outer self
to claim power of its own. If in every act of the personality,
God were given full credit, transformations
unbelievable could
not help
taking place
in the
one thus
giving full credit
and power where it belongs.
There
has rarely been a correct understanding of supply and demand. There
is positively abundant
supply omnipresent,
but the
demand for
it must
be made
before the Law
of the
Universe permits
it to
come into
the expression
and use
of the
individual.
The
individual, having free will, must consciously, with full
determination, make the demand,
and it
cannot fail
to come
forth into
expression—no matter
what it
is—so long as the
individual holds an
unwavering, determined consciousness.
This
simple Statement used with sincere determination: " 'I AM' the
great Opulence of God made visible in my use right
now and continuously," will
bring to the individual
all he can possibly use.
The
limiting element so many students seem to be unaware of is that they
start out declaring the Truth, for instance, as in the above
Statement, but before many hours have passed over their heads, if
they were to analyze themselves conscientiously, they would find in
their feelings lurking doubt or fear, for both these are
feelings. Naturally, this neutralizes to a large extent the
constructive force that would quickly bring about the fulfillment of
the desire or demand.
Once
a student can become fully aware that every right desire or wish is
God in
Action, propelling
his energy
forth to
full accomplishment,
and is
always Self-sustained,
he would become aware of the Limitless Love, Power and
Intelligence he has with which to accomplish any given purpose.
With
this simple understanding, the word failure would be completely wiped
out from his world, and in
a very short time from his consciousness, because he would see that
he was wielding Intelligence and Power that could not fail. Thus,
students and individuals come into their Full Dominion as God
intends. It was never intended by the Great, All- wise, All-loving
Father that any of
His children should
want for a single
thing; but because they
allow their
attention to
become fixed
on the
outer appearance,
which is like the
changing sands of the desert, they have, knowingly or unknowingly,
cut themselves off, to a large degree, from that
Great Opulence and
Intelligence.
This
Great Opulence
is their
birthright which
everyone can
have who
will again
turn to the "I AM" — the Active Principle of God
forever within himself— as the Only Source of Active Life,
Intelligence and Opulence.
All
through the ages there have been certain standards of conduct
necessary for the student who desires to reach beyond certain
attainments. This is the conserving and governing of the Life Force,
through the sex.
For
an individual
who has
been using
this energy
without any
thought of
governing it
to
suddenly say,
"I will
cease this,"
cut it
off as
it were,
without understanding
the correct attitude
of consciousness,
would be
simply suppressing
a flow
of energy
which he has
caused to
flow in
the wrong
direction. Any
student who
wishes to
govern this will
find this simple Statement the most efficient—if used
understanding^—of any one particular
thing that
can be
given. This
will normally
and naturally
govern the
flow of the Life
Energy and bring it back into its natural channels. It is the Mighty
Statement of Jesus: " 'I AM' the Resurrection and the Life."
This
Statement will not only purify the thought, but is the most powerful,
lifting, adjusting force that can be used for the correction of this
greatest of barriers to the Full Height of Spiritual Attainment.
Anyone who begins to feel the Inner Impulse to correct
this condition and will use this Statement earnestly and
continuously will raise this marvelous
current of
energy to
the highest
center in
the brain,
as was
originally intended.
He
will find his mind flooded with the most marvelous ideas—with the
abundant, sustaining Power and ability coming into expression and use
for the blessing of all mankind.
I ask
any student
to try
this and
watch the
results in
his own
mind and
body.
Feel
deeply this Statement of Jesus: " 'I AM' the Resurrection and
the Life." Repeat it three times, either silently or audibly,
and notice the lifting of consciousness which you will
experience. There
may be
some who
will need
to try
this several times
in order
to feel the
amazing uplift
that others
will experience
at the
first trial.
This will
show you in
a small
way what
can be
done by
its continued use.
There
is only one means of overcoming, or rising out of anything, and that
is, after you know what
it is
you are
to rise
out of,
to take
your outer
attention completely
away from it, fixing it firmly upon the above Statement. Any
condition in the outer experience that
one wishes
to overcome
can readily
be accomplished
by the
use of
this Statement, as
well as using it
to change
the flow
of the
misdirected energy.
I
had one student who felt the Inner Impulse to redirect this Mighty
Energy, and the use of
this single
Statement alone enabled
her with little
assistance to
raise her
body. In one year
a marvelous transformation
took
place in
her entire
outer appearance.
It
seems incredible that in the recorded Statements accredited to Jesus
—which were only a part
of what He really gave forth—that so few of humanity would receive
the mighty import of those wonderful Words of Wisdom. At no time in
the history of the world have so many Mighty Statements been given as
He taught. Every one of these,
when conscientiously used, holds within it the attendant
Radiance and accomplishment with which He attained. You not only have
this Power of the "I AM," but His individual Assistance
also when these Statements are used. One should often contemplate the
true meaning of these Mighty Statements of Jesus. When once you
understand that your thought,
feeling and
expression of "I AM"
sets the Mighty God
Power in you into
action— without any
limit —then
you receive
that upon
which the
desire is
fixed.
It
should be no trouble for the student
to see and understand that
the outer appearance is but man's distorted creation—by
claiming the outer as a source of power— when
a moment's
contemplation will
cause him
to realize
that there
is but
One Love,
Intelligence,
and Power
which can
act, and
that is
God.
The
human, or
outer defects
or discrepancies,
have nothing
to do
with the
Omnipresent Perfection
of God,
for anything
imperfect is the
creation of
the outer concept
of mankind.
If
man will turn to the "Mighty I AM" within, knowing that God
is all Perfection, and that all
outer appearance
is but
man's creation
through the
misuse of
the God
Power, he will
see at
once that
if he
sincerely contemplates
and accepts
the Perfection
of God, he will
cause to come into manifestation in his Life and experience this same
Mighty Perfection.
There
is no possible means of bringing this Perfection into your mind, body
and outer experience except by knowing and accepting the Mighty,
Active Presence of God in you. Such full recognition will cause this
Inner Power to propel this Perfection of God into
your outer visible experience.
Say
to students:
" 'I
AM' putting forth,
as a
Messenger of
this Truth,
Statements of Truth
which will
positively produce
results —if
unwaveringly held
to and
used." Students think things do not work because they do
a thing today and forget it all next
week.
The
desire for Light and Truth is the Presence of God in the
desire—propelling Itself forth into
action. For
illumination use
the Statement:
"
'I AM' the full comprehension and illumination of this thing I want
to know and understand."
The
day your eyes are opened to see some of these Marvelous Ascended
Beings, the joy will last through eternity.
If
one does not
take the
attitude that:
"I have the
ability to
do this,"
he never
in the world can
accomplish the
thing he wishes to
do.
The
moment you express, " 'I AM' the Resurrection and the Life"
—in thought and feeling—it
immediately turns
all the
energy of
your Being
to the
center in
the brain which is
the Source of your Being.
You
cannot overestimate the Power in this Statement. There is no limit to
what you can do with it. It was the Statement that Jesus used most in
his most difficult trials.
Always
know that
when you
decree a
constructive thing,
it is
God in
you propelling you
to do it.
It
is the most foolish question imaginable to ask, "Have you proved
this in your own experience?" Each individual has to prove it
for himself or it will mean nothing to him. Nothing
ever really
means anything
to anyone
until he
uses it.
The
feeling carries with it a certain coexistent sight. One often feels a
thing with such clearness that
he really
sees it
from the
Inner Standpoint.
As
you enter the Ascended State, thought, feeling, seeing, and color are
almost simultaneously manifest.
Harmonious
sound is quiet.
This is why ravishing
music is the most
quieting in its
effect, while bombastic music is just
the opposite.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty,
Majestic, Conquering "I
AM," we
give praise
and thanks for
our
comprehension of Thee as God Acting in us; and with Thy Mighty
Presence and Radiance, cause us to feel the Mighty Import of Thy
Mighty Truth and Wondrous Presence. When we contemplate Thee, let Thy
Mighty Radiance fill us with that comprehending Consciousness to know
and apply Thy Assertions of Truth more and more perfectly. We give
praise and thanks for Thy Mighty Perfection and Truth for all those
who look unwaveringly to Thee.
Discourse
03
October
10,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite,
All-Pervading Presence! With Thy
Mighty Radiance surging
forth throughout the atmosphere of earth, we give praise and thanks
for the onrushing Christ Power
of Love
and Wisdom,
which with
no uncertainty
is raising
the consciousness of
mankind above
the sordid
selfishness of the
activity of
the outer
self.
We
give praise and thanks that we have become conscious of Thy Mighty,
Active Presence at
all times,
and that
in the
conscious recognition
of Thee,
Thou dost
charge our minds and bodies with Thy Pure Presence forever.
I
bring Greetings
from the
Radiant Host
to you
all.
THE
DISCOURSE
From
within the
Radiance of
the Great
Electronic Belt
"I AM"
projecting this
today.
From
the Heart of the Golden City the Twin Rays come forth, upon which are
the speech, the Light, and
the sound.
The
time has rapidly enfolded us when we must be more aware of the Great
Electronic Belts encompassing all
creation from the Godhead to the individual.
The
Etheric Belt around the Golden City is impenetrable—far more so
than a wall of many feet of steel would be.
So
in a lesser degree may the individual, with sufficient comprehension
of the Active Principle of the God Self, surround himself with an
Electronic Belt or Circle, which he may
qualify in
any manner
he may
choose; but
woe be
unto the
individual who
qualifies it destructively.
If
anyone should be foolish enough to do this, he would find this Belt
of Electronic Force closing in upon his own outer form, and it would
be consumed; but those who with wisdom build and qualify it with
God's Mighty Love and constructive Power will find
themselves moving
in a world
untouched by
the ignorance of mankind.
The
Cosmic Period has arrived when those who have attained a certain
degree of understanding must create, apply, and use this Wondrous
Electronic Circle. Every creation that is Self-conscious action has
this Circle of pure Electronic Force about it naturally,
but to a
large degree
its force
is ungoverned,
therefore dissipated.
In
consciously creating this Mighty Ring of Pure Electronic Force, you
stop all leaks in the
generation of
this Limitless
Essence, and
hold it
in reserve
for conscious
use and direction.
After a few months of
this conscious creative activity of
and within this
Electronic Ring, one will need
to be very careful in
loosing or directing this Force in
any manner except by Divine Love.
In
the beginning of man's individualization, he was naturally surrounded
by this Magic Circle, but as
the consciousness was lowered more and more, rents were made in this
Great Circle of Force, causing leaks, as it were, until It has
almost entirely disappeared. This,
however, was
not a
conscious creation
of the
individual, but
was a
natural, enfolding circle.
Now
students of the Light must go to work with no uncertainty and
consciously create this
Electronic Belt
about
themselves—visualizing
It Perfect—with
no rents
or
breaks
in its
construction.
Thus
it will be possible to consciously reach within the Electronic Belt
of the Godhead, and there receive Limitless Wisdom, Love, Light, and
the Application of simple Laws by which all creative power is
possible.
While
the student is admonished
to look always, and never forget
it, to his own God
Self, which is the Creator of his individualization, yet never has
there been a single attainment in
which there
has not
been given
the Assistance
of those
still in
advance.
There
being but the One God,
the One Presence, and His All-Powerful Activity, then the one
more advanced
than the
other is but
more of
the God
Self in
action. In
this recognition you will understand why you can feel, "
'I AM' here and 'I AM' there," for
there
is
but the
One God Self
everywhere.
When
the student can once understand that the Ascended Host of Masters are
but the more advanced Consciousness of himself, then he will begin to
feel the unquestionable possibilities within his grasp. Whether he
speaks to the Godhead direct, to one of the Ascended Masters of
Light, or to his own God Self, in reality it makes no difference, for
all are One.
Until
one does reach this state of Consciousness, it does make a
difference, for the individual is almost certain to feel a division
of the One Self, which is not possible to be made
—except in
the ignorance
of the
outer activity of the
mind.
When
the student
thinks of
the outer
expression, he
should at
all times
be aware
that it is but the outer activity of the One Intelligence,
guarding himself at all times against trying to divide
in his own
consciousness this One
Mighty God-Power centered in
him.
Again
I must remind you that this Limitless, Mighty Power of God cannot
intrude Its Wondrous Powers into your outer use—except by your
invitation. There is only one kind of invitation that can reach it
and loose it, and that is your
feeling of deep devotion and Love. When one has
generated about himself this Electronic Belt or Ring, there is no
power that can penetrate it except Divine Love. It is only your
consciousness of Divine Love that can penetrate within this Great
Inner Blazing Belt of the Godhead, through which the Godhead sends
back to you Its Great Outpouring—mark you —through His
Messengers, Transcendent Beings so far surpassing anything of your
present conception that it is not possible in words to convey to you
the Majesty of the Love, Wisdom and Power of these Great Ones.
At
this point
let Me
again remind
you that
the student
who will
dare to
do and
be silent will
find himself
lifted into
the Transcendent
Radiance of
this Inmost
Sphere; then by
experiencing and seeing will he
comprehend this of which
I have spoken. The
soul who
is strong enough to
clothe itself
in its Armor
of Divine
Love and
go forward will
find no
obstruction; for
there is
naught between
your present
consciousness and
this Mighty, Transcendent Inner Sphere to obstruct the approach of
Divine Love.
When
you have
touched and
seen within
this Inner
Circle, you
will then
understand how imperfect is the present expression of Divine
Love. Once one becomes consciously aware of these Great Spheres to
which he may reach, he will find himself fearlessly reaching
deeper and
deeper within
the Radiance
of this
Mighty Intelligent
Hub of
the
Universe—from
which all
worlds, all
creation have
proceeded.
There
are among you strong, dauntless, fearless souls who will understand
this and be able to use it with great blessing to themselves and
others. There are those who will understand and see that the
"Presence" which beats each heart is God
in Action;
that the Activity sending the circulation through the body
is God; that the Essence charging forward to vitalize the outer form
is God
in Action.
Then,
O Beloved Students, awake to this—now! Do you not
see how great a
mistake it is to sink
under the ignorance of the outer self, feeling pain, distress, and
disturbance, all created by the ignorance and activity of the outer
self; when a few moments of earnest contemplation will cause one to
realize that there can be but One Presence, One Intelligence, One
Power acting in your mind and body, and that
is God.
You
see how simple, yet powerful, is this Consciousness within you to
loose the full recognition of the Great, Pure Activity of God into
your mind and body; and to let its Wondrous, Transcendent Essence
fill full to overflowing every cell.
It
seems to Me, Beloved Students, that you cannot fail to grasp this
simplicity of your True God Self acting in you. Ever turn to It,
praising It, loving It, demanding and commanding
It to
surge forth
into every
cell of
your body;
into every
demand of
the outer activity, in the home, in your affairs, in business.
When your desire is sent forth clothed in the God Presence, Power and
Intelligence, it cannot fail. It must bring to you that
which you
desire. Desire
is but
a lesser
activity of
decreeing. Decreeing
is and should
be
the recognition
of the
accomplished desire.
Beloved
Students, do forever put away any fear of the use of this Great
Power. You know without
being told
that if
you misuse
It, you
will experience
inharmony. If
you use it constructively, it will bring such Blessings untold
that you can but give praise and thanksgiving
for the
moment when
you awakened to the
fact that
this Limitless
Power is omnipresent— ever awaiting your conscious
direction.
The
individual who has said that you cannot add one cubit to your height
by your thought
has stifled
the activity
and progress
of the
individual, for
thought and
feeling are the
Creative Power
of God
in Action.
The
uncontrolled, ungoverned
use of
thought and
feeling has
brought about
all kinds of
discord, sickness and distress. Few, however, believe this, and keep
going on and on continually
creating by
their ungoverned
thought and
desire, chaos
in their
worlds; when they
could as
easily as
a breath
face about,
using their
thought constructively
with the
motive power
of Divine
Love, and
build for
themselves a
Perfect Paradise
within the period of two years.
Even
physical science has
given proof that the body
or outer
form completely
renews itself within a few months. Then you must see that with
the conscious understanding and application of the True Laws of your
Being, how easy it is to cause Perfection to manifest
in your
entire body,
and every
organ to
leap into
its Perfect,
normal activity.
In a short time it would not be possible for inharmony to
enter your thought or body.
O
Children reaching to the Lightl this great privilege is the Open Door
of God before you, which
none may
shut but
yourselves. None
may obstruct
or interfere
with it
but
yourselves.
Fearlessly use your God-given Dominion and Power and be free. You
cannot attain and hold
this Perfect Freedom
except through
consciously applied
knowledge.
Now
I shall give you a secret that if understood by the angry or
discordant individual would tear him or her from that destructive
activity—even from a purely selfish
standpoint.
The
angry, condemning
person who
sends out
destructive thought,
feeling, or
speech to another
who is
poised in
his own
God power,
receives back
to himself
the quality with
which he charged this power; while the poised person receives the
energy which serves him, and which he automatically requalifies by
his own poise. Thus, the creator of discord, through anger and
condemnation, is consciously destroying himself, his world of
activity, and his affairs.
Here
is a vital point students should understand. When one consciously
reaches within the Inner Electronic Circle of God, he makes his outer
expression and activity a channel
for the ceaseless outpouring of the Pure Essence from the
Godhead. This in itself, even though he be entirely silent in the
outer expression, is one of the greatest services to humanity—which
but few
not Ascended
are aware
of what
it means
to mankind.
The
one reaching within the Electronic Circle becomes a continual
outpouring, and this very Radiation alone is a tremendous Blessing to
all mankind. Thus, aeon after aeon, have
there been
those unselfish
Messengers of
God through
whom was
poured forth
the Blessing of
those not
understanding the
uplifting Presence
of this
surging energy.
When there is one
or more found
who can be an
outpouring for
this great
welled-up Presence, it is
likened unto the first trickling
of a leak in a dam.
As
the consciousness is held steady and firm, and as the rent
in the dam increases,
greater volume of water comes forth, for at last all
obstruction is swept away, and the whole force back of it is poured
forth into use. Unlike the water dammed up that rushes forward,
dissipating itself
because it
is without
direction, the
God-Power thus
loosed goes direct to the channel of consciousness most
receptive, and there builds Itself up, awaiting
the opportunity
to rush
forward more
and more.
Thus, the
student of
Light, aside from
his activity
in dispensing
the Truth,
becomes, as
it were,
an artesian
well, from the depths of which flows this Mighty Essence of
God.
The
students should
at all
times remember
that no
matter what
their mistakes
may have been,
God never
criticizes nor
condemns them;
but at
every stumble
which is made, in
that sweet, loving Voice says: "Arise, My Child, and try again,
and keep on trying, until at last you have attained the True Victory
and Freedom of your God-given Dominion."
Always
when one
has been conscious
of having made
a mistake, his first act
should be to call
on the
Law of
Forgiveness, and
demand wisdom
and strength
not to
make the same
mistake a second time.
God,
being all
Love, must
have Infinite
Patience, and
no matter
how many
mistakes one may
have made,
he can
always once again,
"Arise and
go unto
the Father."
Such is the Love
and Freedom within which God's children are privileged to act.
There
is only
one, mighty,
invincible, evolving
process, and
that is
through the
power of consciously
generating Divine
Love. Love,
being the Hub
of all
Life, the
more we enter
in
and use It consciously, the more easily and quickly we release this
Mighty Power of God, which is always standing as a dammed-up force,
waiting to find an opening in our own consciousness by which It can
project Itself.
For
the first time in
many centuries, the Searchlights, or Rays, from
the Golden City
over the Sahara Desert, are set into active operation over. America
and the earth. There may be
some individuals
who will see
these Rays, not
knowing what
they
are.
Mankind
need no
longer think
that personalities
can continue
to generate
their destructive
forces and long survive. Those who can use this Knowledge of the
Electronic Circle should
no longer be deprived of its
benefits. Give it forth
and the warning with it.
Use this
Statement: "
'I AM'
the fulfilled
activity and
sustaining power
of every
constructive thing
I desire."
Use it
as a
general statement,
for the
sustaining power
is in everything
that there
is. "
'I AM'
here and
'I AM'
there" in
whatever you
want to accomplish
is a
splendid way
to feel
that you
are using
the One
Activity, and
you thus
rise
above the
consciousness of
separation.
BENEDICTION:
O Mighty Ones of the Golden City! Glorified are we in Thy
Wondrous Radiance. Privileged
are we
in the
use of
Thy Great
Rays. Blessed
are we
in the
conscious recognition of
Thy Mighty
Presence. Enfold
us forever
in Thy
Transcendent Light.
Discourse
04
October
13,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty Consuming Flame of God! We bow before Thy Mighty
Majestic Power! We rejoice
in Thy Directing
Wisdom! We rejoice
in Thy Presence
in the heart
of every
one of
God's Messengers
that go
forth to
direct His
Service and
Energy to the
blessing of
mankind. We
give praise
and thanks
that Thy
Presence has
changed the tide
of things,
and that
Thou art
as always,
the Mighty
Governing Intelligence.
We
give praise and thanks that Thy Consuming Fire and Thy Creative
Activity dwelling in the heart of every one of us are ready to be
loosed by the conscious desire into action. We give praise and thanks
that Thou art
the Consuming Presence everywhere; that
" 'I AM' there and 'I AM' here, and 'I AM' the Power that
makes all things
clear."
"I
AM" the Majestic Presence, "I AM" the Conquering
Power, "I AM" Thy Mighty Energy, Thy Consuming Flame each
hour.
I
bring Greetings
to you
all from
the Heart
of the
Creative Fire.
THE
DISCOURSE
The
Creative Fire that "I AM"
is the Flame of God,
His Master
Presence, anchored
in the heart of every one of God's children. While in some It
is but a spark, yet with the right touch, that
spark can be fanned into a Creative Fire and Consuming Flame.
This
Mighty Presence, God, in Its myriad activities, is the Omnipresent
Activity that all may use without limit if they only will dismiss
from their recognition the outer
appearance, which
is but
an appearance,
and take
their attention
away from
that which has
bound them through endless years.
Today,
the Scepter
of Power
and Authority
stands in
the atmosphere
before the
Single Eye of every advancing student. At first they may reach
up mentally and take the Scepter of
Authority, using
It in
this way,
until before
they are
scarcely aware
of it
they will
find It tangible and visible in their use at times.
It
is no idle promise that
those seeking the Light
may again receive this Dominion. When
we go
through a
footpath in
the forest,
we know
we may
return the
same way
if we wish,
but we must make
the decision.
So after
hundreds of
years of
search in
the outer for power and authority, we find that anything that
seems to be so is but shifting
sand, and tomorrow it may be gone.
By
the rejoicing acceptance of your God Dominion, you may step firmly
upon the sure foundation of the Rock of Truth, which is God, and from
which no outer disturbance can ever shake you—once you know from
actual experience.
Students
of Truth wonder why they cannot hold a firm anchor in their decision
to hold fast to
the God
Presence, which
is their
Dominion. They
do not analyze
their outer
expression to
see what is
lurking there
to cause
disturbance, question
and doubt;
but for those who will take the authority which is theirs and
probe deep into their motives, it will be so easy to pluck out the
tares from the Golden Grain and soon be free from the disturbance
that causes them to doubt themselves and the very Presence of God
which beats their hearts.
When
students will be honest enough with themselves and their God, the "I
AM Presence," to
pluck out
by the
roots anything
that is
causing disturbance
within them and
be able
to feel
the Mighty
Light and
Radiance of
the Great
God Self,
they will require
little effort in loosing the "Great I AM Presence" in Love
and Intelligence—which is an
ever- sustaining
Power in
strength, assurance,
or whatever
they may
need —in order to
hold their feet firm upon the Rock of Truth, which is one of the
Great Jewels in God's Kingdom. Its Dazzling Radiance will enfold them
upon the slightest invitation.
O
Students of
today! Hold
fast to
this Mighty
Presence
which beats your hearts, whose Life flows through your veins, whose
Energy flows through your mind! You have free will and can qualify
and bless it to your Perfection
or imperfection. Always remember that through your failure to turn to
this Mighty Presence—by which you find you have created inhar-
mony and disorden—you must give yourselves ample time to gain the
full recognition of this Mighty Power and
give It full activity in your Life.
Do
not become impatient because things do not work out as rapidly as you
would like them to.
They can
only work
according to
the speed
of your
acceptance and
the intensity of your feeling.
The
Mighty Energy
that surges
through your
mind into
your body
is the
Pure Electronic Energy of God, the "Mighty I AM
Presence." If your thought is joyously held upon your God Self
as the Source of your Being and Life, that Pure Electronic Energy
continues to act unabated, uncontaminated by human, discordant
qualification; but knowingly or unknowingly, if you let your thought
begin to gather from the discord by which it is so often surrounded,
you change the color and quality of this Radiant Pure Energy.
It
must act, and you
are the one who shall choose how it
shall act to you.
Don't ever think you can
get away from this simple fact. It is an Immutable Law of God, and no
human being
can ever
change It.
Students must
understand and
maintain this
attitude
if
they wish
to make
steady progress.
I
tell you
beloved students,
you may
rage and
doubt and
fear and
rebel all
you please at
Self-correction; but it is the open door to your Mighty Illumination
and Freedom from all limitation
in the
outer world
of activity.
There
are a
great many
students, when
they come
to a
certain point
of understanding
—where
all the results of their activity are revealed to them and they look
upon the many mistakes that have been made which must be
corrected—become despondent, critical, and condemnatory to
themselves and God. This is a great mistake again. Everything
that is revealed
to them
in which
they find
they have
been making
a mistake should
make them rejoice exceedingly—that the things are revealed which
need correcting. Knowing that God is the Power to think, then they
know they have the Power to correct this
and should joyfully set to work to do so.
The
Power of God's Life which beats their hearts is absolute proof that
they have the Intelligence and Power of God within them by which they
may dissolve and consume all the
mistakes and
discordant creation
they have
consciously or
unconsciously drawn
about them.
They may
say to
this undesirable
creation: "
'I AM'
the Mighty
Consuming
Flame
that now
and forever
consumes all past
and present
mistakes, their
cause and effect,
and all undesirable creation for
which
my outer
is responsible."
It
seems so
strange that
students seem
to have
such difficulty
in fixing the
anchorage and recognition
of the
Limitless Power they are
wielding when they
say "I AM."
When the intellect,
which is
the outer
activity, knows
this, then
the students
should intensify
it with all their power by the intense feeling of the Truth of
this. Then they would find greatly added speed and Power in their
active use. I tell you, Dear Students, you have
come to
a time
when you
can use
this Power
with great
authority to
free yourselves
from the
chains of
limitation that
have bound
you so
long.
Set
about it with joyous determination to put your house in order. If you
were going to have
a distinguished guest,
I doubt
not that
you would
spend days
working earnestly
—cleaning,
washing, polishing,
and preparing
for this
guest. How
much more
important it is to
prepare for this
Great Prince
of Love
and
Peace—the
Prince of
Consuming
Fire that
dwells within
you and
controls the
element of
fire.
When
one thinks of Oromasis, Prince of the Fiery Element, it is the Flame
of Creative Fire within
that is
calling to
Him for
Assistance in
the quickening
of this
Creative Power
—and
brings results
unimaginable.
There
has been no time in My Memory when there was so much natural
assistance at hand for the student
of Light
for his use as there is at
this time, and the students should take
advantage of
this with joyous
intensity.
When
you speak in the Name, Power, and Authority of the "Mighty I
AM," you are releasing limitless energy
to do
your bidding to fulfill
your desire. Why longer
allow doubt and
fear to
beset you
when "
'I AM'
the Open
Door which
no man
can shut
into the great Opulence of God—waiting, surging to press
forward to heal, to bless, and to prosper you arbundantly." Dare
to be, to feel, to use this Mighty Authority—God in youl
Beloved
Students, do you not realize that you can express Perfection by
taking your determined stand with sufficient intensity that: "
'I AM' the Mighty Electronic Energy flowing through, filling and
renewing every cell of my mind and body—right now." Do you not
see, with sufficient
intensity of this,
in a few minutes or hours
you could dispel any disturbing
condition in
the mind
or body
and allow
that Mighty,
Pure Energy
to do its
work, uncolored,
unaffected by
any discordant
element in
your own
thought?
You
can renew any nerve, any organ, and build any member of the
body into its Perfection almost immediately. Oh why not feel this,
apply It, and as you begin to experience the remarkable results, your
confidence will leap into its Perfect Activity, and your
mind will
have all
confidence in
this Mighty
Presence and
Power and
Its omnipresent limitless use.
When
there is a
seeming lack of
energy, take
your determined,
joyous stand: "
'I AM' the Mighty
Presence
of this Alert, Radiant Energy, surging through my mind and body,
dismissing everything unlike
Itself. I
take my
stand in
this Alert,
Radiant Energy
and Joy
for all time."
You can
pass this
Pure Energy
through your
mind and
body as
I would
pass My Hand down
before you.
At
first, because you do not seem to feel any great magnetic electronic
force pass over you, does not in any way indicate that you have not
received this Mighty Energy which you
have commanded
with authority
to flow
through your
mind and
body.
One
may say the same thing to his affairs that may not be according to
his desire for Perfect Expression. The student can stand and call
forth the Mighty Presence of the "I AM";
send It
forth into
his business
and world;
command It
to consume
everything unlike Itself,
and replace all
with the Mighty Perfection of God—which "I
AM"; command
It to
be Self-
sustained, and
cause that
Perfection to
manifest his
unceasing authority
and power, and cleanse his world of every discordant thing, for "
'I AM' the Supreme Authority, God in Action."
One
does not
need to
do this
with any
tension, or
to the
extent that
he creates
tension in the
action of
the body,
but he
can rise
in the
Supremacy and
Dignity of
the Authority of
God, and cleanse everything needing it. In doing this, one need not
speak in a loud voice, but in a very low, masterful tone.
Stand
in the room by yourself and declare: " 'I AM' Master of my
world. 'I AM' the Victorious, Intelligence governing it. I send forth
into my world this Mighty, Radiant, Intelligent Energy of God. I
command It to create all Perfection—to draw to me the Opulence of
God made visible in my hands and use. 'I AM' no longer the Babe of
Christ, but the
Master Presence
grown to
Full Stature,
and I
speak and
command with
authority."
Thus
one may
consume the
mistakes and
imperfection he
may have
created, and
in the authority of the "I
AM," recreate —immediately—the Perfection he desires.
Know that it is
constantly Self-sustained,
so long
as you
do not
intrude upon
it the
discordant activity of your thought and feeling.
I
want so much to have you feel that you are the Only Authority
in this world or any other, so
far as
your world
is concerned.
Do not
ever fear
that the
perfecting of
your world is going to disfigure anyone else's world, so long
as your intent is not to harm anyone.
It does
not matter
what the
world about
you says,
or how
much they
try to intrude upon
you their doubts, fears and limitations. You are the Supreme
Authority in your world, and all you have to do is to say, when you
are beset by those conditions: " 'I AM' the Mighty, Magic Circle
of Protection about me that is Invincible and repels from
me every
discordant thought
and element
which seeks
to find
entrance or
intrude itself. 'I
AM' the Perfection of my world, and it is Self-sustained."
O
Beloved OnesI It is no longer necessary to wonder, waver, and
question: " 'I AM' the Authority."
Go on—dare
to be—and
use this
Authority of
God which
is expressing
in the
"I AM" of everything. Why not be fearless? You have
been wanting the Presence of the
Great Ascended Ones: " 'I AM' the Visible Presence of
those greatly beloved Ascended Masters whom
I wish to have
appear here to me,
and whose Assistance
I desire."
You
have come to the point where you can dismiss all discord from your
minds. Fill your minds
with this Pure Electronic Essence, and no discord can enter—so long
as you keep it filled with this "Presence." I tell you
again, you are the Authority in your world,
and if
your thought
is filled
with this
Essence, then
no discord
will touch
it. We
are
going
to take this Authority and use it, clear away all discord, and
declare with no uncertainty: "
'I AM'
the Supremacy
of man,
everywhere I
go! 'I
AM' God
in Action."
BENEDICTION:
Mighty Creative Fire, we give praise and thanks for Thy Great
Omnipresence today,
to heal,
to bless,
and to
prosper everywhere.
Enter into
the hearts of
mankind with Thy Creative Presence and Genius, and let the Full
Divine Justice of Thy Supremacy reign throughout the land in all
official places. See that all authority is in the hands
of Thy
trained and
trusted Messengers;
that they
may govern
fully all
governmental offices in America, and be ever divinely sustained; that
America be healed, blessed, and
forever prosper;
that all
sinister influence
be consumed
and forever
repelled from within
the borders
of America.
NOTES
The
Host of
Angels
rejoice at
the return
of the
wanderer
who has
come back
home— who
has sought
authority
so long
in the
outer, and
found only
husks.
After his
energy is wasted, he comes back home, and there is the
Fountain to recharge, rebuild him against
all
the
discrepancies
called
old
age.
Thus
you
can
stand
forth
renewed
again
in the
fullness
of
Youth
and
Power,
for
such
is
The
Way
of
Life
—God's
Life.
It
keeps
the
most
marvelous
vibratory
action
expressing
for
each
one
to
speak
gently. It
is perfectly wonderful if you could
see the
Inner
action of
it.
Let
each
one
enter
into
the
Happiness
and
Love
of
Perfect
Obedience,
and
liberate
the Great
Power of God. If one just lets go of the outer and enters into the
Inner, every discord lets
go at
once.
ETHERIC
CITIES:
Over
the
principal
deserts
there
are
Etheric
Cities.
Over
the
Arizona desert
is the Etheric City in America. There is one over the Sahara and one
over the Gobi.
The
one
over
Brazil
is
the
Etheric
City for
South
America.
Humanity
should know
and be
made to
realize
that again,
again, and
again, the
inhabitants
of
cities
pass
out
through
so-called
death
and
re-embody
in
that
same place,
because
attachments
have been
formed that
draw them
back into
the same
environment
again.
The
student
who
has
to
re-embody
should
take
the
command
that: "The
next time
I will
be born
into a
family of
Great
Light."
This would
open the
door to
great speed
in his
progress.
Discourse
05 October
17, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty Infinite Presence - Thou All-Pervading Healing
Presence! Descend and
do Thy
Work. Thou
Mighty Infinite
Intelligence! Give
forth Thy
Confidence and Strength!
Fill the
mind and
body of
each one
with Thy
Radiant Presence!
Fill every cell
with Thy
Radiant Presence!
Prove Thy
Presence in
Thy Conquering
Mastery and Power.
Mighty Master
Presence within
each one
—come forth!
Erase this
outer human self
and hold Thy Dominion
now and forever.
There is but
One Intelligence,
Presence, Essence and
Love, and
this Thou
art. Pour
forth Thy
Radiance through
these outer
cloaks of flesh
and command
Thy Perfection
to thus
be manifest
and sustained.
I
bring you
Greetings from
the Great
Host, ever
shedding their
Radiance and
Intelligence.
Take
the Command: " 'I AM' the Pure Electronic Essence that fills my
mind and body, and I brook
nothing else." God in
you is Master of
all conditions at
all times. Say
often: " 'I AM' always the Victorious Presence of the Mighty 'I
AM.' "
Feel
the mighty current
of Electronic
Essence fill
your mind and body, erasing instantly all inharmonious
activity, and giving you the Consciousness of Mastery and Victory.
Command:
"Divine Presence! Pour Thy Radiance through this mind and body,
and see that Thy Wisdom directs always in every outer activity."
THE
DISCOURSE
Let
us be conscious of the Healing Radiance filling this home. The great
need today is the
healing of the
nations and
of individuals.
As the
individual is
given Assistance
through the outpouring of the Electronic Energy through the mind and
body and filling every cell, so in an expanded degree is the nation
treated likewise. The nation is a great body of individuals and of
Nature's creations. We have the same power, being the individualized
Presence of God. Then we know: " 'I AM' everywhere present, and
when my consciousness
takes on
this expansion,
I know
Its energy
leaps into
action everywhere, in
the cells
of the
body of
the world
as well
as in
the body
of the individual."
We must come to know that the Active Presence of God, All-Powerful,
is everywhere present; that there is not a single nook nor corner
anywhere that the Active Presence of God is not; that this Active
Presence seizes and binds all human creation and consumes
instantly everything
of an
inharmonious and
undesirable nature.
With
the use of the Electronic Belt surrounding the individual, he must
understand that he
can make
this an
absolutely Invincible
Protection; through
Its Protection,
Divine Wisdom acts, repelling
everything through
our conscious action that shall not be taken into the system, and
that this Omnipresent Wisdom and Intelligence is always prompting us
to refuse acceptance of anything into the system, either through
feeling, thought, or food that would in anywise disturb its
harmonious activity.
The
Natural Activity of the Currents of Life play everywhere like the
play of a searchlight. The
outer activity
should at
all times
be an
invitation to
the receptivity
of the Currents
of Life,
which are
Pure Cosmic
Energy and
which are
ever flowing
through
the
atmosphere of
the earth.
It
is true that where there are conditions too dense for It to
penetrate, It goes over or under them, so to speak, and finds Its
way onward just the same. Every individual, since the beginning of
this year, should come to understand that he is walking and moving
constantly within the reach of Mighty Healing Currents. Through the
Power of Cyclopea, the Secret Love Star, and the Rays from the Golden
City, currents of Healing Force of tremendous Power are consciously
directed through the atmosphere of the earth. These, you
will understand,
by their
very nature,
being the Energy
of God
in Action,
are therefore Self-sustained.
The
consciousness in the
individual of
their presence will enable
him to contact these Rays
at any time.
Students
who have a feeling of patriotism and who wish to help the nation
should take the stand that these Healing Currents reach not only
individuals, but carry into conditions, environment and official
places like an Intelligent Flame, and are doing a work for the
protection and uplift of the children of earth not heretofore set
into such powerful action since the creation of this planet.
The
more individuals become truly and sincerely conscious of this
operation, the more can they
become mighty Messengers
of assistance
in this most
unusual Work.
Through
the conscious manifestation of the mental forces back of the
communists is the sinister influence with which We are dealing in the
outer world's activity. Those who wish to be true Messengers will
meditate upon this idea until they have grasped the
full import
of it.
They will
use their
conscious effort,
knowing that
these Currents
of Consuming Electronic
Energy consciously
directed through
the atmosphere
of the
earth cannot be
interfered with;
and that
in every
sincere, conscious
effort of
the individual
— in his desire
to give his assistance
—there will flow a consciousness
of this Energy
that he has not hitherto possessed.
Sometimes
there are individuals of such a nature, that while wonderfully kind
and willing, the
sudden consciousness
that they
need to
let go
of certain
kinds of
food or other
activity is a sort of shock to them. I would say to these individuals
that the Divine Intelligence within each one will cause them to
naturally let go of the things not in accordance
with this Great
Presence at
every step of
the way
when it
is necessary. In
order for an individual to consciously let go of a thing, he must
have something that he feels is stronger to which he can anchor. As
students become conscious of this, the confidence
and strength
will come
to them
to take
the step.
As
I suggested once before, I would consciously, at least once or more a
day, stand on the floor
and charge the home with this Pure Electronic Energy—and keep it
charged—so that God's very Presence will keep out of the home,
food, thought, any kind of presence, and
everything that
is not
in accordance
with the
desires here.
I
would suggest
that whenever
you find
someone is
coming you
take the
consciousness: " 'I
AM' the Pure Radiance of Divine Love enfolding
these individuals, and this Garment enfolds them when they
come and when they leave." When you are
conscious of
this, you
clothe them
and they
will wear
this Garment
into the
home and out
of it;
and for
them it
will be
a sustaining power.
Those
who come into your home are deserving of
assistance, and this will
enable them to
receive the full assistance
they desire and you will
love to give.
No
matter how
great the
knowledge attained,
we at
no time
ever have
the right
to force either the knowledge or the discipline upon anyone.
Only as students apply what they
hear and receive can
they ever know the
Reality.
When
you say "I AM," you acknowledge the Power that breaks down
all barriers and conditions of opposition. This human self is just
like a starving lion in the jungle. It will tear
anything to
get what
it wants
to eat.
In this
state, the
human consciousness
will tear its
best friend
to pieces
to get
its own
way.
In
any astral
element there
is that
human desire
element through
which, unless
one shuts his mind entirely to the astral world, will
constantly find himself interrupted in a
good decision—because he has left that door open to a force
far more subtle than is ever found in the outer world. Many think
there are good forces in the astral world. I tell
you, no good force ever comes from the astral
world. Any good
force that
seems to
come from there
must come
through it;
but it
makes its
own Tunnel
of Light
through which
it comes.
In
the first place, what makes the astral world? There is only one
place where the undesirable
creation can
find a home, and
that is the
next step to
the human
activity, which is
the astral
realm. This
realm of
astral activity
has within
it all
undesirable creation accumulated through the centuries.
Therefore, it is easy to see at once that no
good comes from any contact with the astral realm. IT HAS
NOTHING IN IT WHATSOEVER
OF
THE
CHRIST.
There
is as
wide a
difference between
the astral
realm of
activity and
what some
call the Star Astral as there is between Light and darkness.
However, the so-called Star Astral
is again misunderstood. It
is really called "Star Astrea." It
is really an Activity, not
a realm, and it is
from the
fourth sphere. The
"Star Astrea" is
a Cosmic Being whose Work
it is to consume all possible within the astral realm, and to reach
individuals whose attention seems to be drawn there. This Great Being
will sooner or later clear the understanding of such individuals and
consume their desire for any contact with that unhappy realm. No
little children remain in the astral realm. The home of children who
leave the
earth is
in the
etheric realm.
People who
are in
the body
are in
the same sphere
when they sleep as the disembodied. There is a Sustaining
Consciousness of the "I AM Presence" which, if one goes
forth with It on going to sleep, through that sustaining Power one
can reach unbelievable Heights. If you have the Consciousness through
the outer expression of
this "I AM Presence," and you take this
Consciousness with you
as you go
into the
other realms,
It is
a Sustaining
Presence that
is unbelievable.
There
is an activity in the experience Life that demands the conscious
recognition and use of
the "I
AM Presence,"
of God
in Action.
When you
take that
Consciousness with you
through the
veil of
sleep, the
soul is
able to
function out
of the
body with
almost limitless Power.
Suppose
there is a seeming need in the physical activity. Before going to
sleep we can say this: "Through the Mighty Power and
Intelligence which 'I AM,' I go forth while my body
sleeps, make
conscious contact
with, and
abundantly fulfill
this requirement,
no
matter
what it
is."
Knowing
that this
activity is
Self-sustained, it
cannot fail
in any
way. It
is a
mighty way of setting into motion the "I AM Presence."
Whatever the "I AM" commands while the body sleeps must be
obeyed.
I
knew of
one instance
of this
kind when
there was
need of
protection. The
one using it had a
certain consciousness of this Presence. The individual was falling
over a cliff, and this "I AM
Presence" instantly
built up a
form, caught the
individual, and took him
back to safety.
When
one enters
the conscious
path and
goes into
any environment
where there
might be danger, one should always do some quick, definite
work on his protection; for until
one raises
the body,
he is
always functioning
more or
less where
he is
contacting the outer thought of humanity. If the student be
climbing the mountains, he must do conscious protective work. He must
do the protective work, and do it consciously.
If
the student
will always
keep up
his conscious
protection, he
will be
able to
avoid the destruction of other individuals.
Steamship
Protection: "God is the Almighty Power protecting and
directing this steamship; therefore, it moves in a zone of absolute
safety." On the conscious path, you must
be up
and in
action all
the time.
There are
some who
might think
this is
a suggestion of
fear, but
it is
not. It
is a
recognition of
the Omnipresent
Protective Power.
Autos:
"God is All-seeing and All-knowing, sees ahead, and will
naturally avoid undesirable contact." When you say: "God is
driving this car," the Vision of God goes ahead,
sees blocks
and miles
ahead, and
the prompting will
come to
go to
the street which is
clear. "Because God is driving this car, our path is
unobstructed in every way."
There
are two reasons why students have accidents. First, because they have
become angry and
opened the
door. Second,
because the
student has
lain down
on the
job.
Whenever
we do a thing with a positive, dynamic attitude, it gives confidence
to the outer, and it cannot fail.
To
project an Electronic Belt
around another, say: "
'I AM' the Protective
Electronic Belt around
"
When
you say," 'I AM' the Protective Ring or Belt," it means
that the Electronic Belt is instantly
formed— invincible.
Realize that when
you say
"I AM,"
whatever is
commanded is All-Powerfully, instantly done. You cannot use
the "I AM Presence" without having instantaneous Activity.
Often
say: " 'I AM' the Omnipresent, All-Powerful, Protecting
Intelligence governing this
mind and
body." It
is instantly
omnipresent there
in action
when you
say "I
AM." The "I
AM" which
is everywhere present
is at that
point doing the
work that
moment. This is the way you set
into action by the most
direct means the
All-Powerful Action of the "I
AM," which
is All
in All.
Constantly
remind the
outer consciousness
that when
you say
"I AM,"
you have
set into action all
the attributes of
the Godhead.
You
are now at a point when you should have instantaneous activity. When
you say, "I AM" in any condition, it means that instant
action is taking place there by the Greatest Power
in the
Universe. The
moment you
become conscious
that "I
AM" is
the Full
Activity
of God—containing all the attributes of the Godhead—you do that
moment have the full use of this Mighty Power.
Use
often: " 'I AM' the
Presence producing this
Master Home." Get the consciousness
of the Mighty
Presence
you are calling forth when you are using the "I AM." I have
always loved to specify what I wanted to do. If I want health in my
body I say: " 'I AM' the Presence charging this body with Pure,
Electronic Energy."
When
you say: "
'I AM' the
Ascension of
this physical body
right now,"
then you
have accepted and
entered into
that action
right now.
When you
are striving
for the
Light in unlimited
action, you
are striving
for the
Greatest Thing
in the
world. Fill
your world with the
Presence which "I AM," and when you do this, feel you are
doing it consciously. If one
will take
the consciousness:
" 'I
AM' the
Perfect Activity
of every
organ and
cell of my body," then it must manifest. You have but to
be conscious of this, and it must be.
Use often: "
'I AM' Perfect
Health now
manifest in
every organ
of my
body." Put
your confidence in
your "I
AM" instead
of some
thing. Suppose
you want
great intelligent
activity, say:
" 'I
AM' the
Perfect Intelligent
Activity in
this body."
You cannot
do this
looking
to something
outside.
To
clear the
mind, eyes,
and ears:
"
'I AM' the
Perfect Intelligence
active in
this brain."
"
'I AM' the Perfect Sight
looking through these
eyes." " 'I AM' the Perfect Hearing through these ears."
Go
at these
treatments with
determination and
they cannot
fail. You
have the
reins, now use them! Avoid all use of words that seem to be a
reminder of limited conditions. When you are conscious of the "I
AM," you don't care what anyone in this world does. You must not
be concerned about anything but your world. For squaring the circle,
use the "I AM"
Activity. Pay no attention to what anyone says. Just say specifically
what you want to produce.
Say
again and again:
" 'I AM' the
only Presence acting in
this." Say: " 'I AM' the only Presence acting in my world."
For
finding
things: "
'I AM'
the Intelligence
and All-Seeing
Eye which
finds this."
You
will be
amazed at
the feeling
that grows
within when
you do
not have
to look
to anything but the "I AM."
Wipe
out of
your mind
everything but
the conscious
operation of
the "I
AM," for
It is the most
Potent Power possible.
Get
the sense
of ease
about producing
these seeming
miracles.
Suppose
you want
to illumine
a room.
Say: "
'I AM'
the illumination
of this
room."
Then
you act
upon the
electrons in
the room.
The
illumining
of the atmosphere of a room is as easy as raising your hand. Your
ability to illumine a room is just as easy as physically illumining
it through the electric lamp. You can
just as
easily plug
into the
Universal current
of electricity
as through
the wires.
To
make visible the illumination within your own body say: " 'I AM'
the visible illumination through
this body now."
Right within
yourself is a
focal point.
The
"I AM"
in you
created everything
in the
Universe.
When
you enter into the Confidence of the "I AM," It will soon
do away with all obstruction. Use often: " 'I AM' the Consuming
Power and Presence of every bit of fear, doubt, and questioning in my
outer activity concerning this Invincible Activity of the 'I AM.'
" Keep this
up, and you will
always know instantly
what to do. You
can take
this and use it, and thus remove every obstruction to the "I
AM" Activity. When you operate consciously, you know positively
it is done.
The
consciousness of
an individual
clothes the
form with
that individual's
own concepts of it. When these are drawn about an individual
who has generated a certain energy,
they impose
upon him
nothing but
the things
in his
own world.
Whenever
you feel
a sudden
joy impulse,
grasp it,
use it,
and decree.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty,
Infinite Intelligence!
We give
praise and
thanks for
Thy Mighty
Comprehension and Mighty Manifestation in the consciousness of those
present. We give
praise and
thanks that "I
AM" the
Perfect Understanding
in operation,
and that "I
AM" everywhere present, performing all required to be done. "I
AM" the Illumination of everyone who looks to me. "I AM"
the Radiant Intelligent Activity in the minds of all mankind. "I
AM" the Master acting in the brain of everyone of humanity,
causing Divine Love, Justice, Peace, Harmony and Perfection to
manifest to our Beloved America.
Discourse
06
October
20,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Presence! Creator of all that is, always
majestic in Thy Conquering
Presence, we
give Power
only to
Thee. We
forever withdraw
all power
we have
ever given
to outer
things and
stand serene
in Thy
Majestic Presence,
Love, Wisdom and
Power. Knowing that, " 'I
AM' here
and 'I AM' there
and 'I AM' everywhere,
then 'I AM' serene in Thy Majestic Presence, manifesting Thy Love,
Wisdom, Power and Judgment—that
I have
Thy foresight
and see
far beyond
human possibilities."
I give praise and
thanks that I, now and forever, acknowledge and accept only Thy
Mighty, Victorious Presence
in all
things, in
my Life,
my world,
my mind,
and my
body.
I
give praise that I have placed about each form Thy Magic Circle,
Invincible, Impenetrable to anything unlike Thee. I stand guard over
my Life, body, mind, world and affairs, that
nothing manifest unlike
Thee. We thank Thee.
THE
DISCOURSE
Keep
reminding the outer activity, the outer consciousness, that when I
say "I," "I AM" using the
Infinite
God-Power. When I say "I AM," I have set this Power into
motion to successfully accomplish whatever the idea is which has been
held in consciousness, or whatever idea the
attention has
been held
upon. Sincere
students should
not forget
this for
a single hour,
until the
Truth becomes
so fixed
in the
outer activity
that it
automatically acts.
Therefore,
you will see how perfectly ridiculous it is to say: " 'I AM'
sick, 'I AM' financially embarrassed," or that there seems to
be a lack of anything. I tell you that you cannot
possibly be
affected if
you will
hold fast
to this idea,
then use
it.
When
you seem to have a cold, you do not need to be told to use a
handkerchief. Then why do you need to be reminded that the outer
activity has but One Power by which to move itself about, and that is
the "I AM Presence," God in you? The unfortunate thing
about sincere
students is
that they
will not
meditate often
enough upon
this Truth
for its marvelous Presence to come into activity.
Know
that: " 'I AM' the Majestic, Victorious Presence, filling all
official places," and know
it with
certainty in your minds. If
any of the students
will sincerely take hold
and use this, such an one will be blest for so doing.
Guard
yourself in
the outer
contact constantly,
that you
do not
unknowingly accept
the appearance of things or the fear of so-called financiers. God
governs your world, your home, your business, and that is all with
which you are concerned. Do not ever fear that you
are running amuck
with your
imagination when
you sense
and feel
the nearness
of the full manifestation of the Mighty, Individualized
Presence. Rejoice! Believe in the Mighty
Presence that
holds in
Its embrace
everything in
this world
that you
can desire or use.
You are not dependent on the outer things. With the joyous entering
into this Mighty Power and Presence which contains all, do you not
see how you would be provided
for, if everything were cut loose?
I
want you to feel, joyously accept, and with all your Being know that
the Power of precipitation is
no myth.
It is
real. Those
who enter
into this
feeling deep
enough will
have
the precipitation
of anything
they want.
Children
have been chastised for seeing Angelic Beings and for manifesting an
Inner Perception. It is the parent of that child who should be
chastised, and well at that, for daring to interfere
with the
God-given Freedom
of that
child. If grownups
would live more in the conscious imaging and acceptance of these
Mighty and Great Presences (of whose very existence most of humanity
doubts), they would feel Their Presence and uplifting sustaining
Intelligence.
My
Beloved Ones! If suddenly we find ourselves needing courage or
strength: " 'I AM' there
surging forth,
supplying this
instantly." If
I need
harmony in
my mind
or body, then: "
'I AM there,'
supplying it instantly,
and I do
not need
to wait."
Do
not give a thought
to the world or individuals who do not
understand these things. Go
right on
rejoicing in the
visible, active
Presence, precipitated
into your
Life and
use, of whatever you wish.
Our
outer common sense, so-called, must tell us that unless we expect,
accept, and rejoice in the Presence of the thing we want, how in the
name of God can we expect to have
it? The
poor, insignificant
outer self
struts itself
about saying,
" 'I
AM' too important
to give attention
to these childlike
fairy stories." Well,
let me
say to you that one
day the individuals who say this will be only too glad to listen to
those fairy stories and
fill their
minds with those
ideas—that they
may come
forth.
In
every instance in the outer contact of the world of business,
whenever there is a negative condition that seems to touch your world
in any way, instantly take your firm stand: " 'I AM' the
precipitation and Visible Presence of whatever I desire, and no man
can interfere with it."
This
is a
Mighty Truth.
When I speak
of precipitation
in this
manner, I do
not only mean
through the
invisible, but
through any
channel, for
all is
a precipitation;
it is
only a little difference in activity.
When
I recognize who "I AM," then I have entered into the "Great
Silence," wherein is God's Greatest
Activity.
This recognition
should bring
great revelations
to the
individual, if
he holds
to it with joyous acceptance.
In
your outer experience, the use of any activity develops your strength
to greater and greater efficiency, does it not? If one can apply this
in the outer activity, do you not see how much more important it is
to the Inner Activity? The more you put it into use, the greater the
power you put into it. Know you can do it with the Inner Spiritual
things far greater and
quicker than
in the
outer things,
for with
Spirit, the
Power acts
instantly. There is no waiting when the "I AM" acts.
The
fact that you give credence to development of the muscular system by
use should make you realize that the same effort given to the
exercise and recognition of the Inner Power would naturally produce
far greater results. For instance, man is supposed to perform certain
physical exercises in order to develop his muscles. I have, in my
students, many, many
times, enabled
them to
produce powerful
muscles in
a symmetrical,
beautiful body without having taken a single exercise to do it. It is
the same with the exercise of
your Inner Faculties in bringing forth the Inner Power.
In
all development,
either of the
Inner or the outer,
the first
part of
the exercise
is mental. Here we must know that there is only one Power and
Energy to use, and that is from the "I AM God Presence" in
you. Therefore, the exercise of your Inner Faculties is necessarily
mental —called mental —but I say to you, it is God in action,
because you cannot form
a thought without
the Intelligence
and Energy of God
to do it. Therefore, your mental
activity is
the Energy of
God in
action. Now
you see how easy and possible
it is to
make a
strong physical body
without lifting
your hand
in physical
exercise to
do it.
Most
scientific, medical, and men
of physical
culture will
deny this, but
I assure you
it is only because they have not become aware of, or thought
deeply upon the energy or power that is acting; because no kind of
activity can take place except by the use of this Inner energy and
power.
Individuals
allow the
impingement of
doubts and
fears to
rush in
and overwhelm them
when it comes to the
recognition of these Great
Faculties, which are
free for their use at
any time.
You see,
they are
but submerged
as it
were, by
the outer,
like a
cork that has
been pushed
beneath the
water, which
when released
by a
little effort,
pops up to the
surface into use.
I
must say
it is
positively pitiful
when earnest
students spend
so many
years straining at
intervals to gain the use of these faculties, and then because they
do not operate immediately, relapse into a state of inactivity until
something spurs them on, and then relapse again. Persistent,
determined recognition of this "I AM Presence" will take
you through anything
to absolute
certain accomplishment
—unless you
lie down
on the
job.
I
see, and especially at this time, a goodly number of individuals who,
with a little encouragement and
description of
the simple
use of
these faculties,
will quickly
leap into their freedom—and especially those who have this
verbal instruction and the Radiation that goes with it.
Is
it not appalling that Sons and Daughters of God will submit to the
binding claims of limitation
when, with
persistent effort
and determination,
they would
open the
door and step through into this great Inner Chamber, filled
with such Dazzling Light, jewels, gold, and substance from which
every kind of food in the Universe can be precipitated? Then
with this
Truth plainly
before them,
these individuals
still hesitate,
through unbelief, to
step through,
take this
scepter and
be free.
Beloved
Ones! Again I say to you: Sing the Great Melody of the 'I AM'
Conquering Presence. Sing It in your hearts
continuously.
Feel It
with all your ability; be determined to use It. Hold fast to that
determination, and the knowledge and the way will steadily
open to give
you that
Mastery which
is your Eternal Freedom.
Just keep joyously knowing
that you
are through
the veil
now.
Whatever
Mastery the individual has gained over himself, his affairs or his
world, is always, and should be, a Sacred Chamber—an Inner
Sanctuary upon which no other inquiring individual may intrude. No
one may attain Mastery through the desire of the outer
to find
the Mastery
within another.
To
seek, find, and apply the Law of one's own Being is the student's
sure road to Mastery, and
only when the individual has attained it himself may he really
understand what True
Mastery is.
There is
only one
Mastery to
be sought,
and that
is over
one's own
outer
self.
One
might walk beside a Master for years and not discover it until his
own Inner Faculties revealed the fact. One might live in the same
house with a Master for years and not know it until some crisis arose
to be handled, and thus the Real Power be revealed.
For
a Master
to discuss
or disclose
his own
attainment of
Mastery would
be to dissipate
his own forces and
may not
be done
at any
time.
If
a student
be fortunate
enough to
have a
beautiful experience
and then
discuss it with
others, there is usually so much doubt poured at him that he soon
begins to doubt himself. It is really funny how convincing someone
else's argument can be. If a student
will listen
to the
argument of
someone else,
why not
be at
least as fair
to his own
God Self and listen to Its Power and Good as expressed through
the Inner Experience?
The
moment doubt begins to enter, more doubt rushes in. The same with the
"I AM." If you put your attention upon It, It rushes forth
more and more. Where the conscious attention is fixed, there the
energy pours. Dear Ones, do you not see, when you want something
revealed, or to be inspired in some way, do you not see, "I AM
that." The moment you
say "I
AM," you
set in
motion this
Power that
has inherent
within It
all these faculties.
It has
all substance,
and must
take on
whatsoever form
the attention
of the mind is fixed upon.
The
"I AM" is the Fathomless Mind of God. In reaching for
understanding, the average student is but contacting the recurring
memory of that which has been, instead of going into
the Heart
of God
and bringing
forth that
which never
has been.
Individuals
and students many times do not and will not realize that there have
been many civilizations of vast attainments which are entirely
unknown to the outer world today. Atlantis and Lemuria, or the Land
of Mu, as credited by a few today, are but fragments of
the great
civilizations that have
been.
To
do
unusual
things:
The
students
who
wish
to
do
this,
take
the
determined
stand:
"
'I
AM'
the Heart
of
God,
and
I
now
bring
forth
Ideas
and
accomplishments
which
have
never
been
brought forth
before."
Consider
only: " 'I AM' that which I wish to bring forth." The "I
AM Presence" is the Heart of God. You are immediately in the
"Great Silence" the moment you say "I AM." If you
recognize that you are the "I AM," then whatever you
declare is manifest that moment.
To
believe is to have faith a thing is true. There is an interlocking of
belief and faith. In the beginning a thing is belief, and if
held to, it becomes
faith. If you
do not believe
a thing is true, you cannot bring it into manifestation. If
you do not believe, " 'I AM' a
thing," how can it act for you?
The
old saying: "There is nothing good or bad, but thinking makes it
so," is an Absolute Truth.
When
you know that God's Energy comes forth into the individual absolutely
Pure and Perfect, then you must realize that it is the individual who
requalifies that energy and imposes his own impure quality upon it.
This Pure God Energy is projected forth by the conscious
effort of
the individual,
and he
must impose
some kind
of a
quality upon
it,
for
that is
his privilege
as a
Creator.
Everyone
is constantly qualifying this energy, which is pouring forth
continually. Each one is
continually pouring
his color
into it,
through his
own consciousness.
Every
activity of
the outer
that qualifies
carries with
it the
inherent faculty
of sound and color.
No activity of any kind can take place which has not sound and color
inherent within it. God's
Perfection naturally
has no discoloration
within it. Within
the outer faculty
which gives
quality to
a thing
is where
the discoloration
takes place.
Every student must
take the
responsibility of
his own
activity in
qualifying the
energy he sends
forth.
The
mind cannot
act upon
anything that
has not
Intelligence inherent
within it.
Do not allow
yourself in
the human
sense to
consider the
element of
time in
anything you do,
but enter
into a
thing joyously,
and stick
to it
until it
does manifest.
Be
like a blow torch. If you will hold steady on the Mighty God Presence
as the Actor doing the thing, you will enter into the fullness and
Perfection of everything, ready for
your use
now. All
permanent accomplishment
must be
by the
Self-conscious effort
of the individual.
Q.
What is
sympathy?
A.
It is but agreement with imperfection. Whatever you do, be adamant
before human sympathy. Watch
that you
do not
allow yourself
to be
dragged down
into quicksand when
you can
use wings to
lift yourself
above its
destruction. Judge
not, but
keep joyously entering into the "I AM Presence," and
all things will manifest perfectly.
For
any imperfect
condition, especially
old age,
use: " 'I AM' the Perfection of that individual."
No
matter what
is said
in the
outer world,
you must
be unaffected
by it,
for you
are coming to this
Perfection, and you must
bring it about
consciously.
If
you do not watch, you can let in an expression in a moment that can
follow you for years if
you do
not erase
it. When
you are
consciously using
the Great
Law, know that
the active Power of God's Thought knows its direction, goes and
performs perfectly. Consciously charge the "I AM Intelligence"
to use whatever is necessary. Say: " 'I AM Intelligence,'
qualify this with whatever is required."
For
Healing: I had one student
who so qualified the
Electronic Circle about
him with the Power
of healing that he was called the "Healing Shadow." Of
course it was not the shadow that healed, but the moment people
contacted his Electronic Circle, they were healed instantly.
Q.
Understanding God
as Love,
why did
God individualize
Himself?
A.
In order
to have
something to
love.
Q.
Why were
the Rays
divided?
A.
In order
to express
Love.
Love
is the "Active
Principle of God." When you are loving, you are enfolding
what you are loving in that "Robe of God," that
Radiant Presence and Activity.
Never
condemn. Try always to understand whenever there seems to be a wrong
sex activity, and
lift the
consciousness of
the individual
by focusing
the attention
upon a high
ideal of
some kind
in order
to control
the thought,
so the
sex activity
can come
under
conscious control
of the
individual through
the use
of his
own will.
The
proper, clean use of the sex is for the expansion and expression of
Love in the procreation of a form, that the incoming soul may have an
harmonious and loving disposition
and temperament.
The thought
and feeling
of the
parents are
the influencing,
molding activity. The nature of the Life Principle of the individual
is to love.
BENEDICTION:
Infinite God
of Love!
We give
thanks for
Thy Gracious
Outpouring today,
for Thy Mighty Radiance filling all things everywhere. We give praise
and thanks that we have entered into Thy World where everything is so
fair, where Thy Radiance, creative with every thought, brings into
Perfection all things held within our
thought.
NOTES
Raising
the body:
Nada raised
her body
2,700 years
ago. In
the case
of three
raising the body at one time,
they might Ascend
at the same moment,
or within
a few weeks
or months.
Controlling
an animal: Use: " 'I AM' here and 'I AM' there, and I command
silence there."
Also, look
the animal
in the
eye and
know that
the Love
of God
controls
it.
The
difference
between
Divine
Compassion
and
human
sympathy
is
as
great
as
that between
Light
and
darkness.
Divine
compassion
holds
the
student's
attention
anchored to
the
"Mighty
I
AM
Presence,"
calling
It
forth
to
produce
Perfection.
Human
sympathy is
a rushing
forth of
energy
qualified
by a
feeling of
imperfection,
and but
intensifies the
imperfection already manifesting.
Discourse
07
October
24,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty,
Silent Watcher!
Even as
Thou hast
before Thee
the Cosmic
Crystal, send forth Thy Rays, anchoring them in the hearts of God's
Children. Teach them obedience to the Great Cosmic Laws. Teach them
obedience to the Light. Fill their hearts and minds with Thy Peace,
with Thy Silence, with Thy Poise. Let the rejoicing of Thy Heart fill
their hearts, every one—even to overflowing—with Thy Substance
and Pure Electronic Force that brings with It Thy Immeasurable
Infinite Blessings.
Let
each one feel Thy Omnipresent, Watchful Care, Thy Sustaining
Love, Wisdom and Power.
THE
DISCOURSE
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host of Light who watch
attentively the Outpouring
of Divine Radiance, whose Great Love, Peace and Light always
enfold you, as Messengers of the Light, giving always strict
obedience to the Great Light.
Obedience
of all manifestation is the first demand of the Great Host. When the
Command went forth: "Let there be Light!" obedience was the
first activity, consequently Limitless Light was at hand. It is so
with all outer activity of the One Active
Principle, God.
The first
activity of
the outer
should be
to give
Perfect Obedience
to that Inner Presence. Thus is it enabled to receive harmoniously
the unadulterated Pure Essence;
and so
it should be with
friends, with relatives,
with associates, and
with all outer contact of individuals.
There
should always be this wondrous grace of
Love, Light and
obedience. It matters not
the age
of the
individual. Still
the outer
expression often,
for its
need is
obedience to the Great Inner Light. When the impulse surges
forth to argue, criticize, or feel a resistance,
it is
your signal
that the
outer is
intruding itself
to demand
attention. Then is
the time,
by the
power of
your free
will, to
command the
outer to
be silent
and obey the "I
AM Presence."
It
is useless to argue any point. Silence the outer, and then in loving
obedience, give the Instruction. In this way It can come forth
unobstructed.
When
students have
entered the
conscious path,
the slightest
intimation of
disturbance or resistance of any kind should be followed
instantly by silencing all outer activity and declaring: "
'I AM' the obedient, intelligent activity in this mind and body; 'I
AM' the governing power and do govern it harmoniously."
It
matters not
upon what
plane or
in what
sphere of
activity the
Son of
God—that is, the
Son or Daughter of God—acts, obedience to Its Laws, or the
Divine
Laws of the sphere in which he is acting, is always imperative to his
steady, onward progress.
Someday,
I hope in the near future, We shall take up for consideration the
elements of outer activity which
are most
disturbing, and the effect
of their activity
upon the
body. I do not
wish to
do this
however, until
the students
are strong
enough to
hear the
Truth of this activity without a single twinge of resistance
or self-condemnation—because to
start an
activity within
the individual
of either
condition would
be a
mistake upon
My
part.
I
spoke some time ago about the student keeping on guard to watch that
in an unguarded moment he did not find himself unknowingly
entertaining some feeling of resistance,
criticism, or
some activity
which he
later discovered
had been
acting.
Every
student should
constantly use,
many times
a day,
for it
only requires
a minute, and
silently declare:
" 'I
AM' the
Invincible Guard,
established, sustained
and maintained over
my mind,
my body,
my home,
my world
and my
affairs." Keep
conscious that
this Guard, being
the "I
AM Presence,"
naturally has
Infinite Intelligence.
This will
establish an Intelligent
Guard and
activity about
you that
does not
have to
be constantly
repeated.
Again
we come to the point where every time we use the expression "I"
or "I AM," we know that
It is the full
Power of Love,
Wisdom and Intelligence acting. Use frequently: " 'I
AM' the full Liberation of Divine Love acting."
Now
as a
preparatory activity
for the
day, I
would suggest
that the
students, with
great joy and firmness, after having refreshed themselves in the
morning, would silently declare—knowing that the Power of the
declaration is Self-sustained: " 'I AM' the governing
Love, Wisdom
and Power
with its
attendant Intelligent
Activity which
is acting today in every single thing that I think or do. I
command this Infinite Activity to
take place
every moment
and be the
sustaining Guard about me,
that I move, speak
and act only in Divine Order." Then during the day,
whenever you think of it, take the firm consciousness: " 'I AM'
the commanding, governing Presence, moving everywhere before me
during the day—commanding Perfect Peace and Harmony in all
activity."
In
this manner
you will
lock the
door open
for the
continuous Outpouring
of this Inner
Intelligent Presence,
which will
transform your
world and
keep you
from contacting inharmony of any kind, enabling you to have
that steady flow of Inner Peace and Harmony in all outer contact.
It
matters not
what the
manifestation may
be within
the body
or without,
the student must take his firm stand that his body is the
"Temple of the Most High Living God."
This is
an Unquestionable
Truth, and
this attitude
consciously maintained
will more rapidly bring the body into the Perfect Activity
which was intended from the beginning. I say to the students in all
sincerity, there is no possible way of attaining a quality or a
desired attribute without claiming it. The outer has drifted into a
limited consciousness of declaring it did not have the desired
quality, and of course it could not manifest
it under
those conditions.
The thought
of the
student often
is, "Well,
I have been holding
this idea for a long time, but it doesn't manifest; it doesn't work."
This is positive proof that somewhere in the consciousness there was
lurking a doubt —possibly unknown to the individual.
I
tell you
that no
matter what
appears on
the surface,
if you
will continually,
with firm determination, claim the quality, condition or
things you desire, and go right on claiming
them with
that firm
determination, they
will find
expression in
your use
just as certain
as you do this; but
I cannot urge
you too strongly
always to keep on guard in
this matter,
for the
outer, when
you have
tried a
thing for
a few
hours, days
or months and
it seems
not to
have appeared
immediately, begins
to say:
"It's no
use, if
it were
going
to have acted, it would have by this time." Such a thing as
failure is absolutely impossible when you have set the Power of the
"I AM" — God in you—in action to accomplish
a given
purpose, if
you hold
unwaveringly to
it with
determination.
Many
times I have seen students nearing wonderful achievement, wonderful
Victory and Freedom,
and this
outer attitude
of, "not
yet being
accomplished" would
rush in,
get their attention to such an extent that it would either
retard greatly their progress, or
shut the door indefinitely.
The
student should compel himself or herself to hold before the mind this
Truth: that when
the
"I
AM"
Power
and
Presence
is
set
in
motion,
It
can
no
more
fail
in
Its
Accomplishment
than the Universe stop its activity. For this
"Mighty I AM Presence" to fail in Its Accomplishment would
mean that the Universe would instantly be thrown into chaos.
Such is the Certainty and Power of the "I AM"
accomplishment. It simply cannot fail unless
the outer
obstructs the
way.
Every
student should guard with great watchfulness that he does not use the
"I AM" in negative expression, for when you say: " 'I
AM' sick, I have failed, 'I AM' not accomplishing
this thing
as I
should," you
are throwing
this mighty
energy into
action to destroy the thing you wish to accomplish. This
always happens whenever you use the word "I," for that is
the release of the Universal Power.
Knowing
that the
"I AM" is
you, then when
you say, "My
head aches, my
stomach is out
of order,
my intestinal
tract is
disturbed," you
are throwing
the energy
into those parts to
act according to the thing
you have decreed; for when you say "MY," it
is the same energy acting, because there is only one person
who can say "I" or "MY," and that is you,
decreeing for your world.
Any
expression which can only be used for yourself is including the
energy and activity of the
"I AM Presence." The correct
attitude to take if some
organ seems to be
rebellious is to
instantly declare
and hold
fast to
it: "
'I AM'
the only
and Perfect
Energy acting
there. Therefore, every appearance of disturbance is instantly
corrected." This is the important
point to
keep before
the student.
If, through
habit, you
have thought
that certain remedial agencies gave assistance, then use these
sparingly until you gain
sufficient Mastery to govern entirely by your "I AM
Presence."
I
assure you
that even
though you
think that
this remedial
agent has
given you
relief, it is still the same "I AM Presence" that
has given the remedial agency the power to give you relief. For
instance, I have watched the medical world for many centuries, and
when one individual
of so-called
authority says that a
certain remedy is no
longer of use, it
is but a
short time
until it
disappears entirely.
The
question within
the mind
of all
thinking individuals
is that
certain herbs
or remedial agencies have a certain natural chemical action
corresponding to the element within the body. I say to you, what
gives or makes the chemical affinity? The Power of your "I AM"
which enables you to think!
Thus
when you come to go round the circle of activity, you will find that
there is only One Intelligence and Presence acting, and that is the
"I AM" — God in you.
Now
why not
look this
Truth square
in the
face? Take
your stand
unwaveringly with
the "I
AM Presence,"
God in
Action in
you, and
know that
It is
the only
Life in you and
all
things
or remedies
to which
you alone
give power.
Is
it not much better to go directly to this "Great I AM Presence"
and receive Its All- Powerful, Limitless Assistance which cannot
fail, than to give power to something that leads you around Robin
Hood's barn to get assistance
from something in the outer to
which you have given the power?
I
know it
is not
easy for
students to
turn away
from old,
old habits
or dependence upon
certain remedial agencies; but a little thought and meditation upon
this fact will simply compel the outer reason and dependence upon
these outer things to give way completely before the "Great I AM
Presence."
There
is no
way of
convincing the
student upon
this most
vital of
questions, except
he apply the Wisdom and Knowledge with unwavering
determination until he proves for himself the active Truth of these
simple things. There is no one who can tell to what degree the
student can apply this, for only he alone, by trying, may know. Many
times the Inner accumulated energy is such that the student is amazed
with the results when he begins to apply this.
The
Oriental phrase for "I AM" is "OM." That means
the same thing that "I AM" is beginning to mean to the
Western World. For Myself, I like very much the use of the "I
AM" because Its very expression indicates "God in Action
in the individual."
"OM," as understood by the Orientals, is a
Universal Presence, and not nearly so apt to give the student the
consciousness of the "I
AM Presence" acting
in the
individual,
as the use of "I AM." This largely explains the
reason for the condition in India today. Hundreds of thousands in
India, through the confusion of
many castes, have fallen into the error that
the intonation
of "OM"
was all
that was
required in
their lives.
While this
brings a certain
activity in hundreds of thousands of cases, it does not bring the
energy of that activity into
the individual's
action, and
so is
of little
benefit.
The
method of the Ascended Masters throughout the ages from time
immemorial has been the conscious use of the "I AM Presence,"
the recognition and full acceptance of
God in
Action in
the
individual, which more and more brings into the
individual the Full Intelligent Activity of the God Presence —the
Godhead.
Those
Orientals who have reached great attainment, which many of them have,
have become aware
of this
True Activity
through their
sincere meditation.
Perhaps
the simplest, most powerful single thing that the individual can keep
himself reminded of is that when he says "I AM," he is
knowingly or unknowingly, setting into action within himself the
Full, Unadulterated Energy of God.
Energy
becomes power through conscious use. The fact that individuals
are in human embodiment is the command to raise the world of the
individual into Perfect Activity. When the consciousness of the
individual is raised, everything in the world of that individual is
raised into the Inner Activity.
"O
Mani Padme Hum" really means God in Action in the individual.
Use the "I AM" instead of OM at all times, because many of
you have been embodied in an Indian embodiment. At one time you knew
that use, and to prevent it calling forth a lesser use,
use the "I AM" now to take you to the Full Height.
Whenever
you say
"I AM,"
you are
setting the
Pure Energy
of God
into motion,
uncolored
by human concepts. This is the only way of keeping the pure energy of
God uncontaminated by human qualification. Enormous results can be
had in a short time by
the determined
use of
these affirmations:
"
'I AM'
this Pure
Inspiration."
"
'I AM' this Pure 'Light' right here in action." (Visualize this
through the body now.) "
'I AM' this Pure Revelation of everything I want to know."
Hold
the reins
of power
forever within
yourself. People
are afraid
of just
embracing the Great God Power and letting It operate. What is
there to fear in God? Its operation is Pure
and Perfect,
and if
you do
not reach
out to
embrace the
Great Pure
God Power, how can
you expect to use It
and have Perfection? You must
claim It for your
own. To say: " 'I AM' the Ascended Being I wish to be now"
immediately enfolds the outer in That Raising Presence. " 'I AM'
my Eternal Liberation now from all human imperfection." Realize
who "I AM" is.
You
have to use terms of explanation up to a certain point. Know: "This
body is the Temple of the Living God and is ascended now." The
human side is such a doubting, criticizing Thomas. All
instruction is but
to give
the individual
student a
chance to
prove it within
himself by
applying and
using the
explanation of
the "Law"
given. Say
often: " 'I
AM' the
Governing Power of this
activity, and therefore it
is always normal."
There is no human
being in the Universe who can recognize this "I AM Presence"
for another. In your recognition of this "I AM Presence" as
who you are, every step you gain is a permanent
accomplishment, and
there can
be no
retrogression.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Infinite,
All-pervading Presence,
whose Active
Intelligence governs
all who look
unto Thee, fill each
one who seeks the
Light with
Thy
Mighty Inner Light. Hold each one closer and closer in the "Great
I AM Presence," that It fills the world of everyone with Thy
Great, Great Perfection; and that the consciousness of each
individual desires only that Great, Great Presence and Perfection.
NOTES
All
jewels
are
a
high
activity
of
God's
Substance.
The
more
intense
the
fire,
the
greater the
purifying power. Gold does not long for nor adhere to anything else;
all other metals or
alloys
cling to
it. Gold
is this
way because
it is
of a
pure
element.
In
all kinds
of fuel
activity
there is
at some
point a
golden
flame. All
consuming
of outer
substance
at
some
point
is
always
red,
for
the
red
color
is
the
throwing
off
of
the imperfection
and
impurity.
If the
impurity
were not
there, the
substance
would go
from the outer immediately into the golden flame.
Discourse
08
October
27,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, All-Pervading Presence! Thou All-Pervading "I
AM"! We give praise and thanks for the happiness pervading those
under this Radiation. We give praise and
thanks that
the Simple
Key to
Perfect Happiness
may be
given to
bless and
to anchor these Children of God into their own firm Dominion.
We give praise for the harmony
maintained within
each student,
and that
they feel
the necessity
to continue it. We
give praise that "I AM" everywhere present, controlling
every outer activity and bringing it into Perfection.
I
bring Greetings
to you
always.
THE
DISCOURSE
That
which everyone seeks is happiness, sometimes called bliss, and yet
many who have sought so
earnestly have
unknowingly continued
to pass
by the
key to
this happiness.
The
simple key
to Perfect
Happiness and
its inherent
sustaining power
is Self-control and
Self- correction. This is so easy to accomplish when one has learned
he is the "I AM Presence" and Intelligence controlling and
commanding all things.
Surrounding
each individual
is a
thought-world created
by him
or her.
Within this
thought-world is the seed, the "Divine Presence," the "I
AM," which is the only acting
Presence there is in the Universe, and which
directs all energy.
This energy can be intensified
beyond
any
limit
through
the
conscious
activity
of
the
individual.
The
"Divine Presence"
within is likened
unto the pit
or seed of a
peach; the thought-
world around It unto the
pulp of the peach. The
pulp represents not only
the thought- world created
by the
individual, but
also the
Universal Electronic
Substance, ever
present, waiting
to be
acted upon
by the
conscious determination
of the
individual—to be
precipitated into
his visible
use as
the form
of whatsoever
he may
desire.
The
sure pathway to the understanding and use of this conscious power
comes through Self-control. What do I mean by Self-control? First,
the recognition of the "I AM Intelligence"
as the
only Acting
Presence. Second,
that knowing
this, we
know there
is no limit to the power of Its use. Third, that individuals,
having been given free will and choice, do create in the world about
them whatsoever their thought, through their
attention, is held firmly upon.
The
time has arrived when all must understand that thought and feeling
are the only and Mightiest Creative Power in Life or in the
Universe. Thus the only way to the definite use of the full power of
one's thought and feeling, which is God
in Action,
is through Self-control—Self-correction—by which one may
quickly reach the attainment, the understanding whereby he may direct
and use this Creative Thought- power without any limit whatsoever.
When
sufficient Self-control
is attained,
it enables
individuals to
hold the
thought steady
upon a
given desire,
likened unto
the flame
of an
acetylene torch
held immovable. Thus thought and feeling held upon a
given desire unwaveringly, with the consciousness that it is the "I
AM Presence and Intelligence" thinking—that it is God in
Action—then will
they understand
that they
may bring
into visibility,
precipitate into
visibility,
whatsoever they
desire.
It
has been proved
in a thousand ways
that the effect of a thing
cannot bring happiness.
Only by
the understanding
of the cause
operating may
the individual
become Master
of his world.
Each individual,
knowing that
he is
the Creator
of his
own world
and what
he wishes to have manifest in it, will understand that he has
at no time any right to create anything discordant in another's
world. Thus is each individual left free to meet the effect of his
own creative cause.
I
rejoice exceedingly to see the success with which each student under
this Radiation is coming into the Mastery and control of the outer
self. Here I must say to them: Beloved Students! could you but
understand and see the Magnificent Splendor of achievement before
you through asserting Self-control over the outer activity, you would
bend every effort, every
moment to
attaining Control and
Mastery over
all outer
expression.
Thus
will you
be enabled to
maintain the
needed harmony through
which the
Inner Mighty Power of the "I AM Presence" is
liberated into your conscious and visible use. Let us disabuse the
minds of these beloved students of the sense of time, distance and
space. The Key which opens the entrance to all higher spheres above
you lies in the simplicity and
firmness of
this Self-control.
All students
should dwell
earnestly upon
the Great Truth
that: "Where your consciousness is, there you are, for 'I AM'
everywhere."
Long
dwelling in
consciousness that
there was
space, great
distance, or
that there
is time, is all
but the
outer creation
of man.
Therefore, to
step through this
gossamer veil that
separates your outer consciousness from its Full Inner Power and
Activity is but a state
of thought
and
feeling.
Those
who are
reaching to
the "Light"
so earnestly,
desiring to
live in
and be
"Children of the
Light," are
dwelling constantly in
these Higher
Spheres. The beauty of
these spheres surpasses the fondest imagination of the outer
consciousness. When you enter
them consciously and at will you will find all creation there
just as tangible as your physical buildings are here.
To
take your firm stand: " 'I AM' the Power of my complete
Self-control, forever sustained," will make it easier for you to
gain this Mastery. Students must be conscious
that when they recognize the "I AM Presence" acting,
it is impossible for It to be interrupted or interfered with in any
way. Know there is no time nor space; then the knowing of the
vastness of Eternity is within your grasp. To enter a Higher Sphere
than your physical world in full consciousness is but an adjusting or
changing of your consciousness. How do we do this?
Answer:
By knowing
we are
consciously there.
Affirm
often: "Through the Power of the Electronic Circle which I have
created, 'I AM' no longer touched by any doubts or fears. I joyously
grasp the Scepter which 'I AM' and step boldly forth into any of
these Higher Spheres that I wish, retaining perfectly clear conscious
memory of my activity there."
In
this way one may quickly find himself enjoying Limitless Freedom and
the Perfect Happiness of being active in any sphere he chooses.
To
be aware
of what
is a thousand years
in advance
is as easily and
readily attained, in fact
more so, as going to your library in search of a book.
The
great delusion the outer consciousness of mankind has built up,
creating time and space in
its belief,
has been
the great
stumbling block to
humanity's Freedom.
Those
who have reached the great disillusionment, that wealth, or the outer
effect of things,
cannot bring
happiness, will
understand with
great blessing
that within
their own Creative
thought, power and feeling are held Perfect Happiness, Perfect
Freedom, and Perfect
Dominion.
When
the student once understands that whatsoever he connects himself with
through his attention he becomes a part of to the degree of the
intensity with which his
attention is fixed, he will see the importance of keeping his
attention off the seeming destructive angles of human experience, no
matter what they are.
To
discuss the
seeming inability,
shortcomings, or
faults of
your friends
and associates but
builds that
element upon
which your
discussion rests
within your
own consciousness, and
also adds
to the
appearance which
seems to
be in
the other
individual.
Because
there are black magicians in the world, certain of God's Children who
are misdirecting and contaminating the Pure Electronic Energy of the
"I AM Presence," is no reason why we should let our
attention rest upon that fact, just because we are aware
of it. Our business is to hold the attention free to rest
within our own Self-control, compelling
it by the
conscious action to
rest on whatsoever we
choose.
Few
understand that when their attention is called to some destructive
thing, how much and how
often they allow the attention to go back to it; or if another
has
displeased them in some way, how much and how often the attention
returns to that
incident—when they have the full power to control their attention
and make it obey their command.
Few,
even among earnest students, yet understand what a mighty power their
faculty of attention becomes under their controlled use.
I
wish so
much to
impress upon
the students
how foolish
it is
to be
affected, displeased
or disturbed
by the
imaginary activities
of the
ignorance of
the outer
self. When
they once know: " 'I AM' the only All- Powerful acting
Presence in my mind, my body and my world," they cannot possibly
be affected or disturbed by any of their associations in the outer
world. They
must know
then that
they are
entirely immune
from hurt
or disturbance of
the outer
mind of
other individuals,
no matter
what they
try to
do.
With
this understanding,
or by
giving willing
attention to
this Great
Truth, they
will soon find
a Peace,
Happiness, and
Self-control operating
about them
to such
an extent that no
outer condition, disgruntled comment or disturbance of their
associates could in any
wise disturb them, their world or their affairs. As soon as the
individual becomes aware
that he really has control of his own Creative thought, power, and
feeling, then he knows
positively that
he can
precipitate into
his visible
use, or
bring into
his use
from the outer where it is already created,
anything whatsoever upon which he holds his Creative
thought and feeling firmly.
The
moment that
he is
truly aware
of this,
he will
know he
is forever
free from
the need of
the wealth
of the
outer world,
or anything
that the
outer world
can give.
Thus has he
entered into
the Mastery
and Dominion
of his
own world,
the only
world that
is
ever
existent to
him, and
which is
his God-given
Birthright.
I
assure you,
there is
no such
thing as a
supernatural world.
As we
step from
this sphere of
activity into another higher, that one becomes just as Real as this
is. It is simply a different
state of
consciousness we have
entered into.
To
the joy, glorification and blessing of the mothers, sisters, wives
and daughters, I will say
that within one hundred years there will be hundreds who will be able
to use the Cosmic Rays to cleanse their homes and keep them so; to
weave their seamless garments when they will have no desire to follow
the freakish styles created by some commercialized idea.
I
find so
many of
the students
wondering how
it is
that Ascended
Beings or
Masters, with all Their Creative Power, often choose to live
in humble quarters. I assure you the explanation is very easy. The
far greater part of Their Life and Activity is spent in the Higher
Spheres in which they are directing Mighty Rays of Light to the
Blessing of humanity— from Homes and Temples of Light and Wisdom so
beautiful, so transcendent as almost to stagger the imagination of
the outer consciousness. Those Homes and
Temples are Eternal, ever becoming more and more beautiful. So
They only spend a few hours in
the visible
world, which
causes Them
to lower
the density
of Their
Transcendent Forms, that They may become visible to those yet
occupying the physical body. If the students will understand this, it
will save them much questioning and confusion
in the
outer expression—which
time they
can use
in the
Activity of
the "Mighty I AM
Presence."
This
will bring them into that Transcendent State and consume the longing
for the wealth of the outer world, which is but rubbish in comparison
to the transcendent, Creative Power inherent in every individual.
They can bring this Transcendent Power into
their use
through their
own Self-control
and Mastery.
I say
to you
beloved students,
Children of the One God, is it not worth your sincerest effort —
when you know you cannot fail? Take your Scepter of the Mighty
Creative Power and be forever free from all past, binding limitations
which have beset mankind through the ages. I assure you that everyone
who enters in to attain this Scepter and Mastery will be given every
needed assistance, if
each one will try with
all his ability.
The
one having the
understanding of his
Creative Ability must know that he can create whatsoever he
will, in whatever rate of vibration he desires to hold it, whether it
be Light, or
any other
condensation he may
choose to maintain
it. You know you have the
ability to change your thought from Chicago to New York in the same
instant, and you know you can change your thought from a condition of
Light to one of very dense condensation, such as iron. Then one
cannot help but see that this which he does every moment, consciously
and at will, he can bring into a more powerful use — by consciously
fixing the attention and
holding it upon what he
desires.
The
attention is the channel by which God's Mighty Energy, through
thought and feeling, flows to its directed accomplishment.
Because one
has not yet
precipitated something from the invisible, there is that
lurking doubt, until some simple manifestation has occurred.
Then his
courage and
confidence leap
into dominion,
and in
the future
he has no
trouble in
precipitating whatsoever
he desires.
The
precipitation of
gold or
jewels from
the invisible
to the
visible is
as simple
as breathing, when
once that
foolish
questioning
doubt
accumulated
by the
outer is
consumed or
pushed aside.
Mankind,
through the centuries, has built up these walls of limitation. Now
they must be broken up,
shattered and
consumed in any
way that we
can do it.
At first it does take
determination to do it, but when you know it is the "I AM Power"
acting, you know It cannot fail. The outer only has to hold the
attention fixed on the object to be made visible. Dwell on this, and
all of a sudden you will find yourself into the activity, and you
will be amazed that you dwelt so long without using it.
The
length of the Ray from a precipitated substance or condensation of
"Light" is controlled
by the
consciousness of
the wearer.
If the
wearer's consciousness
is raised very
high, the scintillation is very great.
The
"Jewel of Light" is yet in its Transcendent State of
Perfection. The jewel in a condensed substance such as a diamond,
emerald, or ruby, naturally will take on the condition of its
wearer. If the rate of thought vibration in the person wearing
it be low, the jewel will become lusterless, while if the
thought be transcendent, it will become very luminous.
When
one has
become a
sincere student
reaching to
the Light,
he must
qualify everything in his
environment with
the Quality of
the "I AM
Presence," no matter
what the appearance seems to be. You see, there cannot be a quality
or an appearance in your world except
what you give to
it. If fear causes you to
believe in a disturbing presence, you are responsible for it, because
if there were to be a disturbing presence and you qualified it by
the "I AM Presence," you see how impossible it would be for
it to disturb you. There is only one energy acting, and the moment
you acknowledge the "I AM Presence," you have requalified
that activity with Perfection.
Expectation
is a very powerful qualifying
consciousness to maintain. Intense expectation
is a
splendid thing.
It manifests
always. The
individual, through
the centuries,
has created a
veil through
which he
has shut
out these
Transcendent Spheres.
If he
has created it, which he has, then common sense and reason
will tell one that he can un- create
it.
A
Powerful Radiation
has gone
forth to
yourselves and
students with
a powerful
conviction that
will be
sustained—until they
have this
Work which
is given
today. To convey
the
simplicity,
the
ease
and
certainty
with
which
the
idea,
through
Creative
thought
and feeling,
can be
brought
into
visibility,
is a
thing the
students
should
dwell upon.
This will dissolve that
feeling of
"Can I?"
and in
its place
put "I
can" and
"I know."
If
the students
will keep
themselves harmonious,
from time
to time
they will
have flashes that will
give them all
needed confidence. Add to all
commands on going
out of the
body that
you retain
the conscious
memory of
whatever you
experience. Stick
right to a thing from the start and know that whatever
knowledge you need will be forthcoming instantly.
When
you allow the attention to become fixed upon a thing, you that
moment give it power to
act in your world.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Great Happiness-the Mighty Presence and Power which "I
AM"11 qualify Thee
to go
forth in
the hearts
of mankind,
anchoring there
and filling
their minds, bodies
and homes,
filling them
with Thy
Great Happiness.
Open the
door of
their consciousness so
that the
Mighty Power
which "I
AM" can
come forth
in Full
Perfection. O Mighty
Presence! Hold
the Children
of Light,
the Individualities
of God,
hold them close
in Thy
Embrace, letting
Thy Quality
flow forth
in their
command, filling
them with Thy
Great Peace.
O Mighty
Presence of
Justice! Enter in
and reign
in all
official places.
Let the destructive
intent of
mankind be
revealed, that
it may
be cast
out and be
consumed.
Let
the Fullness and
Power of
Thy Radiant
Light enfold
all, and
Thy Glorious
Transcendent Light fill all places.
Discourse
09
October
30,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Ail-Powerful, Active Presence—God! We ever grow in
deeper praise, thanks and gratitude to Thee for Thy Life, Thy Light,
and Thy Intelligent Power manifest
everywhere in
the Universe;
for Thy
Active Presence
manifest in
the mind, body,
home, world and affairs of everyone.
Enable
us to understand and feel Thy Radiant Power, always active in our
world, affairs, and business—knowing no single
activity can go
wrong; for Thou dost
govern all
action in Thy Love and Justice, guiding and regulating all.
Thou
Mighty Supreme Ruler of the Universe! whose Law is Justice, whose
Power is Invincible! protect America in Thy Great, Blazing, Loving
Presence. Reveal to the authorities of
the United States
of America
any wrong
activities.
"I
AM" the Mighty Channel of Justice, claiming all now and for all
time, that they serve only the cause of America and the Light of God.
No human thought shall enter in. No human hand shall be raised
against her, for she is sealed within the Love of the "Great
Ascended Host of Light" forever.
Mighty
God of the Universe! Thy Love, Light, Wisdom, Intelligence and
Justice shall fill every
office in
the land;
all political
graft shall be
wiped out
forever, and
Thou shalt reign
through Thy Creation, through Thy Children, in Perfect Justice to
all.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host, ever watching over and
ministering through Their Divine Radiation—to heal, bless,
enlighten and prosper all who will accept.
THE
DISCOURSE
One
of the great needs of individuals, and even of sincere students
today, is to feel the necessity of giving time morning and evening to
sincere meditation: to the stilling of the outer activity that the
Inner Presence may come forth unobstructed.
Meditation
really means—feeling—the Active Presence of God.
Therefore, when one attempts to
enter meditation,
he cannot
drag all
the disturbance
that has
beset him during
the day along with him. Therefore, consciously remove from the
feeling and attention every disturbing
thing, enter into your meditation to
feel the "Presence of God," and do not
revolve your troubles. When the Statement was given: "Know the
Truth, and the Truth shall
make you free," it meant the recognition, acceptance and
Activity of the "Mighty I
AM Presence."
First,
know: "I AM" is the First Principle and absolute certainty
of Freedom now. Second, know: "I
AM" the
active Presence,
governing all
manifestation in
my Life
and world
perfectly. Then
I have
entered into
the Truth
which shall
bring all
Freedom.
I
must relate
a thing that
would be most
laughable, if it
were not
really serious. You
would chastise it and rebel considerably if your little pet dog
continued to carry bones from
the alley into your living room. You would think he were doing that
which is very much out of place.
Do
you know,
Beloved Students
of Truth,
that when
you allow
your minds
to dwell upon
disturbing things
or experiences,
you are
doing a
great deal
worse than
bringing
bones
into the living room? The unfortunate thing with students and
individuals which seems so
difficult for
them to
understand is:
never under
any circumstances
try to
hold the water
that has
gone over
the wheel.
In
other words, the unpleasant experiences, losses, or any imperfection
that has passed over
your wheel
of experience
to the
present time
should never
be held
close to
you. They have gone over the wheel—forgive and forget them.
To give and forgive is Godlike indeed. For illustration: if an
individual or group of individuals has gone into a business
undertaking, and
through lack
of understanding,
it has failed
or gone
to pieces,
it is always
because of inharmony in the mental attitude and feelings.
If
every individual in such an association would take his stand—and
hold it—that there was only God in Action, only the most
perfect success would come out of it. Since the individual
has free
will, if
he will
not control
his own
thought and
feeling, he
will wreck things for himself and others. Such is the Great
Law, unless every individual corrects his own
thought and
feeling, and keeps it so.
Everyone
who manifests in the physical form today has made plenty of mistakes
— sometime, somewhere—so
let no
one take
the attitude,
" 'I
AM' more
holy than
thou," but each one's first attitude should be to call
on the Law of Forgiveness; and if he be
feeling or
sending criticism,
condemnation, or
hate to
another of
God's children,
a brother or
sister, he
can never
have enlightenment
or success
until he
calls on
the Law of
Forgiveness. Further than this, he must say to that person to whom he
was feeling disturbed in any way—silently:
"I send to
you the fullness of the
Divine Love of my Being to bless
and prosper
you." This
attitude is
the only
release and
Freedom from
the seeming failures of the outer activity.
For
individuals to
continually revolve
in their
minds and
discussion a
business or
project that has disintegrated will surely in the end destroy
themselves —if they do not face about, and through calling on the
Law of Forgiveness find complete conscious release from the entire
situation.
For
an individual to hold an attitude of revenge for any seeming wrong,
imaginary or otherwise, can only bring upon himself incapacity of
mind and body. The old, yet wondrous Statement brought down to us
through the ages: "Unless you are willing to forgive, how can
you be forgiven," is one of the Mightiest Laws for use in human
experience. Oh that individuals and many students could only see how
they hold to themselves the things they do not want by allowing the
mind to revolve upon the discordant
things which
have passed
and cannot
be helped
through the
outer senses!
The
greatest thing that all mankind is seeking in reality is Peace and
Freedom, which is always the
doorway to
happiness. There
is only
one possible
way to
receive this,
which is to know God—the "I AM Presence" —and
that this Presence is the only acting Intelligence in your Life and
world at all
times. Then stand by this and live it.
One
of the
most amazing
things that
it has
been My
experience to
witness —since
coming into the Ascended State —is the distorted idea of Freedom,
financially and otherwise. There is but one sure, certain rock upon
which to build your eternal financial freedom,
and that
is to
know and
feel with
every fiber
of your
Being: "
'I AM'
the wealth, the
opulence, the
substance, already
perfected in
my world,
of every
constructive
thing that
I can
possibly conceive
of or
desire." This
is true
financial freedom and will bring it as surely as it is
maintained—and it will not get away, I assure you.
On
the other hand, man may use—knowingly or unknowingly—enough of
this "God I AM Presence"
or God-Energy
to accumulate
through the
outer activity
millions of
dollars; but wherein
is his
certainty of
keeping it?
I assure
you, it
is impossible
for any
Being in the
physical world
to keep
wealth that
is accumulated
without his
being aware
that God is
the Power
producing
and
sustaining
it. You see before you constant illustrations of
great wealth taking
wings overnight,
as it
were. Thousands
within the
past four
years have met
this experience.
Even after
the seeming
loss had
occurred, had
they been
able to take their
firm, conscious stand: " 'I AM' the wealth—God in
Action—now manifest in my Life,
my world,"
the way,
the door,
would have
immediately opened
for them
to have
again received abundance.
Why
do I say, "Again to have received abundance"? Because they
had built the momentum and
had attained great confidence. Therefore all requirements were at
hand ready for further use; but in most instances, they allowed great
discouragement—often hatred and
condemnation—to enter
in, which
shut and
locked the
door to
further progress.
Now
let me assure you, Beloved Children of God, there is no outer
condition ever existed in this
world so bad, so disastrous, but
that there is the
"I AM," the Active Presence of God with the Eternal
Strength and Courage of the Universe, to again rebuild you into
Freedom and independence, financially and every way.
I
especially want
the students
who come
under this
Radiation to
understand this,
because in
this day
of falling
thrones and
governments, individual
fortunes and
otherwise, they need to know and understand if their wealth has flown
away through ignorance of understanding, then the "I AM
Presence" in them, God
in Action,
is the sure Rebuilder of their faith, confidence, wealth, or to
whatever they wish to direct their conscious attention. Thus they
allow this Mighty Inner Energy to flow into their desire— which
is the only
Power that
ever accomplished
anything.
Every
individual who has seemingly expressed a loss of wealth to any degree
should immediately use the marvelous Statement of Jesus: " 'I
AM' the Resurrection and the Life of
my business,
my understanding,
or whatever
thing I
wish to
focus my
attention on."
I
tell you
frankly, Beloved
Students and
individuals, there
is not
the slightest
hope for you in
heaven or earth so long as you persist in holding within your
consciousness thoughts and
feelings of criticism, condemnation, or hate of any description, and
that includes mild
dislike.
This
leads us to the very vital point
that you
are concerned only with
your own activity
and your world. It is not your province to judge another, for you do
not know the forces playing upon
another or
the conditions.
You know
only the
angle that
you see
of it,
and I tell
you that
if an
individual should
be entirely
innocent of
any intent
to wrong another,
the individuals who send
criticism, condemnation or
hate to such
an one
are doing worse than committing physical murder. Why is this
so? Because thought and feeling
are the
only Creative
Power; and
while such
thoughts and
feelings may
not
touch
or harm their
objective, they must
return and bring
with them
the conditions sent
out by the
individual who sent
them forth—and always
with accumulated energy.
So
after all, the one who holds vicious thoughts to another is in
reality but destroying himself,
his business
and his
affairs. There
is no
possible way
of averting
it, except
for the individual
to awaken
and consciously
reverse the
currents.
Let
us go one step further. Throughout all ages, there have been business
associations in which there
were one
or possibly
two with
the deliberate
intent to
do wrong,
and through this
association, a
number of
individuals absolutely
innocent of
any wrong intent
have been
imprisoned. I
now tell
you, as
an Unfailing
Law that
cannot be changed,
that the
individual or
individuals who
cause innocent
persons to
be incarcerated —thus depriving them of
their Freedom of action
as God intended—will bring
that exact
experience which
they have
desired for
another into
their own
experience, even unto the
third and
fourth embodiment
following.
For
Myself, I would rather a thousand times be deliberately shot down
than to be the instrument of
depriving any
of God's
Children of
their liberty.
There is
no greater
crime reigning in
human experience today than the prevailing
use of circumstantial evidence, for in ninety-nine cases out
of a hundred it is afterwards found to be entirely wrong. Sometimes
the Truth is never known to the outer senses.
So
Beloved Students, let no one seeking the "Light" ever set
himself up in judgment on another of God's Children.
Again,
supposing someone we love very much
seems to be going all
awry. What is the
first thing the outer would do? As a rule, to begin sitting in
judgment and criticism. The most
powerful thing
that can
and should
be done
for such
an individual
by everyone who
knows anything of the circumstances is to pour out all their Love and
to silently know:
" 'I AM,'
God in
Action, is
the only controlling
Intelligence and Activity within this brother
or sister."
To keep
silently speaking
to that
one's consciousness
is the
greatest help possible to be given.
Many
times to
remonstrate verbally
with an
individual sets
up a
condition of
antagonism, intensifying
rather than
erasing the
activity which
the silent
work would be
absolutely certain to accomplish.
No
one in the outer consciousness can possibly know what
the "I AM God Presence" in
the other individual wishes to do. These are vital Truths
that, if maintained, would bring very great peace into the lives of
individuals. Many lives with their attendant business efforts are
ruined because there is lurking within the consciousness of the
individual judgment,
condemnation, or
a feeling
of some
degree of
hatred toward
another.
The
student or individual who wants to leap ahead in the progress of the
Light should never
enter sleep until
he has consciously
sent Love
to every
individual whom
he feels has harmed
him at any time. This thought of Love will go straight as an arrow
into the consciousness of the other individual—because it cannot be
stopped—there generating its Quality
and Power
which will
as surely come
back to
you as you
send it
out.
There
is perhaps no single element responsible for so many diseased
conditions of body and mind
as the
feeling of
hate sent
out to
another individual.
There is
no telling
how this will
react upon
the mind
and body
of the
sender. In
one, it
will produce
one effect;
in
another, still a
different effect. Let
it be
here
understood
that
resentment
is but
another form
of hate,
only of
a milder
degree.
A
very wonderful thought to live in always is: " 'I AM' the
Perfect Creative Thought and Feeling
everywhere present
in the
minds and
hearts of
individuals." It
is a
most marvelous thing. It not only brings rest and peace to
yourself, but releases limitless Gifts from the "Presence."
Another
is: " 'I AM' the Mighty Law of Divine Justice and Protection
acting in the minds and hearts of individuals everywhere." You
can apply and use this with enormous force and power in every way.
Another is: " 'I AM' Divine Love, filling the minds and hearts
of individuals everywhere."
As
you think on this, you will understand what was done when this home
was made a Radiating Center of the "Active Presence of God."
You will suddenly come into a realization of the gigantic application
of this. Everything in the Life experience of humanity can be
governed by the "I AM Presence." The use of the "I AM
Presence" is the Highest Activity that can be given.
When
you say "I AM," you set God into action; but
there is a lot
more to it
which you will come
to
realize—when
you
feel
and
know
the
enormity
of
the
use
of
this
Expression.
Realize
the Enormous Power
of the "I AM" to act in things of this kind. " 'I AM'
the God Power Almighty."
There is
no other
power that
can act.
When you
say and
feel this,
then you liberate
and loose
the Full
Activity of
God.
Another
Statement: " 'I AM' the conscious memory of these things."
Also: " 'I AM' the conscious memory,
use and
understanding in the
use of
these things."
When
you say:
"The Presence
that 7
AM' clothes
me in
my Eternal
Transcendent Garment of
Light," it actually
does take place that moment.
"The
Secret Place of the Most High" is this "I AM Presence."
The Sacred Things that are revealed to you are not to be cast forth,
for they are as pearls. Know always: " 'I AM' the perfect poise
of speech and action at all times." Then the guard is always up,
for: " 'I AM' the Protecting Presence."
God's
Energy is always waiting to be directed. Inherent within the
expression of the "I AM" is the Self- sustaining Activity.
Then you know there is no time. This brings you to the
instantaneous action,
and your
precipitation will
soon take
place. Always
preceding a manifestation
you will
feel that
absolute stillness.
BENEDICTION:
We give
thanks, "O
Mighty I
AM Presence,"
for having
entered into
Thy Secret Place. Let Thy Wisdom govern at all times the
dispensation of Thy Light. Let Thy Wisdom
guard and
direct our
minds and
bodies at
all times,
that they
always act
in perfect accord with Thee. As Thou art called forth into
action—"O Mighty I AM Presence"—we know we are always
charged at all times with
Thy Mighty Energy, and that
It accomplishes all
perfectly wherever it is
sent.
NOTES
Legal
affirmations: For the one not in the midst of the case, take this
Statement: " 'I AM' the
Law." "
'I AM' the
Justice." "
'I AM' the
Judge." "
'I AM' the
Jury." Knowing
that: "
'I
AM'
All-Powerful," then
I know
that only
Divine Justice
can be
done here.
Discourse
10
November
03,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Mighty Luminous Presence! "I AM" the Conquering Power.
"I AM" the Radiant Splendor filling everything in
manifestation. "I AM" the Life flowing through all
manifestation. "I AM" the Intelligence governing all
activity, Inner and outer, making it One Perfect Activity. Out of Thy
Light, "Mighty Presence which I AM," all things are
precipitated into form. "I AM" the Exhaustless Energy
governed by Thy Wondrous, Infinite
Intelligence. Light
the Illumining
Center within
these bodies
who come
under this Radiation. Expand that
Light into the Full
Illumination of the
body and mind, raising it into Thy Active, Perfect Eternal Garment.
Mighty
Light! send forth Thy Rays into the hearts of mankind, into all
official places, commanding Justice, Illumination and Perfection of
Thy Self to express, bringing relief, release,
and Light
unto humanity;
and by
Thy Governing
Principle, command
all things in the
outer human activity to give obedience. I bring you Greetings from
the Great Host
of Loved Ones, who always watch and minister to those whose
devotion reaches unto them.
THE
DISCOURSE
From
out the
centuries of
activity we
have arrived
at the
focal point
where the
experiences of
ages come
into instantaneous
action, where
all time
and space
become the "One
Presence," God
in Action
now.
Knowing
that it
is the
Presence of
God, "I
AM," that
beats your
heart, then
you know that
your heart
is the
Voice of
God speaking;
and as
you come
to meditate
upon the Great
Truth: " 'I AM' the Supreme Intelligent Activity through my mind
and heart," you will bring the True, Dependable, Divine
Feeling into the heart.
So
long mankind
has been
loving on
the periphery
of the
circle. Once
the student becomes
really aware
that "God
is Love,"
and Love's
True Activity
comes through
the heart, he
will understand
that to
focus his
attention on
the desire
to project Love forth
for any
given
purpose
is
the
supreme
privilege
of
the
outer activity
of
the
consciousness—which
can generate
Love to
a boundless
degree. Mankind has
not previously
understood that
Divine Love is
a Power,
a Presence,
an Intelligence,
a Light,
that can
be fanned
into a
Boundless Flame or
Fire; and
it is
within the
conscious intelligence
of every
individual, especially
students of
the Light,
to so
create and
generate this
"Presence of
Love" that
It becomes an
Invincible, Exhaustless,
Peace-commanding
"Presence"
wherever the
conscious individual
desires to
direct It.
Somewhere
it has
been said
that Love
may not
be commanded.
I say to
you: "Love is the First
Principle
of
Life
and
may
be
generated
to
any
degree,
or
without
any
limit
whatsoever,
for Infinite
use. " Such
is the
majestic privilege
of the
conscious use
and direction
of Love.
When
I say
"generate," I
mean the
opening of
the door
through conscious
devotion to the
outpouring of this exhaustless Fountain of Love, which is the Heart
of your Being— the Heart of the Universe.
Students,
by contemplating
this Infinite
Power of
Love, become
such a
fountain of
Its
outpouring
that Its
conscious
direction
may be
Infinite in
the
student's
use.
When
My beloved students wish to hasten their liberation from certain
events or outer activity, I can but say: " 'I AM' the Commanding
'Presence,' the exhaustless energy, the Divine Wisdom causing my
desire to be fulfilled." This will bring the quickest release
from any undesirable condition that
the very Law of
your Being will permit.
Knowing this, you may further know: "The 'Presence that I AM,' I
now remain, untouched by disturbing outer conditions. Serene, I fold
my wings and abide the Perfect Action of the Divine
Law and Justice
of my
Being, commanding all
things within my
Circle to appear in
Perfect Divine Order."
This
is the
greatest privilege
of the
student and
should be
the Command
at all
times. Here I shall say something that should be very
encouraging, and I trust it will. Each
student who is
earnestly striving for the Light
is being toughened as you
make the toughest
steel, which
wears the
longest, holds
the best,
and is
the strongest.
Such is what the
Life of experience brings to the individual. When one craves to be
released and still there
appear trying
experiences, it
is the
toughening of
the steel
of character
and the strengthening
of the
individual that
gives him
at last
the Perfect
and Eternal Mastery
over all outer things.
One
may, with the right understanding
of this, easily rejoice in the experience which is enabling
him to turn to and bask in the Glorious, Wondrous "I AM
Presence." Thus, Beloved Students, you should never grow weary
of well-doing, nor meeting the experiences
that sometimes
seem to
weigh heavily
upon you;
but rejoice
that every
step forward leads to
that Eternal Goal which does not
have to be repeated.
This
is what
methinks the
student often
forgets to
use: "
'I AM'
the strength,
the courage, the
power to
move forward
steadily through
all experiences,
whatever they may
be, and
remain joyous
and uplifted,
filled with
peace and
harmony at
all times,
by the Glorious Presence which 'I AM.' "
To
the athlete
on the
race track,
the beginning
of the
race is
glorious anticipation;
but as he
reaches the
goal and
his adversary
draws near,
he puts
forth every
effort, his breath
becomes short, and with one last leap, he crosses the line to
victory. So it is with students on the path. They know in the use of
the "I AM Presence" they cannot fail. Therefore, all that
is necessary is to tighten your belt, gird yourself for whatever is
required, and
with a
wave of
the hand
to your
adversary, bid
him farewell.
More
fortunate than
the athlete,
the student
knows from
the beginning
that he
cannot fail, because "I AM" the Exhaustless Energy
and Intelligence sustaining him or her.
The
Power of Precipitation, the student should understand and remember at
all times, is within the "I AM Presence." "I AM"
here, the Life Principle and Intelligence in this body. "I AM"
everywhere, even unto the Heart of God, the Governing Intelligence of
the Universe. Therefore,
when I wish to
precipitate anything
whatsoever,
I know:
"I AM"
the Power acting; "I AM" the Intelligence directing; "I
AM" the Substance being acted upon, and I now
bring it into
visible form and my use.
The
contemplation of this phrase just expressed will enable the student
to enter into this Activity without strain or anxiety.
The
question that
so often
confronts the
students in
the Power
of Precipitation
is that
of
money. The first question is, "How is it that money may be
precipitated without interfering
with the
government allotment?"
Since the
creation of
money as
a standard of
exchange, gold
being its
standard and
heart, so
to speak,
and the
security of
all issue, it
will be
remembered that
there have
been almost
a countless
number of
disasters in one
form or another through which gold and the issue of money have been,
to the outer sense, destroyed. Billions of dollars in this manner
have disappeared. Therefore with any money,
and it
is usually
gold that
is precipitated,
there is
no danger
of passing the
limit set by a government for its use. Again, there have been
billions of Spanish gold and denominations of
other countries
that have
been burned,
lost, submerged
at sea,
etc., to the
extent that
Precipitation would
have to
run into
great numbers
before there
would be any question as to its legality. More often however,
gold is precipitated in its natural state, therefore always legal in
its use.
As
the world has recently offered a premium for more gold production,
why not precipitate
it and
bless the
world by
its use?
But I shall
not hold
myself responsible
for the questions
that will
be asked
when you
do precipitate
it, unless
you have
a mine from which
you can supposedly have brought it forth, for you have no idea what
the curiosity of
the outer
mind is
until you
call its
attention to
gold. I
assure you,
the outer is
immediately set on fire. However: " 'I AM' the Presence'
governing it."
The
supposed demand to know the source of gold is but a subtle form of
inquiry that someone else
may discover
your source.
My idea
would be
to answer
their inquiry
that it is none of their business. Simply say: "Here is
the gold. Test it. If it is not one hundred per cent, you may refuse
it. If it is, you are compelled to receive it by the laws of your
government."
You
will understand,
Beloved Students,
that it
is only
in the
outer activity
of the physical
world that
you require
a medium
of exchange,
for the
moment one
rises into the
Power of Precipitation, he has little use for gold or money or any
kind of exchange, except as incidents may require.
As
one by
one you
come into
the Ascended
State, you
will have
many a
hearty laugh over
the seeming importance of these outer problems of the physical, or
outer world, for they are all but the "maya," which means
but constant change. Remember, there is only
one thing
in the
Universe that
is permanent,
real and
Eternal. That
is the
"I AM
Presence," God
in you,
which is
the Owner,
the Creator,
and the
Intelligence governing
all manifested form. Then to know that you are that "Presence,"
that "I AM Presence," places you, Beloved Student,
independent of
all outer
manifestation.
Do
not misunderstand
Me. I
know you
have to
come into
this Understanding
sufficiently, but
if you
are sincere,
have dauntless
determination in
your recognition
of the "I
AM Presence," God
in Action
in you, you will find yourself, even to the outer sense,
quickly rising into that Dominion and Independence in which you can
say to all outer things, "Is it possible thou didst once disturb
me?" Some of you have had an inkling of
how gross and coarse all outer form seems when once you are
liberated from it. To your finer, Higher Sense, it seems incredible
that you could have inhabited and still are inhabiting and using a
form so gross and imperfect. Had you long ago recognized,
claimed, and
rejoiced in
the "I
AM Presence"
as you
are doing
today, these
outer forms
would
have become so refined that you could have come back to them with
very great grace. However,
one has
but to
rejoice at
every step
of attainment
and every
step he hopes to
attain, because hope
becomes
faith, and
faith becomes
Reality.
Now
Beloved Students, under no circumstance allow the experience of the
outer to pall upon you, but in this recognition, rejoice every day,
every hour, every minute that brings you nearer to the goal
of Freedom and
release from limitation — that
Freedom you have so longed for and so much desired.
The
Light is growing very bright within some of you. Continue on with
that calm, dauntless determination to scale the heights, for: "
'I AM' that Great Presence sustaining you, and you cannot fail."
You know the old phrase used to spur one on, and especially among
soldiers, was to tell them
they were cowards,
and "yellow." Now
Beloved Students, I say to you: you are not cowards, but you
are yellow with the Golden Light of Truth,
of Dominion,
of Mastery
over all
outer things
which have
bound you;
and with one Mighty
Surge of the 'I AM Presence,' you break every binding chain, shatter
all sense of limitation, and stand forth in your Freedom, the
Glorious, Radiant, Majestic Being that you really are.
I
like very much to use the Statement: " 'I AM' here and 'I AM'
there"; and if you will contemplate
it, you
cannot help
but overcome
the sense
of separation.
The
student is more or less uncertain, which always brings anxiety, and
anxiety makes tension. As you come into the Higher Activity, you will
become more and more relaxed.
Always
take the attitude of calm poise when anything should manifest. Always
be happy and rejoice in the Presence; but there is always the balance
to be maintained—it is the Middle Way. Hold yourself within this
Center Poise. One can rejoice as deeply in a calm poise as he can in
overexuberance. The calm poise conveys a certain something to others
that they need, for every human being needs poise and the conscious
realization of the necessity of
calmness and
poise, because
it never
leaves one
off guard.
Poise has
within it a certain
power of Self-control
and guard which is
very essential.
You
will be
not only
delighted but
amazed at
times at
the marvelous
things that
will come with it. Use: " 'I AM' the Perfect Poise which
controls everything." When you use
the "I AM Presence," be sure to keep it
as a permanent thing.
Each
one try
this, and
if you
do not
feel results
at first,
just go
on, for
you certainly
will as you use it more and more: " 'I AM' the Presence
charging this water with the Life- giving Essence which I absorb and
which renews my body in Perfect Health and Eternal Youth." Affirm
often: " 'I AM' here and 'I AM' there, 'I AM' the conscious
action everywhere." To discordant activities
say: " 'I AM'
the Presence preventing this.
'I AM' the positive,
peaceful control of this whole situation."
In
the "I
AM Consciousness"
is the
Wisdom that
knows what
is required.
Know always that:
" 'I
AM' the
controlling, governing
Presence of
this meeting
or situation."
There
is nothing
comes into
physical form
which is
not first
perfected on
the Invisible, or
Higher Planes.
The
students should
not discuss
this Instruction,
but just
rejoice in
living It
themselves. If they
will do
this, they
will receive
so much
more from
It, because
there will
be no
conflicting
vibrations to
disturb them.
BENEDICTION:
Wondrous Presence
of the
God "I
AM"! We
give praise
and thanks
for this feeling
of the
certainty of
Thy Presence
that is
growing within
the consciousness
of these students under this Radiation. We rejoice in the
Great Light of Thy Presence enfolding each one, which goes forth unto
all humanity, changing all discord into Love and Peace. We thank
Thee.
Discourse
11 November
07, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
From out the Great Silence, O Thou Luminous Brother! We welcome
Thee and Thy
Ministry unto
America; and
as Thou
hast put
forth Thy
Opening Wedge
this day, so
shall those
under this
Radiation become
aware of
Thy Presence—O
Thou Great
Light that illumines
all earthly
minds, making
them aware
of the
One Eternal
Presence, the One
Intelligence governing
all the
activity that
"I AM,"
individualized everywhere.
We
give praise and thanks that there
is but One Intelligence
governing everywhere, and the
duty of
the student
always, no
matter what
the appearance,
is to
accept only
this fact; and
that he
becomes a
radiant channel
to pour
out this
Truth like
a gushing stream,
pouring itself
forth to
the Great
Ocean of
Life. We
give praise
and thanks
that out of
the Silence
has come
another Presence
who will
bless, lift
and enlighten
humanity. By the Power which "I AM" and the accumulated
Wisdom and Energy of the centuries, I project
forth into the minds of
humanity this day that
Intelligent Activity
which will
guide them
aright and
control them
to act
accordingly.
By
the "I AM," the "Universal I AM," the Great One,
I command this Power to act in all mankind.
I
bring you
Greetings from
the Great
Host and
the Great
Master Himalaya.
The
Master Himalaya: This is the first time that the
Presence of this Luminous Brother has
been brought
to the
knowledge of
the outer
world. It
is He
from whom
the Himalayan Mountains receive their name. Thus, ever since
these have been raised into prominence, have they been a Sacred,
Unchanging Stream of Life—held unwaveringly. Hence those souls who
came within their embrace were caught up and lifted into that
Luminous Radiant Form—where They have long sent forth Their Rays of
activity to heal and bless mankind.
THE
DISCOURSE
As
the destiny of India and America are entwined as two vines encircling
the "Tree of Life," so
again this
day has
the Radiant
Help come
forth to
try and
blend in
harmony the minds
of America, that
its progress
proceed unhampered
and uninterrupted.
Today
there are in America thousands who have been reborn from India, and
there are being reborn
in India
thousands from
America —each
to bring
its interblending,
balancing process required in
both sections of
the earth.
This
Great Being who has been introduced to you, has after many centuries
in the "Great Silence," again stepped forth to exert that
conscious blending process of Spirit and manifestation; to hold forth
the Chalice, that
Its Heart may
be filled with
the Liquid Fire of
Spirit, pouring
forth into
the hearts
of mankind,
creating that
fullness of
desire within them
for greater
and greater
Light—looking to
and depending
upon the
One Great Source of Light, "I AM," God
in Action
everywhere.
The
entrance of this Great Presence again into the activity of mankind
will spread like a thread of
Light through
all the
activity of
America and
expand Its
Luminous Presence
like a
Mantle of
softly falling
Golden Snow.
It will
be absorbed
by the
minds of
humanity,
the majority being entirely unaware, although there will be some who
will sense the Inner Penetrating Presence.
If
those under this Radiation continue in their present harmonious,
beautiful progress, it will be
possible shortly
to bring to
their attention
certain activities
of the
nerve fluid which
will hasten their Mastery over the outer form. It means the Mastery
over all conditions that seem
to bind
or limit.
I
shall be surprised if
your students do not feel
the strength, if they
do not feel
the Presence of
this Great Being
today. Even as I speak,
His Rays go out
to them, touching
the heart of each one, and I feel their thrill of Joy, they not
knowing just what it means. Watch carefully, each of you and your
students, to be on guard to reverse all negative conditions
that appear
to the
senses. On
the lesser
things for
practice, if
the senses report
you cold, reverse your consciousness and assert your warmth. If the
senses report too much heat, reverse it with a sense of perfect,
normal coolness. If the senses report to you ecstatic joy over
certain enlightenment, say: "Peace, be still," and assert
your calm poise and assurance. The ideal in all sense reports is to
move in the middle way, the balance always asserting the Calm Mastery
of control which "I AM."
This
will enable the establishing of a steady, flowing stream of creative
ideas and energy from the Heart of the Great Central Sun—from out
which has come this Great Being, the Master
Himalaya. This
will enable
you to
receive and
use immensely
more of
that Radiant Energy
which He
pours forth.
The reason
for drawing
your conscious
attention to Him
has been
that if
you understand
what it
means, you
may receive
without limit from
His Energy, besides what you draw forth by your own conscious effort.
The
students must at all times understand that the Masters do not come to
them of the students' choice,
but that they have
been chosen to receive
the Radiance,
a privilege
for which words are entirely inadequate to convey the true
meaning that can truly only be felt or visioned. Again they should
understand that the Master's province is not to assume
their responsibility
by solving
their problems
for them,
but to
convey intelligent
understanding which they may apply in their own lives to solve their
own problems. Thus they gain the needed strength, courage and
confidence to continue to reach up step by step, gaining their own
Conscious Mastery over the outer self and the outer world.
Always
at certain points of growth (expansion), We hear students call out,
many times with great
sincerity: "Great Masters, help us to solve our problems."
For encouragement and strength, I wish to say that far more than one
has any concept, is the Radiating Presence of the Master pouring out
Strength, Courage, Confidence, and Light—which in most
instances the
students are
quite unaware
of in
the outer
sense consciousness.
There is
only one
way in
which anyone
with wisdom
can be
of permanent
help, and that is
to consciously instruct his brother or sister in the simple laws by
which one may wield the
scepter, gain
the victory,
and attain
to Full
Dominion over
the outer
self and his world.
To
do the
thing that
the student
requires in
solving his
problems would
not only
retard his progress, but weaken him immensely. Only by
asserting one's conscious strength, winning
victories—and thereby
attaining confidence
which comes
in no
other way—
does
the student
enter into
the fullness
of his
own powers.
With the
powerful, masterful
use of
the Consciousness
of the
"I AM
Presence," the
student goes
forward with absolutely
no uncertainty to his goal of
Victory.
The
reason We
have not
and do
not say
more to
the student
concerning the Assistance
that We
may be
giving is
to prevent
his leaning
upon an
outside source.
To say
or do that which
would cause the student to lean upon Us because he knows of our
Presence would be the greatest mistake We could make; but the student
need never fear, and he should know that every Assistance possible is
always given, according to the point of attainment he has reached.
The
"I AM
Presence," the
Host of
Ascended Masters,
the Ascended
Jesus Christ,
are one and
the same
thing. Through
the recognition
and use
of the
"I AM
Presence," I
tell you,
you can
positively
bring forth
any quality
you wish
into the
outer
conscious
manifestation—if you
will but
do it.
The
need of
everyone is
to keep
reminding the
outer consciousness
that when
one says: " 'I
AM' this or 'I AM' that," he is setting
God in
Action, which is his Life individualized, the Life
of the Universe, the Energy of the Universe, the Intelligence at the
Heart of the Universe governing all. It is necessary, it is vital, to
keep the outer reminded of this fact. With this consciousness, the
joyous enthusiasm of the student should increase continuously. There
should at no
time be
a pall
in the
joy of
its use, because it
is positively the road to Full Mastery.
The
student must
become firmly
aware that
he or
she is
the Conscious
Controlling Power in his
Life, in his world, and
that he
can fill
it with
any quality
that is needed or
that he may choose.
The
students who have intermittent physical disturbance in the body
should take the consciousness often: " 'I AM' the perfectly
controlled breath of my body," and should, in connection with
this, feel themselves, as often as they can, breathing in that
rhythmic breath. This
will bring
about a
certain balance
of breathing
which is
immensely helpful
in the
control of
the thought.
Sincere
students should
whenever possible
avoid listening to
things that
are disturbing, for
in doing this they often let in unknowingly, elements they do not
desire. Where they cannot with
discretion avoid
listening to
things of
this kind,
they should
use the following:
" 'I AM' the Presence on guard here and consume instantly
everything that seeks to
disturb." Thus you will not only protect yourself, but help the
other person as well.
While the
student should at
no time
fear anything, it
certainly is
necessary to
keep up the conscious guard until he has attained sufficient
Mastery to control his thought, feeling and receptivity.
From
the Golden City comes this limitless charge of energy for the
Blessing of the students
of this
Radiation,
as well
as those
of mankind
who are
looking to
the Light.
Try
to keep as much as possible in the joyous enthusiasm of the "I
AM Presence." Give It all power, and do not hold any questioning
in the mind. Throw everything to the winds; give everything to that
"Glorious I AM Presence," and receive Its Magic Revelation.
It is the Mighty,
Miracle-Working Presence
that can
and does
solve all
things, not
only
problems,
but questions whose answers need revealing. A remarkable Statement
that would be enormously
helpful to the students would be to say: " 'I AM' the Miracle-
Working Presence in everything I require to have done."
For
students to keep meditating and contemplating what it means to say
"I" or "I AM" brings results, revelations and
blessings that cannot be overestimated. I am sure your students
will soon
begin to
show and
feel the
remarkable activity
of this
use. Today
I feel the
Presence of
the understanding
and use
of this
much more
powerfully than
at any time hitherto.
On
the Higher Planes there is a constant
meeting and exchange of
help while the bodies are asleep, far beyond anything the
outer self is conscious of. Knowing that: " 'I AM' the quality
of whatever I wish to use," then you know you can produce in
visible, tangible form
whatever you have within the consciousness. The moment the
questioning of the outer mind can be put under control and made to
subside, the greatest revelations pour forth, almost
tumbling over each other.
Owing
to the
need, the
Master Himalaya
chose to
come forth.
He brings a
special blending of
America and
India, and
that is
why it
is possible
for Him
to come
here. As the Inner
Presence comes into action, all outer activity subsides. It must
necessarily, because it obeys the "I AM Presence."
The
Golden Snow is what the Great Presence spreads over America —to be
absorbed by individuals and the very particles of the atmosphere
itself. This will enable the students especially to be greatly
assisted and blest, because they have become the focus for this
Outpouring.
It
may be well for the students to understand that in national
requirements, as in individuals,
there are
qualities needed
for certain
definite purposes
at certain
times. That is the
reason for Special Great Beings coming forth, these Individuals
having predominant the
quality that
the nation
needs at
a given
moment. The
students who can
take this Understanding with great sincerity will find a New Element
entering into their lives
which will
benefit them
greatly.
The
activity of
expectation is
quite a
vital one
in receiving
from the
Inner Presence.
It is a
faculty that
can be
used with
a great
deal of
benefit by
the student
who cultivates
it. For instance, if we have planned something from which we
expect great joy, we feel all buoyed
up with
expectancy. We
can acquire
and use
this same
expectancy in
elements we wish to acquire and use, for it is very helpful in
enabling them to come forth. If one calls
on the
phone and
you are
to meet
that one
in the
city, you
expect to
meet him.
If you desire to meet the Masters, one requirement is to
expect to meet Them. That is very helpful. Why not expect to meet
Them now?
People
have become
so abnormal
in their
habits that
naturally they
have interfered
with their
breathing as
well as
other things.
To use
the Statement:
" 'I
AM' the
balancing-breath" will
do a
great deal
more for them
than the
use of
many breath
exercises without the aid of an Ascended Master. The coming amazing
Activity will be done by the use of the "I AM Presence,"
because with Its use, anything can be accomplished. Take the
consciousness often: " 'I AM' the balancing-breath." This
sets in motion the
Inner Activity
that maintains
the outer
Perfection. In
whatever you
do,
always
take the "I AM Consciousness," and then you immediately set
It into motion. Take the
attitude of
calm certainty
in your
mind, and
keep on
keeping on.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty
Presence whom
We in
great joy
have welcomed,
We thank Thee for
Thy Great Wondrous Radiance and Light, Thy Great Radiance and
Conquering Power; and
We trust
that Thou
mayest decree
Justice now
and for
all time
to mankind.
NOTES
Saint
Germain: I
shall have
to journey
on.
Q.
Where are
you going?
A.
Home.
Q.
Which one?
A.
The Golden
City.
It
is clothed in the Electronic Substance and is just as tangible to you
as the physical. Within the Light of the Golden City are Lights that
are as much brighter than the surrounding radiance
as these
physical lights
are in
this atmosphere.
Within
all Light at certain points is consciousness focused. At those points
it becomes illumination. Suppose this room were the Great Sun. It has
an atmosphere. The individuals
moving within it
would have
their own
Radiance about
them, the
same as the lights
in this room.
Discourse
12 November
10, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Presence, Thou All-Pervading Intelligence!
Thy Love, Wisdom and
Power govern
all things.
Thy Divine
Justice is
ever operating in
the lives and
worlds of
those who
look to
Thee with
unfailing determination.
We
give praise and thanks that Thou art the Ruling Power and Governing
Intelligence ruling all things.
We
give praise and thanks that in our world Thou art the
ever-sustaining, Invincible
Power. We thank Thee. God always finds a way to help those
whose hearts reach out to Him.
THE
DISCOURSE
The
seeming mysteries of Life with their attendant experiences are, when
rightly understood, blessings
in disguise;
for any
experience that
causes us
to turn
more firmly to
the One
Active Presence,
"I AM,"
God in
Action, has
served us
a wonderful
purpose and
blessing.
The
unfortunate situation in which personalities find themselves exists
because they are constantly looking to outside sources for
Sustenance, directing Intelligence, and for the Love that is the
Supreme Presence and Power of the Universe.
It
matters not
what the
conditions are
that we
face, at
no time
must we
lose track
of or allow
ourselves to
be drawn
from the
Great Truth
that: "Love
is the
Hub of
the Universe upon
which everything
revolves." This
does not
mean that
we shall
love inharmony,
discord, or anything unlike the Christ, but instead we can love God
in Action, the "I AM Presence" everywhere present; for
the opposite of hate is Love, and one
cannot hate
in any sense
without
having
loved
deeply. The
Admonition that Jesus gave was truly this idea.
Each
human being is a
power, and
is intended to
be the
governing principle of
his Life and world.
In the
recognition that
within each
human being is the
"I AM Presence
of God" ever
acting, then
everyone knows
that he
holds within
his outer
hands the
Scepter of Dominion, and should use his conscious
determination in knowing that the Invincible Presence of God is,
every moment, the Intelligent Activity in his world and affairs. This
keeps the
attention from
becoming fixed on
the outer
appearance, which
is never
the Truth unless illumined by the "I AM Presence."
No
matter what the problem is to be solved in the individual's Life,
there is only One Power, Presence
and Intelligence
that can
solve it,
and that
is the
individual's recognition of the All-powerful Presence of
God—with whom no outer activity may interfere—
unless the
individual's attention
is knowingly
or unknowingly
drawn from his
central recognition and
acceptance of the Supreme
God Power.
The
Principle of Life, always active, is ever striving to pour Itself
forth into expression, thereby
producing Its
Natural Perfection;
but human
beings, having
free will,
consciously or unconsciously qualify It with all kinds of distortion.
The individual who stands with his attention fixed firmly on the "I
AM Presence," on God and with God, becomes
an Invincible
Power with
which no
outer manifestation
of mankind
can interfere.
In
the recognition of: " 'I AM' here and 'I AM' there,"
friends wherever needful will be raised up to one's assistance, for:
" 'I AM' the friends brought forward whenever and wherever it is
necessary." The release from all outer dominion or interference
can only come through this recognition of the "I AM Presence,"
God in
Action in the individual's Life
and world. Many times this requires strong determination
to hold unwaveringly in
this Presence
when appearances
seem to
be dominating.
However, such
is never
really the case.
The
old saying, "An individual is never licked until he gives up,"
is quite true, for as long as an individual looks with full
determination to God in himself as the Governing Intelligence,
there is
no human
activity that
can long
interfere. The
Mighty Outpouring
of Light
flowing about each
individual—through the
activity of the
vision, and knowing of Its Presence—can be made as
invincible as a wall of steel about one, in fact more so.
Ever
down through
the centuries
have the
majority of
mankind given
their attention
to the outer
appearances, thereby inviting all
kinds of discord
and distress; but today
there are thousands who are coming to understand the God Presence
within themselves as
Absolutely Invincible,
to the
extent that
they are
steadily being
raised above
the injustice, discord
and inharmony
of the
outer creation.
Until
mankind or individuals hold their attention on the "I AM
Presence," God within, long
enough and with
sufficient determination,
they will find themselves
surrounded by the undesirable;
but through
this "I AM Presence,"
each one
has the power
to raise himself
above the
discord and
disturbance of
the outer
creation.
At
first it
does take
determination to
hold fast
when the
seeming storm
clouds hang
low and
the outer
appearance seems
overwhelming; but
with a
dynamic conscious
attitude and the attention fixed upon the Presence
of God
within, it is like the lightning flashing forth
from within the storm clouds, penetrating and dissolving the storm
that seems so threatening.
As
one advances, he finds himself becoming more and more Invincible to
this outer creation of mankind
which brings such great distress.
The
Statement of
Jesus: "Know the
Truth, and the Truth shall
make you free,"
was perhaps one of
the simplest
and greatest
Truths to ever
be uttered; for
the first
fundamental of
knowing this
Great Truth
to which
he referred
was to
know that
you have within you this Invincible Presence of God. If you
know that and are certain of It within
your own
consciousness—I mean
by that,
standing with
firm determination
in the face
of everything—then
you know
you do have
that Presence
within.
Your
next step is to take your stand: " 'I AM' the Illumining,
Revealing Presence, and no outer
activity that
I need to
know can
be withheld
from me,
because 'I AM'
the Wisdom, 'I AM'
the Perception, 'I AM' the Revealing Power bringing everything before
me— that I may see and understand, and be able to act accordingly."
It
is so easy, when you once understand that: " 'I AM' the Only
Intelligence and Presence acting," to see how you have the
Scepter within your own hands, and through this "I AM Presence"
you can compel everything you need to know to be revealed to you. I
assure you, this
is not
in any
way interfering
with the
free will
of any
other individual.
It
is time
that the
Children of
God who
are looking
to the
Light awaken
to this
Dominion.
I assure you, it is no wrong nor mistake to claim and demand your
own. In doing this
you are
not in
any way
interfering with
any other
individual.
If
at any
time there
are those
who through
their outer
activity attempt
to take
from you that which belongs to you, then it is your right to
command through the "I AM Presence"
that the whole
condition be
adjusted and
your own
brought to you.
In this
we must be very careful that when we have set the Divine Law
into motion and Divine Justice begins to take place that we do not
become over-sympathetic and thereby interrupt the action of the Law.
When
human beings are governed entirely by the outer self, and when they
have no consideration for the Power of God which gives them Life,
they are easily led to commit any
kind of
injustice; but
does that
mean in
any sense
that you
shall allow
them to
do it in your
world? Not when you know that you have the Mighty Power of God within
to command and
demand right
and justice
from everywhere.
I
want to cite you an instance: One of my students was going through a
very trying experience, and
the nature
being very
spiritual, I
told her
to demand
right and
justice. She did as advised, and presently things began to
happen to those who wished to do her injustice. Through kindness of
heart she began to relent and wish that she had not demanded justice.
She came to Me and said, "What
am I to do?" I said with no
uncertainty, "Stand by the decree that you have issued.
You are not responsible for the lessons these individuals have to
learn who have wronged you, so let
them get their
lessons and be undisturbed."
When
individuals start to do wrong, that moment they set in motion the
Great Universal, or
Cosmic Law
of retribution,
and they
can no
more avoid
retribution striking
them sometime, somewhere, than they can stop the action of the
planets. To the innocent victim, retribution sometimes seems a long
time coming, but the longer its arrival is delayed, the more powerful
it acts when it does arrive. There is no human being
in existence that can avoid
this Law.
Many
times students and individuals have thought that something could be
imposed upon them. Such, I assure you, is not the case. The only way
one can open himself to undesirable thought is by entering into
condemnation and hate. If he has done this, he has
generated the
thing in
which he
believed. The
student who
knows the
Power of
God within himself need never fear anything
from anyone. The individual may, if he or she choose,
experience the Fullness of the Activity of God in his Life and world.
It is simply a matter of
choosing what
you shall
have. If
you want
peace and
harmony, know:
" 'I
AM' the Power producing it." If you want adjustment in
your affairs and world, know: " 'I AM'
the Mighty
Intelligence and
Power producing
it, and
no outer
activity can
interfere with it."
From
out the seeming mystery of Life's ceaseless activity there is the
Illumining Presence of the "Mighty I AM Within" that stands
ever ready to bless you with untold,
inconceivable Blessings
—if you
only let
It. How
do you
let It?
By the
joyous acceptance
of the Mighty
Presence, that you
have this Mighty
Power within you; and then
do not hesitate in
every detail
of your activity,
no matter how
small it
seems, to call
It into action;
for there
is no
energy in
the Universe
but God
to act
through your
consciousness,
your
mind, your
body, your
world.
Say
often: "I
AM the
Presence" in
everything you
wish to
have done.
This opens
the way for
the Power
of God
to act
and bring
you justice. Have
no sympathy for the outer that
in its
ignorance
does
the
wrong
thing,
whether
in
yourself
or
someone
else.
Keep
calm and serene, knowing: "God is the only Intelligence and
Power acting in your world and affairs." "I AM" in you
is the Self-sustaining strength and healing, manifesting in your mind
and body. This keeps you in greater attunement. Face God! And the
Energy always surges
forth to
command every
situation. Individuals
who understand
this Law are
not subject
to injustice
and the
conditions which
the outer
selves of
other beings
try to impose upon them.
Keep
the outer
reminded of
this often.
Be sure
always within
yourselves that
there is only the
Presence and Power of God acting in you and your affairs. Keep using
the statement at all times that: "There is nothing hidden that
is not revealed to me." This is always necessary. However, no
matter what individuals want to do, your safeguard is always to pour
out the Love of God to them.
When
individuals try
to enjoy
something through
injustice, without
question, they
never enjoy it, for
they always lose
some faculty
by which
they could enjoy
it.
Other
personalities always have the same privilege to stand with God that
you do, and if they do not
choose, that is not
your business.
God
is the All-knowing
Presence and Power, knows
and discovers all
things. You may say for another:
"Mighty
Master Self, the 'I AM Presence' within this individual, come forth
in Thy Conscious Power, with Thy Mighty Insight and Foresight, with
Thy Wisdom and Directing
Intelligence; and
see that
all things
are adjusted
for her,
and that
she is
given the peace and rest she so much deserves. 'I AM' the
Commanding Presence directing and commanding this to be done, and it
is done now. Lift the consciousness into the Full Dazzling Light,
where she may see and know the
repose, rest and beauty
that is hers by her own
creation and service."
It
is a
mistake to
let sympathy
draw you
into conditions
that are
very destructive.
Take the stand: " 'I AM' the only Presence acting there."
For
helping those
who have
passed on
through so-
called death:
" 'I
AM' the
Presence holding that
individual in
the sphere
where he
belongs, teaching
and enlightening
him." If the
student can
get the correct
idea of pouring out
the Love to his own Divine
Self, he will receive
complete
relief from
every discord. To perfect conditions say:
"
'I AM'
the Presence
there—governing and
healing the
situation."
Mankind
in general and the doctors have distorted things pitifully. The
individual who wants to
rise into
the "God
Presence" and
live there
needs the
energy he
wastes. The very
energy individuals
waste is
the force
and strength
by which
they are
enabled to hold
fast to the "God Presence." This Energy is the Life they
need to enable them to turn and
hold steadfast
to the
"God Presence."
When the
outer self
has for
centuries used
Life's Energy to create wrong conditions, that waste of the energy
becomes a wide-open drain upon the consciousness of individuals.
Doctors
are responsible
for much
of this
terrible condition,
for they
teach the
gratification
of the sex appetite, and that is the greatest avenue of waste with
which human beings
have to
contend. This
is what
makes it
impossible to
hold fast
to the
"God Presence"
long enough
to attain
the Mastery.
It is
ninety-five per
cent of
the cause
of old age
and the
loss of
sight, hearing
and memory—as
these faculties
only cease
to function when
there is no longer a stream of this Life Energy flowing into the
cellular structure of the brain. You cannot tell this to individuals
until they have had such hard knocks that they are almost desperate
with the misery of their own creation before they will listen
to you.
The will
is absolutely
nothing without
this Life
Energy.
There
is only one possible way to change anything which has been created
and directed into a
wrong channel.
The attention
is what
holds it
fast to
the wrong
use or
expression of it.
Instantly direct the
thought to the
Higher Self. Many people
get the
idea that they can
control it
by sheer
force of
will, through
compulsion. This
cannot be
done, for
you but dam
it up,
and it
only breaks out
somewhere else.
The
only permanent
way to
overcome it
is to
change the
attention and
rise out
of it. Use the
Statement: " 'I AM' the
Governing Presence of this
Energy and the only Power that
can raise
it. 'I
AM' the
Presence raising
and transcending
it, and
that action
is forever Self-sustained." Know: " 'I AM' the
Presence doing this, and therefore it is done now, for God's Activity
is always instantaneous."
In
any wrong condition, the first thing to do is to call on the Law of
Forgiveness. Remember that
when a
thing has
been set
in motion
or energized,
it simply
acts.
The
physical body
is the
vehicle for
contact with
the sense
world. When
nearing the point
of precipitation, continue on using the physical vehicle for doing
the ordinary physical service.
There is
the Inner,
the mental,
and the
physical world.
The physical body
has been created to act in the lower rate of vibration and is the
natural vehicle provided.
To
direct and handle physical objects by the mind alone needs an
accumulation of Electronic Force in the Electronic Circle of the
individual. When using the energy below the Ascended State, this
consciously generated energy is held within the Electronic Circle
which surrounds every individual to a more or less degree. This
accounts for some individuals seeming to
have a
limitless amount
of energy,
for that
which is
accumulated in one lifetime is carried over into the
succeeding lives.
Perhaps
one of the most unfortunate things in which human beings live is the
man's so- called legal right
to bind another individual
in the sex activity when the other wishes to rise out of it.
Even
in the
ignorance of
the outer
mind, some
natures have
a powerful
development of the
Love Activity. The Pure Love of
God never goes below the
heart. True Love never requires
sex contact
of any
kind. The
Great Ascended
Host of
Light are
ever with
those who want
to do
right. Send
your thought
out to
Them, and
you shall
always receive
help. You
have an
Invulnerable, Invincible
Power when
you know
you have
the recognition of
the "I AM Presence."
The
Law of Forgiveness is the wide-open Door to reach the Heart of God.
It is the Keynote and Hub
on which the Universe turns.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Presence of God! We give praise and
thanks for Thy ceaseless
Ministry. We
call Thy
Blessings, Thy
Wisdom, Thy
Intelligence to
act through each
one, giving
peace of
mind, peace
of body,
and joy
of heart,
to go
forth the
Ruling, Conquering,
Victorious Presence
over all
things. We
give praise
and thanks
that the "Mighty
Presence I AM," God
in Action,
governs all official
places, causing Thy Perfection to
be ever-operative
and Self-sustained
in Thy
Name and
through Thy
Presence.
Discourse
13 November
14, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Majestic Presence, Infinite Creator of all there is,
the "Great I AM," visible and invisible, manifest and
unmanifest! We rejoice in Thy Great and Mighty Presence — that Thou
hast made us aware of Thy Limitless Power, Thy Infinite
Intelligence, Thy Eternal Youth and Beauty. We give praise and thanks
that we have become so aware of Thy Great Opulence, Thy Great
Abundance, that we feel It like a mighty river in our hands and use,
Thou Mighty Endless Source! Thou Ceaseless Stream! Thou hast made us
aware that: " 'I AM' the Mighty Power of Precipitation." We
bow before Thee in
adoration and full acceptance of Thy Mighty Presence and Power.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host; and the Great Light of the
Illumined Ones is growing rapidly stronger.
THE
DISCOURSE
"
'I AM'
the Resurrection
and the
Life."
"
'I AM'
the Energy
you use
in every
action."
"
'I AM' the Light, illumining every cell
of your Being."
" 'I
AM' the
Intelligence, the
Wisdom, directing
your
every effort."
"
'I AM'
the Substance,
omnipresent, without
limit, which
you may
use and
bring into form
without any limit."
"
'I AM' Thy
Strength-Thy Perfect
Understand- ' „ >>
mg.
"
'I AM'
Thy Ability
to apply
it constantly."
"
'I AM'
the Truth
that gives
you now
Perfect Freedom."
"
'I AM'
the Open
Doorway into
the 'Light
of God
that never
fails.' "
"I
give praise I have entered into this 'Light' fully, using that
Perfect Understanding."
" 'I AM' Thy Sight that sees all things visible and
invisible."
"
'I AM' Thy
Hearing, listening
to the
Bells of Freedom,
which I hear
now." " 'I AM' Thy Ability, sensing the most
ravishing fragrance at will."
"
'I AM' the Completeness of all Perfection you ever wish to manifest."
" 'I AM' the Full Understanding, Power and Use of all this
Perfection."
"
'I AM' the
Full Revelation and
use of all the
Powers of my
Being which
'I AM.' " "
'I AM' the Love, the Mighty Motive Power back of all action."
I
wish to
give the
most kindly
warning to
the
students
under this
Radiation to
watch every
feeling—that at no time anyone accept a feeling
of jealousy at the progress
of another. Each
student must always remember
that he has no
concern whatsoever with
the other students,
except to know
that: " 'I
AM' the God Presence
there in
action." For
one student to
wonder and
question in
his own
mind about the progress
of another is
most retarding, and
it is never
admissible.
Each
student must
understand that
his only
concern is
the harmonizing,
quickening, and
expansion
of his own
mind and world. The sooner students understand that the one
imperative demand
of the
Great Law
of their
Being is harmony of
the mind
and
feelings, the quicker
will Perfection
manifest. Without
this being
maintained, they
cannot go
beyond a certain
state of
progress.
As
soon as the
students realize this
and begin to use
the "I AM
Presence," commanding
the harmony
and silence
of the
outer activity,
they will
find that
they can
see, feel,,
and be the Perfection which they so much desire. When students
and friends have a deep, sincere Love for each
other which is not
in- quisitiveness, that
Love is the greatest blessing
and uplifting
power. Here
is one
criterion by
which a
student may
gauge himself at
all times,
determining what
is the
power acting.
If
one feels critical, inquisitive or out of harmony toward a
person, place, condition or thing,
it is
a sure
signal that
the outer
self is
acting, and
the right
attitude is
to correct it
immediately. Everyone, especially students, must
realize that they
have only one thing to do,
and that
is to
feel, see,
and be
Perfection in
their own
worlds.
This
is so
very important
is the
reason I
am stressing
it so
much at
this time
—because as
students begin to experience unusual manifestation through their
efforts, there is always that suggestion at first which will say to
the individual: " 'I AM' able to use the Law
better than
the other
person." This,
you know
without My saying
it, is
a mistake.
One
cannot long use
the Statement
"I AM,"
even intellectually,
until he
begins to
feel a deeper
and deeper
conviction that:
" 'I
AM' all
things." Think
often what
these two marvelous
Words mean, and always
couple with
the use
of these
two Words
the
Statement that:
"When
I
say
7
AM,'
7
AM'
setting
in
motion
the
Limitless
Power
of
God
in
whatever
I
couple the
expression 7 AM' with. " In the scriptural
Statement: "Before Abraham, was 'I AM,' " Abraham
represents the
outer expression
of Life,
and "I
AM" represents
the Principle
of Life which
was expressing
through Abraham.
Thus there
was the
Perfection of
Life — before
any manifestation
ever occurred;
and thus
is Life
without beginning
and without end.
My
Beloved Students, My Heart rejoices exceedingly in the nearness with
which some of you are feeling the conviction of this Majestic
Presence, "I AM," which you are. Do your utmost
to feel
calmly, serenely,
and if
you cannot
see it
otherwise, shut
your eyes
and see Perfection
everywhere. More
and more
there will
come to
you proof
of the marvelous
Presence of this Truth. You will hear, feel, see, and experience that
marvel of all
marvels—which as children you have lived in—miracles performed.
There
have been written for your benefit descriptions and explanations of
the use of this "Mighty I AM Presence." You who hold fast
to the Truth will come into the threefold action: seeing, hearing and
experiencing these so-called miracles—miracles until you understand
their operation,
and then
majestic simple
Truths which
you may
forever apply, when once understood.
With
all My centuries of experience, I cannot help but say to you as
encouragement that My Heart
leaps with
joy at
the nearness
with which
some of
you are
grasping the
Scepter of Dominion. Go forward, My Brave Ones. Do not hesitate.
Grasp your Scepter of Dominion! Raise It! for: " 7 AM' the
Scepter, the Quenchless Flame, the Dazzling Light, the Perfection
which you
once knew."
Come! Let
Me hold
you in
My strong
Embrace, that
where
there have
been so
long two,
there will
only be
one —"I
AM." "I
AM" the
Knower, the Doer,
the Perfection
expressed now.
I
again speak to the individuals wanting so much to have their problems
solved. There is only One
Presence in
the Universe
that can
or ever
does solve
any problem,
and that
is the "I AM
Presence," everywhere present. Beloved Ones! Let me say in all
kindness, there is no use just seeking to have a problem solved,
because where one was, a dozen may appear; but when you know the
Perfect Attitude is to enter into the "I AM Presence,"
knowing It is the Unquestionable Solver of every problem, you will,
as surely as "I AM" telling you, cause all problems to
disappear; for where you live constantly, calmly and
with sufficient determination in the "I AM Presence,"
instead of having many appear
where one
has been
solved, you
will have
entered into
the State
where there
are none.
I
command the
Power in
these Words
today to
carry to
everyone who
hears or
reads them the
True Conviction
and Understanding back of
them.
For
the Brain: " 'I
AM' the
quickening of
the cells
of this
(my or your)
brain structure,
causing it to expand and receive the Intelligent Direction of the
Mighty Inner Presence." You
must know
that you
have the
power through
the "I
AM Presence"
to consciously
qualify your
thought in
whatever way
you will.
There is
naught to
say what
you shall do, for
you are a Free Being of Free Will. If you could be conscious of every
thought that passed through
your mind
for six
weeks and
keep it
qualified with
Perfection, you
would see
the most
amazing results.
Say often:
" 'I
AM' the
Master Within,
governing and controlling all
my thought processes
in full Christ
Perfection as I wish them to be." Blessing
and holding
others in
the Light:
When you
bless others,
or visualize
them in
the Light, there
is a
double activity
of the
quality you
send out.
In doing
this there
is a certain
amount of
protection that
is the
automatic result,
but the
thought and
quality in the
Light and blessing
registers principally within
one's own consciousness,
and at the same
time intensifies
that quality
in the
one to
whom it
is sent.
Take
the eternal stand that: "
'I AM' what
I want to be."
You must use the "I
AM Presence" consciously always. Rarely, even among students,
have they realized deeply what the "I AM Presence" meant.
Only occasionally has any real comprehension of the "I AM"
come forth —except in the Retreats of the Ascended Masters. Jesus
was the first to stress it to the outer world. I urge you earnestly,
do not give any consideration to the element of time. Manifestation
must come instantly when you give the "I AM Presence"
freedom enough. Go on, apply, know, and let
the "I AM Presence" take care of
the element of time.
When
you make
a declaration
of Truth
and stick
to it,
you must
receive. The
outer has no power
of itself at all. Its duty is simply to know that the "I AM
Presence" is acting. Sometimes, without being aware of it, the
outer self is looking for the time of manifestation.
I
can convey to you the conviction and the feeling that when you
command as the "I AM Presence," Almighty God moves into
action.
Remember
at all
times that
when you
are dealing
with personalities
you are
dealing with the
outer human
creation, and
you have
all right
and power
to command
its silence and
obedience, whether
it is
in your
own outer
self or
someone else's.
If
you will count ten before you speak, you can control all sudden
impulse, and back of this
is a Mighty Law which can help the student immensely. When there is a
sudden impulse, there is a release, or rushing forward of accumulated
energy. If there be anger, then
the energy
is instantly
qualified with
it, or
with destruction
of some
kind.
The
power of Self-control would say: "Only God's
Perfection goes forth."
This will handle any
condition of
uncontrolled impulses
with which
the individual
is contending.
When the student
has already
let something
go forth
that is
undesirable, then
the thing
to do is to
consciously consume it — instantly.
The
constant use of "God bless this" directed to inanimate
things brings amazing accomplishment.
The
easy
way
to
see
and
feel
Perfection
is
to
qualify
every
thought
and
feeling going
forth with Perfection.
When an
impulse comes
to do
anything, instantly
qualify it with
Perfection.
Story
of the
engine in
a small
town: The whistle is the warning; the "I AM"
is the control of the engine.
The
ordinary human
being would
not think
of running
over children
and killing
them, yet he
releases wrongly
qualified energy
in thought,
feeling, and
words that
kill the higher
impulses in others. If your personality is not controlled and
governed, it has the same qualities as all other outer selves or
personalities, but your "I AM Presence" is the Perfect
Control of it.
There
is nothing
more tragic
in the
world than
for one
person to
hold the
thought of
limitation over
another human
being. A
thought of
imperfection driven
at a
sensitive person
sometimes limits
that one
for years,
and many
times the
results are
very tragic. We
must all give everyone his complete freedom mentally. If you speak of
freedom for yourself, be
sure and
give it
first to
everyone else.
When there
is a
condition in
another that you
wish to
help, use
the following:
" 'I
AM' the
Perfect Manifestation
there."
The
principle within both energy
and substance is the same. Substance holds energy
within it naturally. The heart center of substance is
Intelligent Action. Vibration in its natural
state is
pure, always.
Vibration is
energy in
action and
must be
qualified.
The
pulsation in all substance is the "Breath of God" acting.
Think when breathing: " 'I AM' the Perfect Energy of every
breath I breathe. 'I AM' the pure atmosphere of my world."
Form
the habit of constantly qualifying your world with Perfection. The
old habit of thinking
imperfection has
filled your
world in
the past.
Now the
important thing
is to be
Self-conscious that you are filling your world with Perfection all
the time. Stand on your
feet the first thing in the morning and say with feeling: " 'I
AM' the Presence filling my world with Perfection this day."
Do
not be
concerned about
personalities.
To
take the stand: " 'I AM' Perfection acting through any official"
would impel the 'I AM' Power and Action there.
The
first thing in the morning, say: "I qualify everything in my
world this day with Perfection, because 'I AM' Perfection. I qualify
this mind and body with Absolute Perfection and refuse acceptance of
anything else."
"
'I AM'
the Miracle,
and 'I
AM' the
Presence compelling
its manifestation
through Divine
Love,
Wisdom and
Power."
When
individuals come
and ask
about certain
use of
the Law,
always preface
your statement with:
"You are an
individual of
free will, but this
is the way I feel about
it." What is
required for
the expansion
of the
Light of
one person
may be
entirely different
from that
for someone
else. You
cannot expand
so long
as you
have an
opinion about
anyone else.
It is
stifling to
your own
progress. There
is a
time comes
with everyone
when he
must stand
up and
face himself,
his outer
creation, then
say this:
"Whatever there is
of imperfection
left in
me has
to get
out."
Your
constructive desire
is God
in action
doing the
thing.
Your
desire holds the Power or energy of the "I AM," through the
attention on the thing you desire to do.
"
'I AM' the Full
Revelation and the
Perfect Application
for precipitating what I
desire, and I
do know
what is
the Perfect
Thing to
do in
the outer
self while
precipitating."
Say
often: "
'I AM' the
precipitating 'Presence'
of this thing."
Do not
be anxious;
just know it
with calm
certainty. When
you are
conscious of
the "I
AM" acting,
you know
it is moving forward. Do not let in the sense of
disappointment — rather, say: " 'I AM' the Perfect Harmony of
my thought, feeling and action."
BENEDICTION:
Out of Thy Pure Essence, we receive now and forever Thy Strength,
Thy Wisdom, Thy Understanding Application of Thy Great and Marvelous
Laws, that we may produce and
maintain Thy
Perfection in
each Life,
mind, body,
home and
world.
NOTES
In
a recent newsreel there have been pictured certain chemical
activities and how to use this chemical action upon flowers to
qualify them with the desired fragrance. Instead of raising
them in
the earth,
they are
growing them
in water
with excelsior
over the
top. This shows
how near
the chemists
and scientists
are coming
to bringing
things forth direct
from the
Universal. This
shows the
"Inner Activity"
coming into
conscious, definite use—or the activity held in Consciously
Directed Rays.
"
'I AM' the only acting
Presence in this deal." "
'I AM' the Intelligent
Activity in their minds."
"
'I AM' the
Protection in
myself and
my property."
"
'I AM'
the Intelligence
and Presence
acting everywhere."
" 'I AM' the visible
opulence I desire."
"
'I AM'
the Presence
producing abundance
wherever I
choose to
use it."
Discourse
14 November 17,
1932
FAITH
-
HOPE
-
CHARITY SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
"I AM" the Joy, the Courage, the Confidence pervading
all the earth—filling the
hearts of
mankind —consuming
all generated
thought of
depression or
lack in
the minds of
mankind; and
that which
has been
sent forth
through lack
of confidence
shall be wiped
from the
earth.
"I
AM" the Presence, the Perfect Christ Activity in the minds of
all humanity, filling all official places, causing It to sustain all
personalities, causing them to turn with quick certainty to the
Source of their Being, the Perfect Life manifest in all outer
expression. "I AM" the Presence proclaiming the Conscious
Active Divinity in manifestation
everywhere.
This
shall be! For
" 'I
AM' the Supreme
Conquering Presence.
'I AM' here
and 'I
AM' there. I go everywhere, touching the brains of mankind as
with a streak of Lightning—not with consuming power, but with the
'I AM Presence' that will no longer be gainsaid." I bring you
Greetings, Joy and Love from the Great Host.
It
is so wonderful, Beloved Ones, to have such perfect peace and
calmness in your minds these mornings. Oh, could you understand the
value of maintaining that peace of mind! There
is nothing
that warrants
it being
disturbed.
Your
melodies were
beautiful, and
wonderful words
shall come
forth to
bless through the
melodies. There is that Great Joy and advancing Conquering Presence
that will bless your home, world, and students with Its Glorifying
Presence—with Its Presence of opulence streaming forth like a
mighty river to all who make themselves worthy by the peace and
harmony of mind.
THE
DISCOURSE
I
wish to call your attention this morning to the active Presence of
Faith, Hope, and Charity. In
this consideration, we
will think
of Faith
as the Conquering,
Emanating Power; Hope, the open doorway through the veil,
acting in the Pure Presence; Charity, as the determination to think
no evil, to speak no evil, see no evil, hear no evil, feel no evil.
Students should
always watch
the Inner
Activity of
the outer
mind and
not let themselves
be fooled by its action. This may sound like a paradox, but it is
not. This is more important than it seems at first. If there is
lurking back in the consciousness any feeling of resistance of any
kind whatsoever, or that something which is always ready to bristle
when something displeases, pluck it out by the roots. You know it is
of the outer, and it
will stand
in the
way of
your attainment
to prevent
it until
you do
pluck it
out.
To
maintain a tranquil, sweet
disposition in
the face
of all
things is the certain
road to Self-control and Absolute Mastery. This is much more
important than any of you can possibly
understand at
this time
for your
attainment of
all that
you desire.
There
are Cosmic Masters known as Faith, Hope, and Charity. In calling your
attention to these three
principles always
active in
the Life
of mankind,
I want
to assure
you that they
are not
only qualities
within yourselves,
but there
are Beings
of Great
Light and
advancement
who are also known as Faith, Hope, and Charity. The individuals and
students who
make the
conscious effort
to cultivate
these qualities
and consciously
expand them in their worlds will find themselves receiving great
Assistance from these Conscious, Mighty Beings—from whose Names
come these qualities into individualization. These are Cosmic,
Self-conscious, Intelligent Beings, whose special action with mankind
is to encourage and expand these qualities. Therefore let all the
students understand that this
is far more than
a scriptural
phrase or
expression. At this time
these Great Ones have come from out the "Cosmic Silence"
because of the need of Faith,
Hope, and
Charity in
the minds and
hearts of mankind.
The sinister
force that would
have destroyed the confidence, the hope, and the charity in the
minds of the American people is doomed to fail utterly. Even now,
hundreds who voted for a wet administration are finding their own
uncontrolled thought recoiled upon them and are regretting the
unwisdom of the action. So out of seeming wrong activity will still
come great good.
Since the
hypnotic force
that was
generated has
spent itself,
many of mankind are
wondering what caused them
to do certain things; and their very rebellion
will generate the force which will be used to correct
conditions after all. God, which is Progress,
knows no
defeat in
anything. Let students always remember this, which
will enable them
to maintain
the so
much needed
peace and
poise of
mind.
The
Majestic Being "Charity" has a natural Consuming Force for
dissolving and annihilating hate, criticism and condemnation, and
uses the Cosmic Rays as a balancing force in the ethers, from which
human beings are drawing their very breath and
sustenance, so in spite
of themselves, they
are breathing in
the Fire
of these
Rays.
This
reminds me of an illustration. You know, when a person is fainting,
many times you hold the smelling salts or ammonia under that one's
nose. This is what is actually taking place under the nose of
humanity. It is now breathing in this Consuming Presence. (Ask your
students not to discuss this fact with unbelievers, but it is vital
that the students understand this.)
Here
I want to stress something earnestly. To the earnest, sincere
student, there are innumerable means of assistance available to him,
much of which is and will remain entirely
unknown to
him, but
from which
he nevertheless
draws—when his
desire for the
Light is sincere.
To
throw everything to the winds and stand joyously and determinedly in
that "One Mighty
Presence which
'I AM,' "
enables each one
to have a
continuous stream of
victories marked down to his or her benefit. No effort ever made in
the "Name and Presence which 'I AM,' " can ever fail; but
must go forward from one Victory to another until
one attains and
is able to
use the
Scepter of
his Full Dominion.
I
wish to encourage and strengthen the very important advancing
consciousness concerning
the Law of Forgiveness. The correct way to call into action the Law
of Forgiveness is to say: " 'I AM' the Law of Forgiveness and
the Consuming Flame of all inharmonious action and human
consciousness." This sets into motion the completed Action.
When
you use the statement: "I call on the Law of Forgiveness,"
you are not always completing the
action, because
you need
to be
conscious of
who and
where that
Intelligence
is which
enables it
to be
done.
As
I look
among the
students, I
find that
it is
important to
keep touching
frequently upon the use of the "I AM Presence," for
It is doing remarkable things for them already. My
very Being
lifts up
when I
see among
the students
those whose
attention is
held with determination upon the "I AM Presence";
how the student becomes a powerful magnet
for the Light, and
how It
rushes to envelop each one
as a loving mother enfolds her child. Could people see and
realize this for one moment, their determination would surge
into a Conquering Flame
from which
there could be
no receding.
The
time is apropos today, and I send forth to each of you and the
students a Conscious Ball of Light enveloping the heart and brain of
each one, that they may receive more continuously the conscious
Blessing of the
"Mighty I AM
Presence." I believe
that most of them will
feel this.
Whether they
do or
not, nothing
can interfere
with Its
Action to bless
them.
To
those blessed ones
who find disturbance
in the
home at
times, I would suggest
that they use
this Statement
and feel
it deeply:
" 'I
AM' the
Conquering Presence,
commanding Peace, Love and Harmony in my home and environment."
Anyone who will use this with determination can have a peaceful,
loving, harmonious atmosphere in the home. Some may need to build a
momentum to experience its continuous action. Many times
they will
have immediate
results. To
build this
into the
consciousness is
recognizing the "I AM Presence" as the Ruling Power in
their homes, for It is
naturally the Ruling Presence.
If
students and
individuals who
have difficulty
in maintaining
Self-control will
sit quietly for five minutes, feeling deeply and thinking to
themselves: " 'I AM' Loving Charity," they will find a
sense of great relief.
For
fainting: You know, speaking of fainting, the individual never
faints—only the personality does that. Therefore if one who is in
the habit of fainting will take this determined stand: " 'I AM'
the Commanding Presence forbidding this nonsense, and I forever
maintain control
of my
mind and
body," he
or she
will forever
control it.
When
one first feels the least disturbance, quickly take the
consciousness: " 'I AM' the Commanding Presence, and I maintain
my consciousness here." One must realize that in the command of
the "I AM Presence" he has absolute Control of the body.
The more anyone uses this,
the more
quickly does
manifestation take
place.
Q.
If the Great Central Sun is the Heart Center of the Infinite, where
is that which is the brain center?
A.
In the
Pure State, whether
in the
Infinite or
the finite, when
there is no
imperfection, the brain
and heart
activity become
One, for
the motive
power of
all activity
sent forth is Love
from the Heart.
Therefore,
in the Pure State, the heart and
brain are synonymous, for
within Divine Love
is contained Love, Wisdom and Power.
The
Infinite Energy is always present awaiting use, but does not act in
the Life of an individual except under Conscious Command. There does
come a time in the progress of the individual
when things act so
instantaneously that it
seems to be automatic, but
it really never is.
There
is absolutely but one road to Self-conscious Mastery, and that is the
Conscious Direction of the Eternal Energy into whatever you
desire. Now this brings us to another quite vital point.
Desire
is an
indirect action
of the
attention, but
desire, sustained
by the
determined use
of the
attention,
causes the desire to become an invincible manifestation.
This will give you a slight idea of how important it is that
conscious direction be coupled with the desire. Conscious use of the
"I AM Presence," or the consciously directed use of this
Eternal Energy to
a given
accomplishment, should at
no time
be anything but
a most
joyous effort. It
should never
seem like
work or
tension in
any way,
because when
you declare: "
T AM' the Presence, the Intelligence, directing this energy to a
given purpose," you set the Law in motion in a perfectly easy,
calm manner, and it does not require any "tearing
the hair"
effort. Therefore
it should
always be a
calm, serene,
determined procedure.
The
student should
at all
times understand
that the
student never
chooses the
Master, but the
Master chooses
the student.
Did the
student understand
what consciousness
he was to maintain, it would come about very much sooner. For
contacting the Ascended Masters, use: "
'I AM' the
Presence preparing
the way
and bringing visible
contact with the
Beloved Ascended Masters."
With
the use
of the
"I AM
Presence" you
have Full
Command and
Limitless Control
over all disturbing
conditions. When
you speak
in the
"I AM
Presence," you
are speaking
in the "Presence"
which the
Ascended Being
is. You
must realize
deeply that
when you
say "I
AM," it
is the
Full God-Power
acting and
knows no
failure of
any kind.
BENEDICTION:
We give praise and thanks for Thy Infinite Outpouring, "Great
I AM Presence." We
give praise
and thanks
that at
last, we
know who
Thou art,
and that
within Thee
are all
possibilities. We
give praise
and thanks
that Thy
Mighty Presence
is always the
Governing Intelligence,
the Love
enfolding, the
Light illumining
everything on the way.
Discourse
15 November
21, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty,
Conquering Presence,
the Majesty
of "I
AM" everywhere!
We give praise and thanks for Thy Mighty Presence everywhere.
Thy All-Pervading Energy and
Power ever
stands at
the door
of our
consciousness for
use—that We
may consciously direct It to manifest Thy Wondrous Perfection.
Forever we give praise and thanks to Thee for Thy Mighty Presence. I
bring you Greetings from the Great Ascended Host, always giving Their
Assistance, that you may manifest Perfection.
THE
DISCOURSE
Out
of the
glorious fullness
of God's
Omnipresent Light
and Substance
comes the fullness
of all things.
The
student who
is strong
enough—firm enough
— to
stand alone
with his
or her "Mighty
I AM Presence,"
never dividing for a
single hour the Presence and Power of God, will
find himself or
herself steadily
rising into that Mighty
Perfection, forever free
from all sense or recognition of any limitation.
The
student is fortunate indeed who can hold himself or herself within
this Mighty Presence
undivided.
For the benefit of some of the students who are so sincere, and yet
are unknowingly allowing
their attention
to be
withheld from
that Undivided
Presence, I wish to
state certain facts with no intent to intrude upon the free will of
the individual. These records
which I shall
quote, We have
within Our
Possession, and they cover the past one hundred years. That of which
I wish to speak today is the delusion of astrology. No
one living can
give his
attention to
astrology and
enter into
the "Presence
of the
I AM" and remain there. Underlying the present use of
astrology is the human desire and opportunity to justify and gratify
the outer desires. Here let Me state an appalling fact which is
within the records We have:
there is
no one
thing or
phase of
study which
has caused
more
failure
or
more
indirect
murder
than
the
present
delusion
of
astrology.
In
your city
of Chicago, within
very recent
years, was a
splendid student
of metaphysics who,
consciously accepting the delusion of his horoscope, was driven to
commit suicide. The one
thing humanity
needs most,
and students
above all
else, is
the firm
rock and
Consciousness of the
"Mighty I AM Presence"
upon which
to stand safely and
free from the
pitfalls of
outer concoctions.
It is
not the
negative statements
of prospective
death and the
so-called ill-fated
star force
to be
overcome that
students need
to know,
but the
"Unconquerable,
All-pervading 'I
AM Presence'
" that
is the
only and
all Life
of their Beings
to which
their attention
needs to
be drawn
—and held
there with
a firm
grasp.
In
the "I AM Presence" there is no height the student may not
reach; but by allowing his attention to be held by astrology,
numerology, and the many isms of today, there is no depth he may not
reach.
The
present use of astrology has no semblance of the use to which it was
put centuries ago. Then it conveyed no negative statements of any
kind. The great harm of the attention fixed upon it is that students
accept the negative statements far more than
they are
willing to
admit. The
sinister negative
force generated
by mankind
in the
world
always
takes advantage of such
things as this to get and
hold the attention, especially of the student who is progressing, and
thus keep it upon that which will pull him down
instead of raising him up.
Where
there is a horoscope that
indicates the death of
someone, various minds
become fixed upon
that idea,
and actual
indirect murder
is committed—so
subtle that
individuals would be shocked to be reminded that they had any
part in it; but I assure you, it is none the less the Truth, for all
of their surprise.
Could
the students of astrology see for one day from the Great Inner
Standpoint the destructive force generated and used through the
present use of astrology, they would turn from it as from a poisonous
serpent waiting to strike death into their veins.
I
say to you beloved students, in the name of your Light and progress,
and of all progress, stand within your own "Mighty I AM
Presence" and let not your attention be held or divided
by any
outer thing
if you
wish to
avoid the
wheel of
birth and
rebirth indefinitely.
From
the Great
Love of
My Heart
—seeing and knowing
from the
Inner Standpoint
as you do not and cannot possibly as yet —I urge you to
avoid everything that savors of a negative expression or condition.
Then you shall rise on the Wings of your "Mighty I AM Presence"
into that Everlasting Freedom and Blessing of the Perfect, Eternal,
Limitless Light.
As
I said, I do not wish in any manner to intrude upon your free will,
but the Gates of Eternal Freedom are open before you, if you will but
believe the Truth I have uttered, which
will enable
you to
enter within
these Gates
and receive
the Eternal
Blessing of the
Light waiting there to enfold you.
If
there are conditions in your Life, home or environment that you wish
to be rid of, command through
the "I AM Presence"
that they be dissolved and
consumed before
Its Mighty Light
and Power.
Beloved
Students who
have come
under this
Radiation, with
you We
shall not
touch upon this subject again. May the "I AM Presence"
within you enable you to see the Light and Truth of which I have
spoken. I have seen within you the Glorious Light that can be
quickened into a Dazzling Radiance, enabling you to express
Perfection. Hence, of My own volition have I offered My humble
Assistance; but if the personality persists in allowing the attention
to be held on anything but the "Mighty I AM
Presence"—which I know is the Mightiest and Only Raising
Presence and Solver of all problems—then My humble efforts must
necessarily be in vain.
I
assure you, Dear Ones, you have reached a point where you must go up
or down. With your determined attention and acknowledgment constantly
held on the "Mighty I AM Presence,"
there is no
condition, force
or presence
in earth
or heaven
that can
prevent your wondrous,
glorious attainment into
Everlasting Freedom and
Perfection.
If
you have
not That
within you
which causes you
to feel
and tells you
of the
Great Divine Love
that enables
Me to
voice this
Truth to
you for
your protection,
then We must
but wait
such time
as the
Truth of
It does
appear within
you.
When
students and
individuals have
once learned
of and
acknowledged the
"Mighty I AM
Presence" and
then allow
their attention
to longer
be held
by or
upon outer
things,
whether
it be consciously or unconsciously makes little difference; for they
are deliberately turning
their backs to the "Presence," which is the Source of their
Being and the Life
within them
that enables
them to
move their
bodies about.
I declare
with all the Love
of My Being that: "I AM the Presence" enabling you to see
and feel this Truth and stand by and within
It—for the sake
of your own
wondrous progress.
Those
who will hold steadfast enough to that Mighty Presence will find
abundant proof coming into their experience of Its Limitless Power
and Intelligence.
Beloved
Students! Many Hands of the Ascended Host are extended to you to give
Their Assistance when you can hold your undivided attention on the
Active Presence of God in you,
and stand
there unyielding
to the
pull of
all outer
appearance.
"Truth
is Mighty and does prevail." May you feel Its Majestic Presence
at all times. It is a mistake on
the part
of the
student to feel
disappointment because
a certain
thing he has worked on does not manifest instantly, when as
yet, he has not generated great enough power and activity to produce
it that quickly. The attention must always be on the
"I AM"
only.
Suppose
I were to declare: " I AM' the Mighty 'I AM Presence' in
Action," and then an hour
later I
allowed my
attention to
be fixed
on a
star in
a so-
called adverse
aspect to Me, or an
outer condition that indicates disaster of some kind. Do you not see
how that would annul
the Statement
I had
made which
would
liberate the
Power of
Freedom?
Jesus
said: "Ye cannot serve two masters." This means that you
cannot divide the attention—for
you must
stop, look,
and listen.
I tell
you, you
cannot make
steady progress if you
give power
to anything but
your "Mighty
I AM Presence."
The unfortunate thing
with so
many students
is that
they do
not hold
long and
steadily enough to
the Mighty
Truth of
their Being to gain
momentum and
strength enough
to stand against the
pull of
suggestion and
outer appearance.
The
strange thing
to Me
is that
when the
students' attention
has been
once drawn
to the All-Power of
the "I AM Presence"—which is the Only Active Principle of
Life they have, God in Action within and about them—they
cannot or do not see that they are dividing the power when the
attention is fixed on outer things, and but delaying the magnificent
activity and accomplishment which the "I AM Presence" would
otherwise bring forth. However,
having gone through
the mill,
so to
speak, We
have Infinite
Patience to wait until the beloved student can grasp his Scepter of
Dominion of this "Mighty I AM Presence" and hold it.
I
could bring
you records
of the
most appalling
things done
through the
suggestion of
astrology. Crimes
are committed
every week
of the
year by
the suggestions
given out through
it. The
suggestion
given sets
the Law
into action
to
accomplish
it. When your
attention is
on a
thing, the
power within
yourself goes
instantly into
it.
If
the astrologers
do not
stop holding
the thought
of
death against.......she
will pass
out. It
is criminal!
.......is a
child of
God and
is entitled
to live here as
long
as is decreed. I shall do what I am permitted to........protect There
are crimes so much worse than
physical
murder that
there is
no comparison—because
they are
committed deliberately
by people
who know
better than
to do
them. There
is one
certain, unfailing
Action of the Law,
and that is that those who do these things must pay the penalty of a
like experience.
To
negative suggestions from others say: " 'I AM' the Presence,'
annulling all this, so it cannot affect me, my home or world."
It is the easiest thing in the world to consciously dissipate
something that is
voiced in your presence.
Simply say: " 'I AM'
the only Presence
acting here."
To
anything you do
not wish
to continue
say: "Through the
Presence that
'I AM,' this thing
shall cease, now and forever." Go after it like you were going
to knock over a wall. When you
really feel
and mean
a thing, you
loose the
power that
does the
thing. Try
to realize the Limitless Power at your command.
In
the feeling
is both
sight and
hearing,
because we can both hear and see without using the
faculties of sight and hearing.
When
one becomes
instantly angry,
he punctures
other
spheres of that quality and the accumulation rides in. Jealousy is
the wide-open channel upon which every other destructive activity
rides in. When things are done consciously, they have
much more
power. When the
energy is released, it
acts, because the individual has set it into motion—and it
makes no difference whether he be king or chimney sweep.
When
the
feelings
are
excited,
they are
accepting
that
instant.
You can
sit and
listen to
destructive conversation
unaffected, so
long as
you control
the feeling
at the
solar plexus. There cannot a thing enter your world—unless
it be invited.
No
good ever
came of
gambling........at one
time
had
a most
wonderful power
and influence
about her.
She began
to play
the market, and not
only lost the power, but her money as well. Is it not better to stand
with your "I AM
Presence" than with a gambling
channel? Anything
that gets your
attention is
a subtle activity of the
outer to pull you
away from your
Freedom.
For
financial Freedom: " 'I AM'
the riches of God
flowing into my hands and use that nothing can stop."
Say
often: "The 'Presence I AM' governs every existing channel in
manifestation. It governs all."
A
student's
experience: The student had heard and seen an
explosion of Light while the physical body was asleep. If she had
consciously said when she heard the explosion: "I draw into my
mind and body the Strength of the Light Explosion," she would
have received its benefit. The Light was the liberating of certain
Powers for her use. In such experiences, the important thing for the
student to do is to be alert,
and in every manifestation, be conscious of the in-
drawing of Its Power. Rejoice that it is the Mighty Power of the "I
AM Presence" acting, giving Its Strength and Power to you.
Command
the outer
memory to
retain and
bring into
the outer
consciousness everything
you desire to know. When you use the "I AM Presence," you
have set the Law into action, and It cannot fail.
God
does not
act except
through the
consciousness of
individuals, else
He would
not
have
them here.
God can
only act
in the
physical world
through His
Individualizations, and
even all
nature is
governed by
Individual Intelligence
—the ground,
the plants,
and all.
There
is omnipresent
all the
force and
energy needed
for a
given purpose
when loosed by the
"I AM Presence." Thus, through the use of the "I AM
Presence," you can release Power of which as yet you have no
conception.
During
the war
when Foch
said: "They
shall not
pass," he
loosed the
Power by
which that Decree
was fulfilled.
He had
been in
prayer for
more than
an hour,
and when
he came out he was so charged with
God's
Energy that as he uttered the command, it became the Governing
Presence in the atmospheric condition about him, and God acted. The
words "They shall not pass" form a Decree. It is dynamic,
powerful, real, and looses tremendous power. There is only One Power
that acts. Give It full Freedom.
Stand
with IT and let IT act. Stand in IT and by IT. There is no other
power to act. This makes steady
progress, like
a glacier
coming down
the mountain.
You are
steadily moving forward and gaining a momentum against which
nothing else can stand. It is an Infallible Momentum, Power, and
Means of achievement of all good things. There is no permanent
dominion except in this way.
For
cleanliness,
use
frequently:
" 'I
AM the
Presence' here,
keeping my
clothes and
home perfectly spotless."
After a
time the
force becomes
so powerful
that it
instantly consumes or
repels anything
not wanted.
The more
you consciously
act upon
a thing, the more
concentrated it becomes.
When
you say: "The Presence that 'I AM,' charge
this........with........ " you can charge the water so
powerfully
that it
boils with
the power
of the
energy there.
Do not
let anything
question in
your mind
as to
whether your
command worked
or not.
Whenever
commanding, say:
"I know
it is
acting with
Full Power."
Know—what the "I AM" means!
Know—what
It is to you! Know—what It can do!
Get
this and
hold fast
with unyielding
determination.
Within
these students
there is
the strength
and power
to do
this, and
if they
will stand with
this "Mighty I AM Presence," great Assistance can and will
be given.
BENEDICTION:
Mighty All-Pervading
Intelligence! We
invoke Thy
Mighty Wisdom,
governing our
every activity.
We invoke Thy
Mighty Light
illumining each
one in
the fullness of Its
Dazzling Presence. We invoke Thy Mighty Love
to enfold all in
Its Mantle of
Peace. We
invoke Thy
Mighty Power,
that Love,
Wisdom, and
Power may
act in
Perfect Unity, that
It perfects
all things
upon which
our attention
has become
fixed.
Discourse
16
November
24,
1932
THANKSGIVING
DAY
THE
PERSONAL RAY OF JESUS AND OTHER CREATED RAYS
SAINT GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Wondrous Presence! We give praise and thanks for
Jesus Christ's Presence today. We rejoice in the Fullness of the
Christ Activity, the Active Presence of God.
Out
of the Fullness of this Presence comes pouring, like a mighty stream
gushing forth from the mountains, the Energy of Illumination. This
Great and Mighty Stream of Life, with all its attributes of
Perfection surging into the hearts of mankind, is anchoring in
everyone Peace, Love, Harmony, Faith, and Charity to all.
Thou
Mighty Presence, Infinite Love, enfolding all mankind! Give special
notice to these earnest students who have come under this Radiation.
Give every Assistance that is permissible. Strengthen them to stand
unwaveringly in the Light and face the Truth, joyously
willing to pluck
out of
their lives and
creation all
undesirable things.
Fill
all official places with Mighty Messengers of Light! Sustain them by
Thy Mighty Ascended Host, that
they may be strong
enough to stand unwavering
and successful before any sinister force.
We
give praise
and thanks
for this
day as
an uplifting
and wonderful
memory established in the consciousness of mankind. May that
rapidly approaching time come when every day may be a thanksgiving in
the hearts of mankind for Thy Light ever enfolding all who wish it. I
bring you Greetings from the Ascended Host and Jesus
himself.
THE
DISCOURSE
The
First Principle of activity from the Godhead is projection, or
precipitation. Therefore, Its nature
is to project, or precipitate
Itself.
The
first activity is the divided Rays going forth into
individualization, into visible expression. When I speak of
individual, or visible expression, I use that term because of
the physical activity, not that it is not always visible,
because it is; but to those in the physical form, I speak of it as
visibility.
Thus
you will see the nature of your Being as Rays of Light, and who you
are as the Natural Quality of Life which you so much desire at this
time. The day is rapidly approaching when
many, many students will
begin to use
the Light
Rays of which
they are a part —
especially
the Ray
of Vision
and Sound.
Even
in your physical
world today there are being discovered means of
producing and uses of these Rays. These are strange
activities—I say strange to the visible activity, but natural
always to
the Inner
Presence. The
manner of
using these
Rays at
present is crude,
it is
true; but
it will
require only
another step
to take
them through
the veil.
The
Power of the "I AM Presence" and Intelligence to use these
Rays will always remain infinitely
more powerful
than any
mechanical contrivance
by which
they are
used.
However,
to the student who has not yet found his ability to use these Rays,
the scientist's experience
will be
of wondrous
encouragement to
know the
amazing Truth
of the individual's ability to use them.
Here
it is important to know that there are Natural Rays penetrating
through all the atmosphere, or
etheric belt within
the earth's
atmosphere. When
I say natural,
I mean those Rays
projected from
the Godhead,
or Great
Central Sun,
which in
recent years, shall
I say within a few
years, have been
made permanent.
Then
there are the Created Rays, created and projected by the Ascended
Host—by Those who have raised the body. The latter are the most
potent of all Rays because they are consciously manipulated.
The
Rays the scientists are contacting are the Natural
Rays, having
a certain
natural potency.
The
great need,
as stated
in The
Magic
Presence,
is the
preparation of
earnest students
who can
be raised
and taught
the use
of these
Rays. There
are those
among you
who can do
this, and
as they
are prepared
with a
determined steadfastness
to the
Light, they
will have more
and more
of the
Law revealed
to them
concerning the
use of
these potent
Forces.
I
feel a very great joy in the possibilities before you and your
students. I trust they can find within
themselves the strength
and steadfast
determination to
hold fast to the outer
and Inner
Work that is being
done for them—with
a joyous feeling
of sureness of the
Limitless Powers
which true
Freedom brings.
I
have from
time to
time endeavored
to give
a word
of encouragement,
and through that,
enfold them
in the
Radiation of
Strength which
is fearless
and dauntless
in the Light. The
loving, joyous stillness in the attitude of the students is
wonderfully encouraging, for
the expectant
attitude is
the right
attitude to
be maintained.
I
would suggest that those who have been having unpleasant experiences
would consciously withdraw
from those
conditions all
power they
have been
giving them, mostly unknowingly. When it is necessary to
discuss some condition to understand it, immediately
follow by
withdrawing any
power that
has been
given it,
and then
know: " 'I AM'
the
Harmonious
Presence, ever
pervading whatever
the condition
may be."
As
I have
intimated before,
and it
has only
partially reached
through, I
will repeat
it again: Anyone,
especially the
student, who
has experienced
inharmony or
limitation in his
mind, home, or world, can, with persistent, tensionless effort, by
holding with determination to
the following
Statement, keep
his home
clear of
anything undesirable:
" 'I AM' the Governing Presence, governing in Perfect Divine
Order, commanding Harmony, Happiness, and the Presence of God's
Opulence in my mind, my home, and my world."
When
I say:
" 'I AM' the
Governing Presence,"
"I AM" fully,
consciously aware that I
have set in
motion the
Full Power and
Intelligence of
God producing the desired
conditions, and that they
are thus Self-sustained.
It
seems to me that it has not been clearly understood that when you use
the expression:
" 'I
AM the
Presence' in
my mind,
home, and
world," you
are not
only
commanding
the Conquering
Presence of
this activity
through your
own consciousness,
but you are
calling
forth the
Assistance
of the
"I AM,
" or
God
Presence,
into your
home and
world, of
whomever
contacts
it.
This
is so vital for the student to understand. Do not be discouraged if
you do not see immediate manifestation of this harmony which you
desire, but go right on feeling the "Conquering I AM
Presence. " Do
you not see that in this Consciousness, there is no other Presence
to act,
except what
you are
conscious of?
All other
activity of
the outer
which is undesirable
is but
a distorted
activity and
use of
this Mighty
Energy. Therefore,
when you say: " 'I AM the Conquering Presence'! I command
this 'I AM Presence' to govern
perfectly my
mind, home,
affairs and
world," you
have sent
forth the
greatest Decree
possible
to
be
given;
and
you
have
but to
feel
the
Sustaining
Power
of
this
in
the
face
of
every appearance
until you
find Perfection
manifest in
your mind,
home and
world.
I
wish the students would read this particular part every day to keep
before them the Mighty Truth underlying these Statements.
Now
we come to a vital point, and that is the Personal Ray or Rays sent
forth by Jesus direct. Many
will ask,
why especially
Jesus? I
answer, because
humanity has
been taught to
look to the Presence of Jesus the Christ, few having any knowledge at
all of the Ascended Host of the Great Masters of the Great White
Brotherhood who wield limitless Power to assist mankind.
You
and your students will have, for the next seven weeks, the Personal
Ray of Jesus the Christ. Those who can put aside any thought of other
personalities and with open arms, mentally speaking, welcome these
Rays into each one's mind, home and world, will find almost anything
possible.
I
assure all of you that the idea of these Personal Rays of Jesus the
Christ is no imaginary thing; and you, Our Beloved Messenger, have
the personal thanks of Jesus the Christ for your fearless stand and
use of the Ascended Jesus Christ Presence.
As
the Messenger gives forth riches of Wisdom and Truth, so should
students, in their loving sincerity to the teacher, through the "I
AM Presence," work for the health and prosperity of the
Messengers. This would open doors to the students not otherwise
possible.
There
are indications at this time that during the next seven weeks
revelations may be given to
some of
a certain
use of
Liquid Light.
I wish
the students'
attention to
be fixed on
this so
that those
who are
ready may
receive. Here
let Me
say that
the right
attitude of the student is always to rejoice at the
advancement of his or her brother or sister, for each individual
receives that which is most needed at the time, and if one receives
one thing, another may receive something else. So the student should
at no time feel that he should have the same thing that
someone else
receives. (I mean in
regard to revelation.) As
no two
are alike
or of
the same
state of
advancement, you
can see
how they
could not each
receive the
same thing
at the
same time.
The
most wonderful attitude of the student is to continually bless and
rejoice at any revelation that comes to his fellow students, thus
keeping the door wide open to that glorious Inner Presence at all
times.
For
the encouragement
of those
interested in
aerial transport,
I wish
to say
there is
nearing
the approach of planes that will be proof against accident. These
will make transportation quick, sure, and easy anywhere one wishes to
go. The obstructive mental attitude
of those
interested in
aerial navigation
which has
been opposing
the coming forth
of this
much needed
knowledge is
rapidly being
broken down,
until there
will come forth a flood, so to speak, of wonderful ideas and
Perfection, which can and will be used in this wonderful means of
transportation. Many of you will not need them—but
there are
always those who
do—for one's own
aerial equipment
within him
will always far
excel any outward conveyance, for the Higher Body is the most
wonderful vehicle of aerial transportation there is.
'
Some of my argumentative friends may suggest that this vehicle is not
able to carry great loads,
but I
say to
them, how
shall ye
judge —until
ye are
able to
use this
means? It is
most amusing to
watch the activity of
so-called practical minds
who feel that
there is nothing real except what they can feel and handle; but
unless one believes in the Limitless Powers and
Laws
of Intelligence
of God
Individualized, he
can in
no-wise receive
to any
great extent from
this Mighty
Inner Presence.
The
practical mind
that forever
doubts a thing it
cannot see
has a long way
to go
unless, as you
lop off
the undesirable
limb of
a tree,
this limb
of doubt
be cut
off. You
know, it is a good
idea, after it has been cut off, for you to consume it in the
Consuming Flame— that it does not come back again. It seems so
difficult for the student to realize what a tremendous
Power the
Consciousness
of
this
Consuming
Presence
is.
To
some it
is difficult
to get
away from
the thought
that It
is imaginary,
but could
you see from
the Inner
standpoint, you would see
that It
has a Mighty Presence and
Power, and is very Real.
I
wish you
for about two
minutes to feel this
Dazzling Ray of Light
penetrating every atom of your Being.
There
should be
splendid accomplishment
during the
next seven
weeks. The
reaching out of humanity as Christmastime draws near, with the
already added impetus of the Christ-Force, enables accomplishments to
take place at this time which have not before been possible.
There
are certain
activities which must
be contacted by
the Inner Presence
before the outer
attention can be drawn to them. This is hard for the student to
understand. The student
must first
reach out,
and he can
only reach out through
his Inner
Presence.
A
simple but
very wonderful
thing is
for one
to give
praise every
night and
morning for that
magnificent Presence
of Life
which animates
the mind
and body.
It is
a tremendous thing
to feel
deeply this
thanksgiving for
the Presence
of Life
which holds
within Itself all
things. Just
be grateful
to Life
for all
It is
and contains.
The very
Presence of
Life enables Us
to do
the things
we are
conscious of
and desire
to do,
because we
cannot move without
this Presence.
We cannot
even think
without It.
If
one would take this Statement: " 'I AM the Presence' thinking
through this mind and body," he would receive some very
remarkable ideas.
The
brain is the first point where obstruction begins to register,
because that is the point
of contact
with wrong
ideas. Wrong
ideas register
most quickly
and intensely
in
the
brain structure
because that
is the
field of
atomic activity.
However, the
attention held upon
the "I
AM Presence"
so releases
the Power
of the Perfection,
which is
within the
electron at the center
of the atom, that
the wrong ideas and obstruction
to the Light simply dissolve and disappear.
Q.
Don: Where
are you
going?
A.
Saint Germain:
To the
Golden City.
From
this time
on, until
three weeks after
New
Year's
Day, it is a time of great rejoicing in the Golden City, for it gives
a great opportunity
to convey
into the
physical world,
through the
Light and
Sound Rays,
Its own Mighty
Radiance. If
humanity could
understand and
appreciate this
fact, remarkable things
could take
place; but
that does
not prevent
individuals who
can grasp It from
receiving Its remarkable benefit.
The
very simple
thing, if
students could only
understand and
apply it,
is to absolutely
keep the mind off every personality and know only: " 'I AM' the
only Presence there." It would open the doors—oh so wide!
Love,
and a
reaching out
to an
Ascended Being,
enable Radiation
to be
given that
would not otherwise be possible.
One
cannot long
interfere with
the progress or
growth of
another, for if the
one obstructing does not release and relax his hold upon the
other who is ready to go higher, the
obstructing one
will be
removed by
his own
action. If
one continues
to hold steadfast
and sincerely to the Light, personalities will be swept aside, or
harmoniously disconnected from the individual's world.
At
this state of growth, or rather, expansion of the Light, it is
necessary to know: " 'I AM' the
Active Presence
of all
channels of
distribution of
all things
acting for my
good." When the thought comes, "This is all I have,"
nip it in the bud and say: " 'I AM' the opulence
of God
in my
hands and
use today."
This is
the time
to stamp
it right
out of your mind
and feelings.
This
must be held as a Sacred Silence within each individual. Take this as
a sacred, reverent Knowledge to be used. When you take from the "I
AM" Self, it is impossible for you to take anything from any
personality which rightfully belongs to that one. You are decreeing
for your
world, so
you cannot
take from
anyone when
knowing your
own Law: "I AM the Presence" acting everywhere.
There is no possibility of division of the "I AM Presence."
If
you need money, say: " 'I AM' the Active Presence, bringing this
money into my hands and use
instantly." It
is so
important to
get away
from the
importance of
money. It
is but a means of exchange. Do not give it power. Put all your
power back with God, and then
when you
command—no matter
what it
is you
want—you
have all
power instantly
on hand to
bring forth the
fulfillment of
your Decree.
The
vibration within any element is always the Breath of God, Eternally
Self-sustained. All
pulsation is the Breath
of God. The simple
consciousness that:
" 'I AM the
Presence' of Perfect Health" is this Breath of God acting."
'I AM the Presence' of forgiveness in the mind and heart of every one
of God's children." This releases enormous vibratory action
after its kind. Hold the following with vividness: " 'I AM' the
Pure Mind of God."
BENEDICTION:
Thou Infinite, Mighty, Personal Presence, Jesus Christ! We give
praise and thanks for
Thy Radiance,
for Thy
Intelligent Rays,
for Thy
Qualifying Presence.
We
give praise and thanks that we
are conscious of that
Special Radiance at
this time; and that we may, through the loving open door of
our consciousness, receive of Its
Mighty Presence.
Discourse
17 November
28, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty Infinite Presence, All-Pervading Intelligence,
All-Pervading Substance of
Light, Thou Mighty
Presence, Thou Ascended
Jesus Christ now
manifest through His
Mighty Radiance!
We give
praise and
thanks unto
the Light,
unto Thee,
O Mighty Brother!
We give
praise unto
the Central
Sun to
the One
from whose
Ray we receive
today.
Out
of the fullness of Thy Radiant Life, O God, we bow in adoration
before Thy Mighty Presence.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Master or God Meru, whose
Messenger is Nada. He is to one great mountain of this earth, whose
mystery shall one day be explained, as the Master Himalaya is to the
Himalayan range. Nada is with Me in the Golden City upon whose
Twin Rays We
come forth
today. During these next
seven weeks, as
designated and as you have
felt, Our joint Ray shall
come to you each
time from the
Golden City.
THE
DISCOURSE
When
the students are strong enough to bear it, We will bring forth in
descriptive expression one
of the
most stupendous
expressions of
the right
use and
wrong use
of this "Mighty I AM Presence." This actual
experience took place in what is now the Andes Mountains in South
America at a remote period when the Children of God first began to
forget their Source, and to claim the Mighty Energy of which they
were aware as their own. Only
through that
authority could
such an
experience take
place.
Students
and mankind
have but
a small
conception, even
in the
distress they
have created for themselves, of how mightily this force was
used at one time for selfish purposes.
A similar
condition has
never before
been known.
There still
remains today the
subterranean city
which will
be described
and in
which this
activity took
place.
Oh,
that the
Children of
God would
awaken to
the Stupendous
Activity that
the Powers of Light
use for the good of humanity when their attention is sincerely
focused on that Light.
If
the many
students of
the various
angles of
Truth on
the earth
today could
put away the
ignorance of the outer mind and believe in the seeming miracles all
down the ages, how
it would
break the
shell of
the outer
self and
let in
the Light.
The faith
to believe in the
things not seen is one of the greatest means to open the door to the
conscious activity of the
Light of the "I AM Presence."
As
you use
the automobile
and airplane to
cover distance quickly, so
does the "Great
I AM Presence"
use the
body. The
body represents
the airplane,
and the
mind is
the mighty motor through which the "I AM Presence"
propels it.
Students,
I am sure, have not understood how subtle a form doubt takes at
times. Where there is a questioning in the mind, knowingly or
unknowingly, concerning the All-Power
of the "I AM Presence," it is a subtle form of
doubt. Those who want or attempt to argue the question of the Reality
of the Great Truth of Life, whether they believe it or not, are
admitting doubt into their
lives.
In
this day, no sincere, reasoning mind, once turning its attention and
keeping it firmly fixed on the "I AM Presence," can
argue, doubt, or question the Omnipotence of that "I AM
Presence."
The
scarcely recognizable
form of
doubt that
lets into
the mind
argument concerning
the Source
of its Being is but
a lack
of strength
to stand
up against the
Law of
Resistance
—by
which growth
in the
outer can
be measured.
There
is a
vast difference
between sincere
questioning to
know the
Truth and
the human propensity to argue against the very Reality they
want to believe. We always welcome most earnestly, sincere
questioning for Truth; but We will have nothing to do with
that nature
whose dominating
propensity is
to argue
against the
Reality of
Truth. The more
the argument
of Truth
is admitted
into the
Life of
an individual,
the greater the
barrier that
one sets
up to
surmount before
the distant
day when
he does
surmount it.
The
students who
criticize, condemn,
or sit
in judgment
upon this
channel of
the Truth's expression will surely find themselves standing
upon the edge of a precipice into which
they may plunge at any
time — for no reason in
the world except their own
creation.
I
wish all to understand: This Radiance of the Light has been
established for a certain definite
Purpose;
and It
will go
forth doing
Its Work
regardless of
any personality,
or of
all personalities in existence. I say this plainly that the
students of this Radiation may understand they are dealing with
Mighty Forces which are as Real as Reality can be; and those
who cannot
stand the
test and
Radiance of
the Light
need never,
never blame anyone
but themselves;
for they
have free
will and
are given
the use
of the
"Mighty I AM
Presence" by which they can maintain absolute Self-control.
I
must put
plainly before
them again:
the sure
way that
they run
into deep
waters of doubt and
questioning is when they are foolish enough to attempt to discuss the
Sacred Truth which is being given them for their own liberation and
use with those who know nothing about it.
This
much I may say to you: in the past, students who were taken into the
Retreats for instruction were
never permitted,
nor do
they ever
think of
discussing the
Truth with each
other. They silently, earnestly apply the instruction of their
teacher, and the results they desire are certain to follow.
Better
were the
students stoned
in the
streets than
to condemn,
criticize, or
judge the Light
that is given them; for if they will enter into the "I AM
Presence" as directed, every question,
every problem
in their
lives will
disappear as
the mist
before the
radiance of the
morning sunlight.
I
take it
that all
the students
are strong
enough to
hear the
Truth and
use the
Strength of the "I AM Presence" to govern and
control the outer, so they may receive the full Presence, Love,
Wisdom, Power and Opulence of the Great and Mighty "I AM
Presence," which enables
them to
think, to
feel, to
live, and
which has
given them
the desire
to reach for the Truth—the Light.
I
wish to say plainly and with the "Wand of Fire" placed in
the consciousness of the students,
that this
Brother and
Sister who
are giving
this forth
are but
Messengers of
Those
who have
known and
proved this
Law for
many centuries.
These Great
Beings to whom
your attention
has been
drawn are
no myth
nor figment
of the
imagination of the
outer, but Living, Wise, Loving
Beings, possessing such
Power which They may wield or use
at Their
own discretion,
that it
is not possible
for the
human mind
to conceive
It. Always before
there has
been great,
almost limitless
time in
which the
student could
wander about
making his
decision—whether he
wished to
act in
the Light
or wander
on in ignorance
of Its
Mighty Presence
and Power.
The Cosmic
Cycles have
turned, again,
again, and
again, until
the time
has come
when the
children of
God must
make their decision
final—whom they will serve.
Never
in the history of the world has there been such opportunity or
Assistance given to the
children of
earth to face the
"Sunshine of God's
Eternal Light" and
walk steadfastly and
fearlessly into Its Radiant Splendor—free, forever free from
all limitation—living in the Abundance
of that
Light enfolding
them like
a mantle
of peace
and rest.
Again
I say to the beloved students: If you cannot feel in your hearts the
Truth of these Instructions brought
to you on
a golden platter,
then don't
ever, in the Name
of your "I AM
Presence," say or do that which would discourage another from
the Light he might receive. The plain, unadulterated Truth I give to
you in the fullness of the Great Love of My Being, that
Its Radiance may cause you to understand and know
what it
means to dare,
to do,
and to
be silent.
Any
feeling of questioning in your minds of the Reality or genuineness of
the Source of your Instruction
but hampers
your progress
and causes
you to
require months
or years to
accomplish what
you might
easily do
in a
few weeks
with a
free, peaceful
mind.
As
One who has chosen you, I know and feel your every thought. It is
very easy at times for the
student to
think that
his acts
or thoughts
are under
cover and
not known,
but to the Ascended
Host there is no act or thought that can be hidden from Them, because
everything you think or feel is registered in the etheric
world about you, as plain as the nose on your face.
So
do not ever make the mistake of feeling that you may think or act in
secret. You may readily do this from the outer self, but never from
the "I AM Presence," which the Ascended
Host are with
no
obstruction.
This, My Dear Beloved Students, is
as far as
I am permitted
to go
in helping
to set
up the
guard for
you. In
the future
no further
reference to
this will
be made.
Remember that
the decision
lies within
you to
go forward or not.
Now
I shall say something very encouraging. The only possible reason why
the Personal Ray of Jesus could be given forth to those under this
Radiation at this time was because seven of this group of students
were witness to the Ascension of Jesus the Christ two thousand years
ago. He saw and recognized them then, as He sees them and is giving
not only recognition at this time, but Great Assistance.
As
this Radiance goes to you, Beloved Ones, so does It go on reaching
into the hearts of those who can receive the Presence. Because of
this Radiation, many who have a deep Love for Jesus, or of Jesus,
through the orthodox channels, will be awakened to the Presence of
the God within. Outside of this, the joint Activity of Jesus with the
Ascended Host is
spreading its
Mantle of
Love, Peace
and Light
over humanity,
this being
the time
of
year when
their attention
is most
easily gained.
Beloved
Ones! Does it sound incredible to you when I say the Masters of Light
and Wisdom have passages through the earth in all directions, just
the same as you have highways for
your automobiles
in going
from coast
to coast
on the
earth?
Did
you understand the atomic structure of the earth, you would not feel
this such an incredible thing,
for those
Great Ones who
have assisted
the progress
of humanity from
the beginning
have but
to use
certain Rays,
and They
walk through
the earth
as easily
as you would walk through the water—different however, in
that They leave the opening behind them, while in your walking
through the water, it closes behind you and the path is not apparent.
Just
so with the Great Beings who have blazed the trails for humanity into
the Light. The trail remains that those children of lesser Light may
always find the Pathway and follow it. If at times they should make
a mistake and turn on to the byway, they have the "I
AM Presence"
to call them back to
the main power and
carry them
forward, until they too
may be Torch Bearers, or Trail-Blazers to those still following on.
"
'I AM the Mighty Presence,' who never becomes impatient nor
discouraged at the long periods in which the children of earth turn
aside from the Light, enjoying the sense activities
until they
become so
repellent to
them that
with almost
their last
breath they cry
aloud: 'O God! save me.' "
I
cannot help but smile to Myself as I wonder how some of you may think
Me a very crabby old
fellow— but
if so,
one who
has the courage
to tell
you the
Truth of
your needs, that you
may profit by it.
When you
come to know Me
better, you will
not think Me such
an old crab after all.
So
long as the student
has a questioning
in the
mind, he does not
open himself
to the Truth of the
Instruction fully.
If
it is seen that it is
worthwhile, determined
entirely by
the up-reaching of
humanity to the Light,
then the Natural Rays are
made permanent to the
earth and placed
within the center. The earth is composed of earth, water, and
air. The Rays are the Cosmic Fire interpenetrating all the three
other elements. The Rays pass through the earth, and where they
interlock, they soften
and form this
Luminous Substance,
or Radiance—the
concentrated Activity
of the
Light.
One
Ray enters
the crust
of the
earth at
a point
just south
of the
center of
the Gobi desert,
and the
other one
enters just east
of Lake
Titicaca in
the Andes
Mountains.
It is the largest lake in South America and the highest in the world.
It was a point of very great importance centuries ago.
These
are the two most intense points of Light in the earth. There is
always a Cosmic Activity taking place at certain cycles which may not
be interfered with. The Great Cosmic Laws are exact to the minutest
detail, and there is no such thing as failure nor accident connected
with them.
A
great change which takes great quantities of people out of the body
only takes them where they
cannot fight
for awhile.
In the
World War,
both sides
hated the
men they were
sent against,
and also
the governments
that sent
them, because
of being
sent.
Never
consider anything
in the
world but
the "Great
I AM
Presence." Watch
and govern
your
feeling, for if you
do not, it will
lead to a point where
it will
catch you
unawares. Many times,
the student
who knows
the Law,
when something
comes up
and he
is disappointed, should
turn to
the "I
AM Presence"
immediately and
ask what
is to
be done; but
instead he
so often
holds the
attention on
the disappointment,
and then
it sometimes almost
takes an
earthquake to
shake him
loose from
it.
Take
the Statement:
"This resistance
must give
way, and
the sight
and hearing
must come through."
Take
the firm Statement: " 'I AM' the Presence of your Perfect sight
and hearing" to heal those conditions. Each should take the
statement: " 'I AM' my Perfect sight and hearing." The
Arabian Nights' Tales: They originally came from the Masters, who
gave them out as a veiled Truth to help humanity, and those who
believed them through faith received marvelous manifestations.
In
the beginning
of these
marvelous experiences,
there must
be faith
to tide
over, until we can
manifest the Reality, for faith is the Sustaining Power, and if we
can keep it generated, it becomes Reality.
There
are always
the two
activities of
the Law
when you
get deep
enough into
the action of it. They are: first, condensation, and second,
etherealization. Go serenely along, and
do not
let time,
place, nor
things interfere.
The outer
mind must
be calm
and steady, and
the outer
and Inner
Will must
become one.
As the
attention is
fixed on
it with firm
determination, more
and more
of the
Inner Operation
is revealed,
until you can
consciously manipulate it.
BENEDICTION:
Presence of
Meru, Nada,
and the
Great Ascended
Host, we
give praise
and thanks for Thy Radiant Splendor, for Thy Wisdom, for Thy
Substance which Thou art generating to make visible. We give praise
and thanks that Thy Great Wisdom and Intelligence are ONE with the
"Great I AM," which "I AM," ever bringing more of
Itself forward into conscious action. We give praise and
thanks
that in the acknowledgment of the "I AM Presence," we have
the Key to all things visible and invisible.
Discourse
18 December
01, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Illumining Presence which "I AM"!
in gratitude and praise, we enter into the Fullness of Thy Presence
today; and forever receive Thy Limitless Blessings, Thy Strength and
Courage, Thy Joyous Enthusiasm, all of which is Self- sustained.
We
know there is but One Presence! "I
AM that Presence" of all Activity, all Wisdom and Power,
and in
the Freedom
of that
Mighty Presence
we stand
serene, unmoved
among all outer
things which
seem to
point to
the contrary.
"I
stand serene
in Thy
Great Forever;
I claim
Thy Great
Dominion in
my place!
I stand
in the Radiance
of God
Eternal, ever
looking Thee
full in
the Face."
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host, and also Their Blessings for
the happy enthusiasm which
has been
entered into.
We shall
endeavor to
sustain you
in that joyous
enthusiasm as
the Hub
of this
Radiation, because
all the
students will
feel and act
It. Far
more has
been accomplished
this week
than was
anticipated, and
We enter with you
into the great rejoicing.
The loving blessing of each
student unto the other is
most commendable, and this simple thing will open the door, oh so
wide! to receive the fullness intended for them.
THE
DISCOURSE
I
would be so
pleased to have
every one
of the
students, just at
this time especially,
use the Statement,
with all
the enthusiasm
they can
command: "
'I AM,'
'I AM,'
I know
'I AM' the use of God's Limitless Opulence."
Here
I wish
to explain
that when
there is
a group
of students
in accord,
working from the
same principle,
and they
use this
Statement, they
not only
bring into
their own world
and use
this Great
Opulence, but
they bless
their associate
students with
the same thing, because " 'I AM the Presence' in each
one." This is the mighty power of cooperative action which
everyone should use.
The
students who
maintain a
loving blessing
to each
other are
really held
in the "Embrace
of the Great 'I AM Presence,' " and when they acknowledge Its
action, they are commanding the same blessing and action for the
other students that they are for themselves.
This
is the correct attitude to be sustained, and if maintained sincerely
in the heart of each one, no one within this Embrace will want for
any good thing; but the student
who allows any feeling to remain of unkindness to the others
will shut himself away from this Great Radiance and Blessing. Now let
us enter into the keynote of what you touched this morning—the
simple understanding of
God's Will and free will. God's Will is the Opulence of Goodwill—the
birthright of every one of God's Children.
When
you are reaching to the Light in the use of the "Mighty I AM
Presence" with sincerity, it is not possible for you to do
otherwise than call for God's Will to be done. As Children of God
the Father—who has
given His Children
free will that they may choose— they
must understand
that it
is for
them alone
to decree
what shall
act in
their lives
and world.
Having
free will,
the student
must understand
that God
can only
act in
his Life
and world according to his conscious direction.
God
is the Principle of all Life, and each Child of God is an
individualized, conscious, active part of that One Great Principle of
Life and Love and Power.
God
has given into the keeping of every one of His Children this
Marvelous Consciousness, which is Omnipresent, eternally elastic, as
it were, which can be drawn into
a focal
point to
write with
the Pen
of Light,
or expand
to encompass
the earth.
Consciousness
is always
subject to
direction through
the use
of the
free will.
The
most unfortunate
understanding established
by the
orthodox idea
that God
acts of His
own Free Will in the Life of the individual or a nation, is
positively not
true. God
can only act through the mind of His own individualization, which is
clothed with the personalities that you see about you. These
personalities are but vehicles of use and expression of this Mighty
Individuality—which is God's Will and your free will —and it only
comes into use by your conscious direction.
I
say to you that every function of your body is sustained through
conscious action, although you are not aware of it; but as you reach
deeper and deeper into the Consciousness of the "Mighty I
AM Presence," you will come to understand that it is impossible
for any
outer action
to take
place without
Self-conscious action.
A
simple proof of this is what any of you may test at any moment: I
wish to do some physical act.
Preceding that activity,
there always comes the
thought to do it;
otherwise the hand or body would not move in action. That which
people have chosen to call involuntary
action is
the thing
that has
mystified their
understanding of
their own Being.
The
students should take this humble explanation and meditate upon it
often, for it will clear the
mind of any
obstruction. You
are Self-conscious, Free
Will, Acting
Beings.
This
is really of vital importance to these blessed, earnest students. I
love every one of them, both
men and
women, even
though the
ladies' husbands
might object.
In
both of
your classes
this week,
the Individualized
Presence of flesus the Christ
stood in your
midst. At........in
the form
of "The
Tree of
Life," each
student being
a branch.
At........from His "Pillar of
Dazzling
Radiance," within
which was
His Visible,
Personal
Form. At........His
Form was
within the
"Tree
of Life," but not visible—not to mention others of the
Ascended Host who were present. There were also Nada, Cha Ara, Lanto
and Myself.
I
wish to say to that class of blessed boys with the one pink rose in
their midst, that I joyously hold them all in My Fond Embrace, so
they may use and inhale the Radiance of My Being. They have Freedom
and Dominion within their grasp, if they will hold fast to these
Instructions and apply them.
Further,
I wish the students to understand that the Stream of Life flowing
through the mind and
body always
comes into
them pure and
unadulterated, containing
within It all the strength, courage, energy and wisdom that
can ever be desired; but by the lack of control of their thought and
feeling, they are unknowingly requalifying this Pure Essence with the
outer ideas upon which the attention has been fixed.
To
form the habit every moment the mind is not otherwise occupied of
being Self- conscious that: " 'I AM' the only Intelligence
acting," will keep
that
Mighty,
Wonderful Stream of Life from being discolored, and I shall say
disqualified, by the wrong
conceptions of
the outer
activity of
the mind.
This is
the simple
secret of really
all Perfection—if one can but comprehend it.
This
Great Life comes into everyone's use Pure and Perfect, but through
lack of understanding, the outer mind is constantly requalifying It
with discordant conceptions, and thus human beings change Its
otherwise Perfect Action into that which they find expressed
in limitation
and discord
in their
outer activity.
This
should make clear to the students the simple activity which they
should Self- consciously maintain in order to keep this marvelous,
Perfect Life that is constantly flowing
through their
minds and
bodies in
Its Pure,
Fragrant State;
for I
tell you
truly, that those
who will
follow and
maintain this
idea will
find the
emanations from
their own bodies becoming rarer than the lily or the rose.
Further, in the consciousness of this Perfection which is constantly
flowing into their use, they can know It as Perfect health
and beauty
of face
and form,
until Its Radiance
shines forth like
the sun.
O
Beloved Students! When it is so simple, requiring so little
consciously sustained effort, is
it not
worth all
it requires
on your
part to
enter into
the Fullness
of this
Life Stream and
receive Its Fullness and Blessing?
In
the Oriental activity
there was a secret society
—in fact, it
began in
China — maintained gloriously in the Light until the one
then in charge at the head of the order, thought,
in one
of the
war ravages,
that his
daughter whom
he loved
so deeply,
was killed by an Englishman—which, however, was not the
case. But it brought about the breaking up of the order, and the
pictures of "Fu Manchu," of which I think there have
been four produced, are the picturing of this to the outer
world, showing
how the
"Light" may
be
distorted
by
something
starting
the
feeling
of
revenge.
This
one known as "Fu Manchu" was, at the beginning of that
activity, a wondrous, beautiful
soul; and
it shows
how sometimes
the ravages
of war
and the
lack of
control of the
thought and
feeling in
the individual
bring about
such distortion
in the
Life Stream.
In
connection with the South American Activity, which the present work
has drawn joyously to Their attention: until this Focus of Radiation
began, it was doubted by most, except Nada and Myself, the
possibility of establishing such a Focus in this busy Western World;
but They
did not
know what
I did,
the fact
of our
long association
not having been
revealed to Them. So I said on My own Responsibility: "I shall
try it out."
Now
I have the full cooperation
of all
who might have
questioned. The Master from Venus and Lanto also stood with Us. I
said to Them: "The time has come when there are those outside of
the Retreats who can be made True Messengers of the Light."
Thanks to you, I have been proven right. Now, of course, I ask you
all to stand with Me in the sustaining of this.
It
proves that it is possible to establish this Mighty, Active Presence
in the midst of a hailstorm. I
have always
maintained this,
and most
of the
time I
have stood
alone; but the
ability of
the students
to grasp
the use
of the
"I AM
Presence" is
making tremendous
things
possible; and I say sincerely for your encouragement, that with this
marvelous condition maintained which has come to this point, it is
not impossible to have various Ones
of these
Ascended Beings
sit in
your midst
—as visible
as your
own physical
bodies— and speak to you.
This
is not
just a
matter of
the desire
of the
students for
it, but
rather the
preparation of the
students for it. Until
recently, of course,
this good Brother has not known
it—but for thirty years he has been being prepared for it.
Half of that time your (Mrs. G. W. Ballard's)
preparation was
going on in
the invisible,
and it
has been
a remarkably
beautiful thing to all
who have observed
it.
Q.
The other
night while
in deep
meditation, I
heard the
words: "into
the City
of Delhi."
A.
Which really
means "into
the City
of Light."
Q.
On Monday,
November 29,
1932, I
heard, in
the morning
before the
Discourse, and
again today
before the
Discourse, the
Words of
Jesus: "Ye
have been
with Me
in my sorrows,
ye shall
now behold
Me in
My Glory,
and see
the reward
which My
Father doth give
Me."
A.
And so
shall it
be in
your outer
experience.
The
very Words
which Jesus
used from
time to
time, all
may use—and
will use sometime,
somewhere with fulfillment—for the Words He used at all times were
"Life" and contained within them that Ascended Life, or
Perfect Life.
C).
How is
the political
situation?
A.
There will
not be
nearly so
much accomplished
by the
element that
sought entrance as
they anticipated. The old
saying that if
you give
a calf rope
enough, it will
hang itself, is true with
certain forces.
Sometimes when they think
they have won an
easy victory, they have
sounded their
own death
knell.
The
accomplishment of
the past
few days
drew the
attention of
many in
the Golden City,
who, as We
projected the
Vision and
Sound Rays today,
came to
look and
behold the accomplishment.
I say this for the
encouragement of
the students: While
We are giving forth
the Work today, Those in the Golden City are sending forth to the
students Their Glorious Radiation.
It
has been a great
joy to Me to prove that in
the Land of America
for which I have worked
so long that
there were
those who
could receive
what you
are receiving and
giving forth
at this
time. There
are those
Masters from
Venus who
have seen
this with Me for
some time. The Kumaras' Field of Action was in other ways, but They
are now observant of this accomplishment.
There
is no radiation goes forth anywhere in the Universe except through
conscious projection. The Radiation projected from the stars,
so-called, to our earth does not and cannot come into contact with
the earth without the conscious direction of the Cosmic Being who is
the Conscious Directing Presence of that star or planet. This
conscious direction is
what makes
the Radiation
from one
planet to
another reach
its destination;
but the
Radiation thus
directed does
not carry
any adverse
aspect to
any individual
there.
The
Universal, Cosmic Laws of the earth, which impel growth through the
law of experience, hold
within themselves
that which
you know
as resistance.
If there
were not
that
which the individual knows as resistance, he would not
make conscious effort, and this would make it impossible for
advancement in understanding, or the return to the Father's House
from which
the children
of earth
have strayed.
Resistance
has nothing
whatever to
do with
discord. Resistance
is a
Natural Law.
Discord is a human
creation. There is no discord in the Universe
except that which the personality creates.
Take
the dynamic
consciousness: "
'I AM'
the Pure
Mind of
God in
everyone present
here." This
shuts out
human
desire.
Take
the consciousness: " 'I AM'
the governing Presence of
this." The desire first comes
in the mind, and if you take the consciousness: " 'I AM'
the Pure Mind of God," it consumes the
thought and
keeps the
human mind
clear from
the desire
entirely.
When
the liquid
precipitates in
the hand,
instantly qualify
it as
Liquid Light,
and it
will manifest as
That. Give the
command for that quality
before beginning the
precipitation. One student
should not
expect to
see the
same activity
as another;
the students
are not supposed to
see or feel alike.
There
is not
a moment
in the day
that we
do not
visualize
something,
because the
power of vision
is acting
all the
time. Keep
all out of the mind except the picture you want, for that is
all with which you are concerned. Do not let the attention become
focused on the seeming emptiness.
BENEDICTION:
In great
devotion, in the
fullness of our
Hearts of Love, in
the fullness of our
adoration to
the "God
Presence which
'I AM'
" —
the Ascended
Jesus Christ—we
pour forth our
Gratitude and
Praise for
the sustaining
Presence, the
good of
every description
held within
this Radiance
of which
we are
receiving hourly.
Thou Mighty
Presence! As we
find ourselves
held within
Thy Mighty
Embrace, we
become imbued
with Thy Radiant
Intelligence, Thy
Marvelous Strength,
Thy Invincible
Courage to
hold constantly
within Thy
Mighty Light.
We thank
Thee.
Discourse
19 December
05, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Majestic Presence of the Ascended Jesus Christ! Thou Who
hast gained Thy Eternal Dominion over all things, Thou Who dost rest
serene in the Heart of the Eternal Father, pouring forth Thy Wondrous
Radiance, enfolding all mankind! We
give praise
and thanks
to Thee.
Our hearts
fill with
great rejoicing
that the
Ascended Host with Thee see and manipulate the dawning,
Eternal Light for the Blessing of humanity.
Through
His own
Personal Ray,
Jesus will
now speak
His Wish
to the
students:
THE
DISCOURSE BY
BELOVED JESUS
When
I said: " 'I AM' the Open Door which no man may shut," I
meant humanity to understand, I referred to the "Great I AM,"
which is the Life of every individual manifest in form. I did not
wish to convey that the personal Jesus was the only one to whom this
great privilege was ordained. Each one of you beloved children of the
One Father has the same Mighty Presence within you, the "Great I
AM," that I have, and that I had at that time, by which I
achieved the Final and Eternal Victory.
Here
I wish
you to
understand for
encouragement, strength,
and certainty
in your minds, that
the Consciousness I used for this Great Victory was the use of the "I
AM Presence" which
you are
being taught. I had
made search
through all
the avenues
available at
that time,
and at
last the
determination and
desire for
the Truth
led Me
to the Great Master whom you shall one day know. He gave to Me
this Inner Secret and Mighty Acknowledgment, turning Me to that
"Mighty Presence, the 'Great I AM.' " Through His
Radiation, I was able to comprehend, and at once begin using It. This
is the only way by which any individualization of the Ray of God may
achieve the Eternal Victory and build his structure upon a firm
foundation from which no outer activity can ever disturb him.
At
this time
I wish to
convey the
simple, all-powerful
use of
this Presence
to you.
All who have achieved the Mighty Victory and who have been
able to raise their bodies as I did,
or who
raised them
before,
have used the conscious
activity of that "Mighty, Eternal Presence-'I AM.' "
When
I said
to My
Disciples and
to humanity:
"The things
that I
have done
shall ye
do also, and
even greater
things shall
ye do,"
I knew
whereof I
spoke, knowing
that within each
individualization, or
Child of
God, there
was this
"Mighty I
AM Presence"
by whose use
you are
impelled forward
with no
uncertainty. I
say, "impelled,"
because I
mean just that.
The
constant use of your "I AM Presence" does impel you forward
in spite of any activity of the
outer self.
So long
as this
single Idea
is held
firmly, storms,
distress and
disturbance may rage about you,
but in the Consciousness
of the "I AM
Presence," you can and
are able
to stand
serene, unmoved
by the
seething vortex of human
creation which may or may not be about you.
There
is but
one way
by which
you and
the Father
may become
eternally one,
and that is
through the
full acceptance
of His
"I AM
Presence," Energy,
Love, Wisdom
and Power
which
He has given you—golden
links, golden steps,
by which you climb
serenely upward into your
final Achievement.
Sometime,
somewhere, every
individualization of
God the
Father, must
find his
way back to the Father through his "I AM Presence,"
fulfilling his cycle or cycles of individualizations in
the use
of the
activity of
the outer
self. The
earth is the
only sphere in
which there is the density of the atomic structure that you
experience. The conscious recognition and use of the "I AM
Presence," which you are, steadily raises the vibratory action
of your
atomic structure,
unclothing and
liberating the
Electronic Activity
which is hidden within
the atom, enabling you to
become Self-luminous Beings.
I
wish it
here distinctly
understood by
all who
may receive
this or ever
contact it,
that I am
not and
never was
a Special
Being created
of God
different from
the rest
of humanity! It is true that I had made previous conscious
effort and had attained much previous
to the
embodiment in
which I
won the
Eternal Victory.
My choice
of experience two thousand years ago was to set the example
which every individualization of
God would and must sooner or later follow.
How
I urge
you, Beloved
Children of
God, to
look upon
Me as
your Elder
Brother—one with you.
When I
said, or
left the
Word that:
" 'I
AM' with
you always,"
the "I
AM Presence," which
"I AM"
and which
you are
is One.
Therefore, do
you not
see how
" 'I AM' with
you always"? Think
deeply on
this and
try to
feel its
Reality.
At
the time
and after
My Ascension,
I saw
the immensity
of the
Radiation I
would be able to
pour forth to My beloved brothers and sisters upon the earth from the
Sphere in which I
had become
fitted to
dwell. I
wish to
say to
you in
all Truth:
every individual
who will send his conscious thought to Me with the desire to be
raised above the limitations of earth or of his own creation, and
will live accordingly, will receive every Assistance from Me that is
possible to be given— according to the steps of growth in
consciousness which
he attains
from time
to time.
Do
not misunderstand
Me at
this point:
when I
refer to
growth, I
am speaking
of humanity in
general. I do
not refer
to some
who have
previous attainment
sufficient which, in their
present use and full
acceptance of their
"I AM Presence," they may rend the veil of human creation
and step forth into the "Embrace of the Ascended, Blazing 'I AM
Presence' " at any time. There are some in the group of students
already drawn together for
whom it
is possible
to do
this. That
depends entirely
upon themselves—
upon the
calm, poised intensity by
which they
become conscious of
their "I AM Presence."
These
great tidings I bring to you because I proved them in My own personal
Experience. Before I became fully decided in what manner I should
leave the example to humanity, I suddenly, from an Inner Impulse,
began to use the Statement: " 'I AM' the Resurrection
and the Life." Within forty- eight hours after I began
using that Statement, with great rejoicing, I saw
what was to be
done; and I wish to
assure you
that it
was the conscious
use of
the Mighty
Statement: "
'I AM'
the Resurrection
and the
Life" which
enabled me to
make the
Ascension in
the presence
of so
many; and
imprint, or
record upon
the etheric
records,
that
Example
for
all
humanity
which
will
stand
eternally
present.
It
was unfortunate
that the
veil of
the orthodox
idea was
drawn over
the minds
of the
people,
preventing the comprehension that each one had within himself the "I
AM Presence" —the same as I had—by which he could attain, do
the same things I did, and win
the Eternal Victory.
Such,
Beloved Students, is My Personal Message I leave with you, spoken
through the Light and Sound Ray into which any of you may enter, see,
and hear with sufficient conscious preparation.
Again,
I urge you to think of Me
as your Elder Brother, ready to give you Assistance at all times. Do
not think
of Me
as a Transcendent Being
so far beyond your reach that
contact is impossible; for the "I AM Presence" which
enabled Me to make the Ascension is the same "I AM Presence"
that will enable you to make the Ascension as I did; only today,
you have the Assistance of the Great Ascended Host of Beings
who have won the Eternal Victory and joyously stand at your service
as you make yourselves ready.
With
My Love
I enfold
you. I
again repeat:
" 'I
AM' with
you always."
Saint
Germain:
"Did I
not have
a surprise
for you?"
BENEDICTION:
Into the fullness of Thy Mighty Silence, O Great Presence, we
come to rest, to feel Thy Peace, to love Thy Harmony pervading all. O
Mighty Love Presence which beats the hearts of all mankind,
strengthen Thyself within their hearts; draw and
hold their conscious attention upon Thee, the "Great Love
Star" in the heart of each one; glorify
Thy Presence
and Thy
Creator in
them; bless all mankind
with that
strength to look
only to Thee, and to stand steadfast facing Thee.
Discourse
20 December
08,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty,
Invincible "I
AM Presence"!
Speak Thyself
into the
hearts of the
children of men! Fill their hearts and minds to overflowing with the
Magnificence of Thy Presence, with the conscious strength to look to
Thee and know Thee as "the One,"
the Mighty, Eternal Source of all things by which the
consciousness of mankind is sustained. Make them to know Thy Great
Ownership, that it is Thee alone who art the Owner and Giver of
all things, that
they may thus manifest
unselfishly one to the other. We thank Thee.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host, who are ever pouring Their
Radiant Presence into your lives.
THE
DISCOURSE
It
is with
great rejoicing
that the
many who
have been
observant of
this accomplishment see
how truly
the students
are entering
into the
"Mighty I
AM Presence"; and how the things that have been
disturbing are being dissolved and are dropping away as though
they never had been.
Beloved
Students, can you realize how great Our Rejoicing is? We have trod
the pathway of attainment
into that Great
Freedom of
Mastery over all
limitation. We rejoice to see you
entering into this
Presence which,
if maintained,
will bring you
certainly and
surely to this same Freedom. It is only when the outer becomes
sufficiently obedient, giving all power to the Great Inner Presence,
that one finds peace and rest in this Mighty Acknowledgment.
In
that peace and rest flows a Mighty River of Energy, like a mountain
stream flowing through a
fertile valley,
lined with
flowers and
perfect vegetation.
So
in the Peace that passeth understanding do you move more and more,
finding that Eternal River
of Energy
flowing into
and through
your Being,
spreading its
blessing and
opulence into
your Life
and experience
everywhere you
go.
While
it is
true that
the intelligence
is the
channel through
which you
must receive,
yet as you feel with
deep sincerity the Truth
of the "I AM
Presence," you
will find the
stillness becoming greater and greater, until one day: "Thou
shalt see the door of thy creation open wide before thee, and thou
shalt step forth with open arms into that
Freedom, inhaling the Fragrance of the Pure Atmosphere of the
Etheric World, wherein thou wilt be able to mold that plastic
substance into the Perfection of everything upon which thy desire is
held."
You
are making such splendid progress; do not let any fear of persons,
places, conditions or things interrupt or disturb you, for the
"Presence of the Light" stands before you, beckoning you
on, that you may be held in Its fond embrace, receiving of Its
boundless riches of every description which It holds in store for
you.
I
shall now say something which may seem astonishing, but I assure you,
it is very true. Last night
as the question
was asked—had you all
been together
before—I wish to
say that it would not have been possible for you to have been
drawn into this intensified
Action of
the Great
Inner Law
if you
had not
previously had
harmonious association
and
training.
While it may be difficult at first for you to comprehend it, you are
receiving intensified training which
heretofore has only
been given
after a three
year probation in
the Retreat. Some of you have stored-up treasures of Energy. I mean
by that, energy created by your conscious activity through your "I
AM Presence." Others have stored-up treasures of Light. Again,
others have treasures of Love. Others have gold and jewels which were
placed in keeping to be used in this embodiment. Several of you are
on the point of
releasing into visibility—into your hands —these stored-up
treasures. Do not think
I have
gone into
fancy daydreaming,
but I
am calling
this to
your attention
for your benefit and blessing.
I
wish each one of you to go by yourselves sometime during the day for
at least five minutes and talk to your "I AM Presence"
something like this: "Great Masterful Presence which 'I AM'! I
love, I adore Thee. I give back unto Thee the fullness of all
Creative Power, all Love, all Wisdom, and through this Power which
Thou art, I give Thee full power
to make
visible in
my hands
and use
the fulfillment
of my
every desire.
I no longer claim
any power as my own, for I now claim Thee, the Only and
All-Conquering Presence in my home, my Life, my world and my
experience. I acknowledge Thy Full Supremacy and Command of all
things; and as my consciousness is fixed upon an achievement, Your
Invincible Presence and Intelligence takes command and brings the
fulfillment into my experience quickly—even with the speed of
thought.
"I
know that Thou art ruler over time, place and space. Therefore, Thou
requirest only now to
bring into the visible activity Thy every Perfection. I stand
absolutely firm in the full acceptance of this, now and forever, and
I shall not allow my mind to waver from it,
for at last, I know we are One."
Beloved
Students, you may add or weave into this anything else you wish for
your requirement; and I assure you, if you can live in this—and I
shall endeavor to help you do so—you will experience the opening of
the floodgates of God's Abundance.
I
think here
that I
should explain
to you:
the most
important, the
most desirable
thing that anyone
can do
is to
fix within
his or
her mind
the one,
permanent necessity,
and that is to keep at it until one reaches so deeply and
firmly into this "Mighty I AM Presence," that all Love,
Light, Good and Riches flow into his Life and experience by an Inner
Propelling Power
that naught
of outer
personalities may
at any
time, anywhere,
ever interfere with.
This
is the
object of
true training.
This is
why students
were brought
into the
Retreats as they could be
found ready, or sufficiently progressed, because, as I have
said before, it is
easy enough to solve your problems as they come along; but
I ask you, what good
does it do
to continue
to solve
problems unless
you have
something, somewhere,
to which you
can anchor
that raises you
above the
consideration of
any problem?
To
find your "I AM Presence" and anchor to It is the only
desirable thing to do. Until you come to this point of firm
anchorage to your "Great I AM Presence," of course it is
necessary to
solve your
problems as
they come
along; but
how much
better it
is to
enter in and set free that Mighty Presence, Energy and Action
which has already solved the problems before they appear to you. Is
this not more acceptable than to awaken every morning
and find
these problems
coming up
—staring you
in the
face —as
though they
were
something really important, which, after all, they are not? Yet I am
sure you will agree with
Me that
some of
them or
at least
your outer
sense about
them, is
that they are
tremendously ponderous.
With
your glorious obedience to the Divine Principle of created Beings,
you shall move along the pathway
with your
Armor of
Invincible Protection
buckled on,
until the intensity
of the
very Light
that you
enter into
will no
longer require
the armor.
Is
this not worth all the effort it takes to accomplish it, that you may
ever move in this Glorious Freedom? Then when you awaken in the
morning, you will no longer find these visitors appear.
As
I have spoken
these Words, I have held
you, each one, in the Searchlight of my Vision, even
without your
permission, so
that when
you hear
these Words
you will
feel the Inner
Conviction of
them with
a strength
which will
delight you.
When
critical or
disturbing thoughts
try to
find entrance
into your
consciousness, slam
the door quickly and command them to be gone forever. Do not give
them a chance, nor time to
gain a
foothold, remembering
always that
you have
the Strength
and the sustaining
Power of the "Mighty I AM Presence" to do this. Should you
have difficulty in holding the door shut, talk to your "I AM
Presence" and say: "See here! I need help! See that the
door to this disturbance is closed, and kept closed forever."
I
want you
to get
fixed in
your consciousness
that you
can talk
to your
"I AM
Presence" the same
as you
could talk
to Me,
believing that
I had
Limitless Power,
because I
tell you, it is no idle comment when I say
you can
cause this
Mighty
Presence to
handle
every condition
in
your
entire
experience
and
raise
you
into
Its
Freedom
and
Dominion
of
all
things.
As
some of you have already reached into the activity of the Universal
Substance, I want to call
the attention of all of you to the fact that the substance of your
bodies and this substance, seeming to be invisible about you, is
immensely sensitive to your conscious thought
and feeling—by which you can mold it
into any form you wish.
The
substance of your body
can, by your conscious thought
and feeling, be molded into the most exquisite beauty of
form—your eyes, hair, teeth, and skin made dazzling with radiant
beauty. This
should be
very encouraging
to the
ladies, and
I am
sure will
be to the
gentlemen, only they do not like to admit it. Beloved Brothers and
Sisters, when you look into
the mirror, say
to that
which you
see there: "Through
the Intelligence
and Beauty which 'I AM,' I command you to take on Perfect
Beauty of form, for 'I AM' that Beauty in every cell of which you are
composed. You shall respond to my command and become radiantly
beautiful in every way, in thought, word, feeling and form. 'I AM'
the Fire and Beauty of your eyes, and I carry forth this Radiant
Energy into everything into which
I look."
Thus you
can cause
to come
into appearance
the Perfection
which will give you
all the encouragement you want, to know that " 'I AM' always the
Governing Presence."
I
wish to
say to
you who
desire your
forms to
become more
symmetrical: start
your hands at the shoulders, and bring them down over the body
to the feet, feeling the Perfection or symmetry of the form you wish.
Through your hands will go the energy or quality which you desire to
manifest. If you will try this with deep, earnest feeling, you will
be amazed
at the
result. This
is the
greatest reducer
in the
world. This,
I assure
you
will
cause the
flesh, as
it comes
into more
beautiful symmetry
and Perfection,
to become firm and yet supple in every way, because you are
sending the energy of the " I AM Presence" through these
cells, causing them to obey your command. This may sound ridiculous,
but I
tell you,
it is
one of
the best,
surest and
most perfect
ways to
bring about the Perfection of the body. I tell you, anyone who
will practice this will bring the body into any condition that one
desires.
I
want the
students to
get the
fullness of
the idea
that they
are masters
of their
forms, their minds
and their
worlds, and
can inject
into them
whatsoever they
wish. The
Pure and Perfect Life
of God is flowing
through you
every instant; why not
switch off
the old design
and switch
on the
new? Do you
not see
how important
it is to
perfect the
body? What can
the Inner
Presence do
with a
body that
is sick
or out
of harmony
all the
time? When this
is the
case, the
attention becomes
so fixed
upon the
body that
the "I
AM Presence" cannot
get the
attention but
a little
part of
the time.
It is
so easy,
if you
will but do
it. With
this treatment
of the
flesh with
the energy
of the
"I AM
Presence," it
becomes firm and Perfect.
The
reason I speak
of this with
such deep, earnest
feeling today is because I
see the change
and improvement
in almost
everyone; and
by special
conscious attention
directed to
this, how
much more
quickly will
each be
brought into
the Perfection
which he desires.
When
an individual has
an abnormal
abdomen, and
anything
that is
more than
straight is
abnormal, he
should raise
the left
hand in
this position,
palm up,
move the
right hand
in a rotary motion over the abdomen, moving from left to
right. Each time the hand passes over it, feel deeply the absorbing
activity.
The
quick charge
of energy
through the
hand goes
into the
cells, contracting
and reducing them into
a normal
condition. I
assure you
this Instruction
is no
idle fancy,
but is of tremendous import, and It will accomplish the
purpose for which It is used,
absolutely without question—if applied with earnest feeling.
The
consciousness, of
course, should
be that
the energy
flowing through
the right
hand is the All- Powerful, Absorbing Presence, consuming the
unnecessary cells and bringing the body into a perfect, normal
condition.
This
will not
only adjust
the abnormal
size of
the abdomen,
but will
penetrate through
the form,
charging the
intestinal activity
with a
cleansing, purifying
process which
will be of
inestimable benefit.
Those who
have found
the activity
of those
organs lazy
will find them
quickened into
normal action.
I assure
you that
the ladies
will not
need to use
rolling pins
or roll
on the
floor; also
I assure
you the
ladies are
not the
only ones who use
rolling pins.
The
unfortunate, almost
appalling condition is
that individuals, having
within them this Mighty God Presence, will give every
imaginable power to outside things to produce results within and upon
themselves, when whatever remedial agent they use, whether exercise,
drugs, or anything else,
has little effect, if any—except the quality and power they have
consciously given these agents. This treatment acts upon the cells
wherever they are, be they bones or flesh.
How
prone the
outer mind
is to
question the
ability of
this Inner
Self to
handle any
part
of
the body.
If It
will handle
one kind
of a
cell, It
will handle
all.
Make
the outer accept the Full Power of the Inner Presence, and thus
let It expand into use in all things.
The
outer mind, through long habit, has given enormous power to drugs and
remedial agents of
every kind;
but do
you not
see that
the only
thing that
does it
is the
power and authority you give it to have an effect upon your
body? I do not mean for a single instant
that individuals
who have
not become
aware of
the "I
AM Presence"
should cease all remedial agents; but if they will fix
in their minds firmly
that no outer
thing has
any power
in their
experience,
except what
they give
it, they
will begin
to rise
out of
the limitations into
which they
have placed
themselves. Here
let me
say that
ninety percent of
the power
given to
outer things
is unconsciously
given, and
even most
students are not
aware of it.
Now
to turn about and give this Great God Presence within you all power
to do the things you require and wish to do will accomplish them with
a speed and certainty far beyond what any outside remedial agent
could do. Some will grasp this idea with tremendous tenacity, while
others will require more effort; but it is surely worthwhile making
any effort to accomplish it.
Remember,
the "I AM Presence" knows all things for all eternity, in
all ways—past, present and future—without limit. If the student
would think of this Great Presence, contemplate
It, and know that
It
is all Love, Wisdom and Power, then when he fixes his attention on
something to be accomplished, he
knows this
Presence is
the open
door, the
All-powerful accomplishment, and It cannot fail.
Call
on the Law of Forgiveness, and direct the energy of the Master Self
to correct and adjust the wrong, and in that way, obtain freedom from
its reaction. You see, My Dear People,
that
there
is
so
much
unnecessary
power
given
to
the
outer
activity
and
stress
of
things which
the "I AM Presence" cares absolutely nothing about.
It is
at no
time concerned
with the mistakes of the outer self. If the individual but
understood that he could turn away
from all these discordant activities and give the "Master
I AM Presence" Within all authority
and power
to dissolve
and dissipate
the wrong
condition, he
could never
in any way feel the reactions from his wrongdoing.
When
the individual allows himself or herself to continue to criticize,
condemn or judge another of his fellow beings, he is not only
injuring the other person, but is unknowingly admitting
into
his
own
experience
the
very
element
that
he
is
seeing
wrong
in
the
other
person. The
true understanding of this will make it easy for individuals to
forever cease such undesirable
activity—when they
know that
it is
for their
own protection.
Let
us put it in another way. Whatever the conscious attention is fixed
firmly upon, that quality is
impelled into
the experience
of the
individual. Whatever
an individual
sees with deep feeling within another individual, he forces
into his own experience. This is the indisputable
proof of
why the
only desirable
feeling to
be sent
out from
any individual is
the Presence
of Divine Love—and
I mean
by that,
Pure, Unselfish
Love.
Students
ofttimes wonder
why they
have so
many conditions
in their
experience to
handle as
they become
more and
more sensitive.
It is
because they
see an
appearance
which
they have
been taught
to know
is not real, and by
allowing their attention
to become fixed upon it, they not only invite, but
force it
into their own worlds, and then have
a battle
in order
to clean
house. This
can be
avoided by
instantly taking
the attention off the appearance and knowing: " 'I AM,'
'I AM,' I KNOW 'I AM' free from this thing forever —no matter what
it is."
This
all comes, of
course, from a lack
of Self-control
in the
individual, or an unwillingness to use that Self- control to
govern the outer. There are these two distinct conditions with
students: one is willing enough
to make the effort, but
unknowingly allows his attention to become fixed on the
undesirable things. The other one, through a quality
of stubbornness,
is unwilling
to make
the necessary
effort to
conquer it.
No
teacher should at any time hold a thought of criticism about any
student, for if he does, he
will invite that
same criticism unto
himself. If
students get the
right idea about
this, they will stop it for their own protection.
If
one keeps silently seeing a discrepancy in another, it is even worse
than the spoken word, for it allows the force to accumulate. When
discrepancies are forced upon your attention, simply say to your "I
AM Presence": "There is the 'I AM Presence' within that
person, and with the human I am not concerned."
It matters
not whether
it is
a person
or inanimate
object, the
moment you
see an
imperfection,
you are
forcing
that
quality
into your
own experience.
This is
so important,
it cannot be stressed
enough.
Your
first consideration should always be to your own Divine Self —
adoration to It always. This gives you the opportunity and strength
to rise to the height where you can give
help to thousands,
where now
it can
only be
to a
few.
No
amount of service can be of any permanent benefit unless the
individual first accepts and gives adoration to his own Divine Self,
the "Mighty I AM Presence." Those who want to serve
the Light
and really do good should understand this clearly.
When
students say: "If I only had the money, what good I could do,"
it is exactly the reverse thing
that they ought
to do. If one
will enter into the
"I AM Presence,"
he will have
all the
money he
wants, and
it cannot
be kept
away from
him.
Take
the stand with everyone: "There is only the 'I AM Presence'
acting there in that person."
It
is much
better not
to touch
upon a
thing than
to give
an insufficient
explanation.
All
outer experience is but a discipline. For those who are coming into
this Work, the present training is really a finishing school or
experience; and that is why some of them feel it is a little
strenuous. All the Ascended Host feel with great Joy the Love and
gratitude poured
out to
Them, and
of course
They respond
almost without
limit.
"
'I AM'
is all
there is,
everywhere present,
visible and invisible."
The
consciousness most needed for each individual will come from time to
time as the students continue
in the
use of
this. Do
not let
yourselves strain
after things.
Just take the
calm, certain attitude of the Ascension. Calmly, quickly, lovingly
accept It, and just Be.
This avoids tension. Nothing is more powerful than this.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty, All-Pervading, Infinite Presence, "I
AM"! We give forth our Gratitude
to Thee
that we
have found
Thee, that
we acknowledge
Thee, the
All-Powerful
Creator,
making Thyself fully visible in our every need, in our full
Illumination, in our full Mastery and Dominion over all outer things.
We thank Thee that Thou art the All-
Pervading Presence, and that Thou dost, with Thy Strength and
Wisdom, impel Thy Perfection everywhere.
Discourse
21 December
12, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite
Presence! expressing
Thy Perfection
everywhere, we
welcome and praise Thy Perfect Manifestation in our lives,
homes, and worlds, that Thy Radiant Light may forever consume
everything unlike Itself, that Thy Wisdom may always direct, Thy Love
always enfold, Thy Light always illumine Thy Perfect Pathway, and
that Thou dost hold us firmly in Thy Glorious Radiance, now and
forever.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host, with Their Joy and Love for
this cooperation, and for
that which
can but
bless, illumine
and awaken.
THE
DISCOURSE
Oh
that students,
or any
individuals who
know of
the "I
AM Presence,"
could but
realize that there is no greater consciousness, no greater
activity the conscious volition can set into
action than
the recognition
and acceptance
of the
"I AM
Presence."
No
matter what
the angles
of Truth
are from
the thousands
of avenues
by which mankind
reaches out to gain greater and wider understanding, every one leads
to This which you
now have
the gracious
privilege of
knowing and understanding
and using.
Any
kind of knowledge or power is absolutely worthless unless used.
Those who will apply and enter into the use of the "I AM
Presence" with deep feeling will see and feel within
their own Beings, as they again come in contact with other channels
of understanding, how
transcendent the
knowledge of
the "I
AM Presence"
is in comparison
with all other ideas of Truth.
"I
AM" holding fast to
this idea for the students' sake, so they grasp fully the Mighty
Truth, that when they say: " 'I AM' whatever I wish to be or
manifest," they are actually setting into visible physical
activity the Mightiest Presence and Power of God which "I AM."
This differs from any
other Statement
that was ever
put into
a group of
words.
There
is no
other Statement
or group
of words
in existence
that actually
sets such power
into motion to accomplish any given purpose to which the conscious
attention is directed as does this Mighty Expression. This is why
Jesus the Christ coupled It with the most
important Statements
that He
made. If
the students
of this
Radiation will
meditate or
contemplate the
Statements that
Jesus made
upon His
own Ray
to them,
it will help
them to
grasp the
fullness, the
stupendousness of
this more
readily.
I
wish every student of this Radiation to fix firmly in his mind that
concerning these Instructions,
there may
at no
time be
a charge
ever made
for Them.
The student
is always free to make Love-gifts as his heart directs, but to
make a definite charge—under the Law by which these Instructions
are given—would close the door immediately. Just
the reason for this I may not explain to you at this time. It
is not that the laborer is not worthy
of his
hire, but
this Work
comes under
an entirely
different Activity
of the Divine Law,
which I will one day explain to the students.
Feeling
as I
do the
earnest, most
worthy desire
of some
of the
students to
come physically within this Inner Circle, or Radiance, so to
speak, I shall endeavor to explain how
it is
not possible
to be
done —
beautiful and
loving as
the desire
and radiation
of the beloved
students are.
This Beloved
Sister and
Brother have
gone through
thirty years
of
strenuous, conscious
preparation for
this Work.
The Electronic
Circle within
which this Radiation must focus would have to be entirely
rearranged and readjusted. It might require
some years
to again
bring it
to this
point—lovely and
beautiful as
the radiation of
the others is.
Each
individual has his own distinct radiation and vibratory action. While
the invisible mechanism, shall I
call it, for this Work
is in one
way very
powerful, yet in
another way, it is as delicate as a gossamer veil.
I
assure you, Beloved Students, that either My Personal Presence or My
Consciously Directed Ray is always present whenever either this
Beloved Sister or
Brother
is giving forth these Instructions. Here let
Me urge you that at
no time is it wise
for any
student under
this Radiation
to give
forth verbatim
these Instructions
to one who is not
yet under this Radiation. Extracts, verbal or otherwise, may be given
forth for the help of others, but We do not wish anyone to be so
unfortunate as to say he is authorized
to give
this forth
when he
has not
had permission
to do
so.
This
channel must
always be kept
clean, pure and
unselfish, and these
Instructions may not be
commercialized at
any time.
The application
within the
Instruction which
is given from time to time, if used sincerely, with true
feeling and confidence in the Instruction, will cause the student or
the teacher using It to become such an invincible magnet for the
Opulence and Riches of God that there will be no need to
commercialize the
Instruction for
the sake
of a
livelihood. For
any individual—whether
at first
he has the full
understanding of its meaning or not—who will be conscious that: "
'I AM' the omnipresent, limitless supply of God's Riches and Opulence
in my use," will sooner or later
come into
the full
conviction of
this Mighty Truth.
I
understand fully
how important
the financial
support of
the individual
seems to
him, but I say
to you
beloved students
that financial
support is always
as the shifting sands
until you begin to consciously apply the use of the "I AM
Presence" as your Omnipresent, Limitless Supply of either money,
Love, Understanding, Light, or Illumination. So try to receive
the full
conviction of
the Radiation
of this which
I give to
you, that
you may
use It with a certain, unwavering consciousness which will
give you forever your freedom from all financial strain.
Knowing
that the
"I AM Presence"
which you
have set
or are
setting in motion
is the same in every other individual on earth as It is in
you, and as It is in the Universe, giving you
the power and
intelligence to make
this declaration, then you
know that
whatever your conscious application implies, It is acting
everywhere, just the same as within the present application that you
make.
Heretofore
I have hesitated to
give you
this very definite
application, or explanation
of this application,
but your
earnest demand
has impelled
it forth.
I send
with this
a certain specific
Radiation which
will enable
you to
use it
with absolute
confidence.
The
student
should
always
remember
it
is
only
by
conscious
effort
that
he
can
keep
his
mind
at peace
so
this
Inner
Power
may
ffow
through
unhampered
to
the
accomplishment
of
his
desire. As
a child
in school
you were
given certain
problems to
solve, for
instance, we
will say,
in mathematics.
At the
same time
you were
given the
means by
which to
accomplish it. If
you did
not make
your application
as directed,
you of
course would
not receive
your
correct
answer.
Consequently,
you kept at it, kept trying and trying until your answer was proved.
If you did not
understand how
to go
about it,
you went
back to
your teacher
for instruction and
found what was required. So it is in the Instruction which is now
given you. This application never
has and
never can
fail in
the accomplishment
of anything
to which your
attention is directed—if you
will but
continue to apply It with
determination and
stick to
It until
results are
in your
hands or
presence.
Now
here let
Me call
your attention to a
most powerful
Explanation which
Jesus the Christ gave
you in
His own Words: that
in all
the teaching He received through
the various avenues, and I assure you, some of them were very
great, it was only His instruction,
conscientiously applied,
that finally
brought to
Him, or
revealed to
Him from Within, the many amazing, magical Statements, one of
which was: " 'I AM' the Resurrection
and the
Life." It
was this
Statement which
He used
that enabled
Him to give
the example
to humanity
which will
last throughout
the centuries.
Whatever
demand you
make of
the Universal,
All- knowing
Presence wherein
you use the Words
"I AM," it must bring the same definite, certain results
that His Statements brought Him when He declared: " 'I AM' the
Resurrection and the Life." Try earnestly to feel the mighty
importance of this.
Here
let Me
caution and
assure you
with great
emphasis, that
no matter
who or
what you are, what place
you may be in from the growth standpoint, when you make
application with
the Words
"I AM,"
you positively
cannot fail
to accomplish
that to which
you apply Them
—if you
will hold fast
with unwavering
determination.
Beloved
Students, I feel
the Great
Love sent
to Me
and never
fail to
respond to
it.
Always
first give your Great Love and Adoration to your own "I
AM Presence," the Master-Self, then to those who may be able to
assist you. Many of you are making wonderful
strides. Go
forth with
certainty in
your hearts,
always being
aware: "
'I AM' the
Conquering, Victorious
Presence in
any achievement
I desire;
that 'I
AM' now
the Full Dominion of every application that I make; that 'I AM
the Presence' always within every demand, supplying, and fulfilling
it."
There
is no mental state that shuts the door against the very thing you are
striving for like a feeling of distress about it. On the other hand,
the proper attitude is to joyously take the stand that: " 'I AM
the Presence' which enables me to see or hear with the Inner Sight
and Hearing"; and at no time to let one's self become disturbed
because another is using a faculty different from one's own, but
rather rejoice in it.
The
teacher or
student should
be quick
to realize
that no
ignorance of
the outer
activity of the
mind should have any
power at any
time to disturb
him, even though
directed at him personally.
At
all times, turn to your own "I AM Presence" and demand to
know and see clearly the plan that you should follow.
The
Masters' Pictures and the Instruction should be considered a sacred
thing to the students. Adhere
always to
the time-worn
Statement: "To
know, to
dare, to
do, and
to be silent,"
because when students begin to discuss these things with
unsympathetic individuals, they
scatter the
force instead
of holding
it within
for their
own
Illumination.
I
say this
with all
the vehemence
of My
Being: let
the student
forever remember
that it is
impossible to have a selfish desire or intent when reaching to the
"Master I AM Presence" for
Love, Wisdom,
Power and
Illumination. As
an illustration, I
might say, and
I am sure he will not object, that this good Brother is the
only student I have ever known who has completely governed that
impelling force to become a teacher—which always asserts
itself somewhere
along the
pathway of
the student.
It
is not that the desire is an unworthy one, but in so many, many
instances, the students, attempting it too soon—before they are
sufficiently fortified
mentally—meet with obstruction which they are not
able to stand against, and they become permanently discouraged from
further effort, defeating the wonderful work that they might have
accomplished later.
The
most important thing in any student's Life is the Love and Adoration
to his own "Mighty I AM Presence," with patience to the
extent that he becomes so anchored in his Mighty Presence that he is
always fortified by It.
An
individual who is a stirring-stick can do more damage in one hour
than you realize. Anyone whom you can once get to apply the "I
AM Presence" earnestly will never backslide. "I AM"
determined to keep the "I AM Presence" before the students
so they realize that they are using a Mighty Intelligence, Power and
Love—and that they are setting It into action.
Jesus
came of His own Volition and gave to the students the Way He
accomplished the overcoming of the last enemy.
It
takes enormous
strength to
stand your
ground. There
is nothing
can give
you permanent success in the outer activity except the
conscious use of the "I AM Presence." Stand adamant against
the thing that would sway you off. Take the stand often: "I know
what I
am doing
and I
am doing
it." You
may sometimes
have to
say very
strong things in
order to
shut off
interference, but
do not
be susceptible
to it.
Decide
what you
want to do and then
say: " 'I AM the Presence'
doing it." The use of
the "I AM" prevents the development of anything out
of balance. "I AM" is the All-Balance, because It is the
Power and Governing Intelligence of all Perfection. Its very Activity
compels the Balance.
The
"I AM" Command
is the activity
of the
thing that is
already there,
impelling it into
the outer
activity. There
are several
in America
now who,
if they
would take
Jesus' stand: " 'I AM' the Resurrection and the Life,"
and live in it day after day, would raise the body
as sure
as the
world. You cannot use the words "I AM" with
anything and not couple with it the power to do the thing.
There
are two
things retarding
to a
student's spiritual
growth. One
is when
the husband or
wife does
not agree
with one's
efforts, and
the other
is outside
suggestion. You
have your
"I
AM
Presence"
which
is
All-Intelligence,
so
make
yourselves
adamant
against
suggestions of
any
kind—good
or
bad.
Sometime
We will
devote an
entire Discourse
to the
wise handling
of the
psychic. There is
not one
out of
ten thousand
who understands
that the
awakening of the
sight into the
psychic plane
is not
a spiritual
thing. When
people begin
to see
on the
psychic plane,
they
are but
using the
physical sight
a little
expanded and
do not
know it.
In
the psychic
realm, the
suggestions given
offer just
enough Truth
to anchor
interest and hold the attention, until psychic forces get a
good hold on the person. This always comes through
the fascination
of the
phenomena. When
one focuses the
attention upon the
"I AM Presence," it will draw him into the fullness of the
"I AM Presence."
The
inhabitants of the elements are used for all activities of Nature,
but they do not prevent other forces acting, and they are not the
only activities in Nature. There are times when these Great Cosmic
Beings direct their attention to Nature.
Every
thought sent
forth by
an Ascended or
Cosmic Being contains within it
a Perfected Form.
If that
Being's Idea
is on
the manifestation
of snow,
or whatever
it is,
it would take
on the
Perfection which
was within His
Thought, because all
thought carries
form. Say: "
'I AM
the Presence'
entering into
and revealing
to my
outer consciousness
this activity."
Then the
outer mind
would get
the full
Inner Activity
and bring
It into
your outer activity.
When
people enter into the psychic plane, everything is distorted, and
they have no definite
proof of
the Truth.
Those beings
in the
psychic plane who
seek to
get others under
their control
begin to
prophesy, and
it is
one of
the first
things they
do. No
one can take a stand against a Messenger of the Light and not
receive the reaction into themselves, because the Light repels all
that is unlike Itself.
BENEDICTION:
Out of the fullness
of Thy Mighty Opulence, O
"Mighty I AM,"
we feel Thy Flowing Energy. We
feel Thy
Enfolding Love. We
feel Thy
Qualifying Presence,
hastening all who
turn to
Thee into
Thy Perfection.
We feel
Thy Glorious
Presence enfolding
them in Thy
Mighty Mantle
of Peace,
enabling them
to maintain
Perfect Self-control,
sustaining them
in Thy
Mighty Perfection,
that they
may manifest
Thy Mighty
Presence
—now.
Discourse
22 December
15, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite, Abiding Presence! Thy All-Pervading Light, Thy
Opulence of Substance is Omnipresent and All-Pervading. We open the
activity of the outer consciousness
into the
conscious direction
and molding
into form
of every
good thing we
desire. We give praise and thanks for Thy Intelligent Action in these
minds; with Thy Love, Thy Wisdom and Thy Power to guide them, to
raise them into all Perfection.
I
bring you Greetings from those Ascended Ones who ever minister to the
Messengers of Light, wrapping
their Mantles of
Light, Illumination
and Protection
about them.
THE
DISCOURSE
I
had not
intended to
explain quite
yet the
undesirability of
any thought
or condition
of the psychic
plane, but
the demand
compels it
to come
forth.
In
the first place, the student must understand that what is called the
psychic plane has nothing whatsoever to do with Spirituality. It is a
faculty of the human consciousness which
can be
brought into
play by
human beings
who will
give sufficient
attention to it;
but the
individual who
wishes to
reach into
the psychic
plane alone,
either consciously or
unconsciously, had
better never
been born
into that
embodiment.
The
fascination of the phenomena of the psychic plane, I assure you, is
most alluring; for those whose attention becomes firmly anchored in
the psychic plane do not loosen themselves
from it
in that
embodiment, and
it may
take several
embodiments to
free them.
In
all strata of consciousness there is a fragment of Truth
unrecognized—otherwise it would not be possible for it to be
sustained—because you must understand that in all
things and in all activities, there is some, more or less, of
the God-Energy acting, misused truly, but nevertheless active.
The
sincere student
will give
no attention
to the
phenomena of
psychic seeing
or hearing, but understands that he must push directly
through—by the power of the Inner Will
through his outer
determination—and enter within
the Electronic
Belt, where only the Truth
is expressed.
Beloved
Students! While
it is
necessary to
explain this,
I want
you to
make up
your minds not to have any fear.
Within
the psychic stratum of thought and feeling
is the principal activity of what we know as the sinister
force in this world. Sometimes souls with splendid Inner Attainment,
not understanding the True Reality of this of which I speak, have
allowed their attention
to become
drawn to
this stratum
because of
the premature
awakening of this physical faculty by a semblance of Truth
being presented to them and some phenomena—enough to hold their
attention. After the attention becomes fixed, everyone,
without exception,
will find
that semblance
of Truth
disappearing.
One
of these
attributes which
is perhaps
most fascinating
is the
false prophecies
which are made, causing the individual to make wild
prophecies, and once in awhile, one being fulfilled in order to bind
the attention more strongly. With this there is also a certain
substance which
is drawn
into the
brain. (I
may not
yet explain
further to
you.) This
makes
it impossible
even for
the Master
to interfere
to help
the individual,
because of his own
free will by which he has
accepted it. There are a few
cases, however, in which the
individual realized
the mistake
before he
had gone
too far,
and by
intense calling
to be liberated,
one of
the Brothers
was sent
to release
the individual
completely.
There
is occasionally a rare nature who, because of its great purity,
passes through this psychic stratum without ever knowing it or
contacting it. This kind of individual is very fortunate indeed. The
forces within this stratum work most directly upon the feeling
nature—and this means upon the passion of the individual, because
it is most easily reached.
Men
and women who have lost the controlling power over their passion,
which may be either sex or anger, have knowingly or unknowingly
become entangled in the psychic stratum
of thought
and feeling,
thereby opening
the doors
of their
beautiful and
wonderful Temples
of God.
Through the
open door,
the forces
within the
psychic stratum fasten
upon them,
intensifying their
own passion
into an
uncontrolled condition,
which otherwise might be controlled. Far better had such individuals
walked into a
den of
rattlesnakes, for
then they
would have
but thrown
off the
physical bodies and
been free; but once enmeshed in this psychic sphere, they are often
bound for many embodiments. Why is this? Because they make records
within their mental worlds from which
they do
not know
how to
extricate themselves.
Consequently these
souls are reborn
again with
those same
tendencies, until
after the
second or
third embodiment
they become
the depraved
creatures you see
about you
wherever you
go.
Sometimes
the influence is cunning enough to hide this from the outer world for
a long time, thus carrying on its
nefarious work, as it thinks,
in secret. Here
comes the most
heart-rending part
of this
explanations I
mean to
say, it
seems so
from the
outer sense.
On
the higher planes of activity, there are great and beautiful souls
who volunteer to go into this
stratum to
help, through
their radiation,
to break
its hold
upon humanity.
These volunteers are both masculine and feminine. More often however,
they are feminine. This
explains why beautiful souls in a feminine embodiment become united
in outer marriage with the masculine soul who has become enmeshed in
this psychic condition. Often the
individuals thus enmeshed become
most cunningly
sensitive, and with remarkable accuracy, sense conditions, thus many
times causing others with whom they
come into
contact to
temporarily think
it is
real.
If
individuals coming to the point
of being united in
marriage, man-made, would call
out to the God Within, the "Mighty I AM Presence,"
that: "If this marriage is taking place through
the desire
of passion,
then let
it never
be done,"
great grief
and torture
would thus be avoided.
Now
we come
to the
real part:
The
individuals who, through their own efforts, or through instruction
being presented to them,
get the
true understanding
of what
the "Mighty
I AM
Presence" means—that
It is the True and Mighty Self—and hold earnestly to It,
never again can they be drawn into those discordant things, unless
from their own volunteering from the Higher Planes of activity, where
they know exactly what they are doing.
War
periods more
readily than
any other
open individuals
to this
psychic plane.
Consequently
it has always been observed that after war periods there is always a
greater unleashing of the uncontrolled passion than at any other
time.
Knowing
this should
in no
wise cause
anyone to
fear this
psychic stratum.
If students find
themselves conscious of passing through it, they should instantly
take the consciousness: " 'I AM'
the Controlling Master Presence, always Victorious"; and
they will instantly find
strength to face whatever appears, and go fearlessly and serenely
through.
Jesus
suggested that this Explanation be given while the students were
under the Triple Radiation. (This Triple Radiation means that in His
Radiation, He always carries with it
the Triple Activity of the Father, Son and Holy Spirit, or the
"I AM Presence." All who apply the "I AM Presence"
are receiving the Triple Activity as long as they maintain It,
and the Triple Activity is always Self-sustained.)
Astrology
One
of the saddest things I have to say to you is that many of those
attempting to cast horoscopes are unknowingly drawing themselves into
the psychic net and are becoming sensitized
and voicing the
adverse conditions
which exist
only in
this stratum.
This
is one
of the
most unfortunate
activities because
the individual
is so
entirely unaware that
he has
opened his
door—until he
has become
so enmeshed
that no amount of
argument or reasoning will change his belief in astrology. In the
past twenty years the avenue of astrology has been used for this
purpose more than any other. Many times
through this,
the thought,
or radiation
from this
stratum, says
that certain
conditions will manifest for the individual which he cannot avoid. If
it is not said in so many words, it is
felt through the radiation. This is one of the
principal reasons why the last cataclysm of Atlantis occurred, and
why the people of Atlantis, in the great majority, refused to listen
to the Wisdom of the Masters—who prophesied from Reality the
destruction of Atlantis.
I
understand, Beloved Students, that some of you who have been so
interested in your horoscopes may think I am severe. However, such is
not the case; but My Love for you is great enough that I may speak to
you the unadulterated Truth. If you cannot believe the Truth
which I
speak to
you, then
you must
go on
your way,
for you
are individuals
of free will, which I have no desire to interfere with, except
that "I AM" privileged to point the way.
Individuals
who will cling tenaciously to the "I AM Presence" need
never, anytime, anywhere, ever
fear any
of these
things, because
It will
correct them
and hold
them steady on the True Pathway of Light, up whose Golden
Stairway they may climb with definite
precision,
into their
Full Dominion
and Perfection.
I
assure you,
Beloved Ones,
that My
Heart goes
out with
all Its
Strength to
the individuals whose
attention is held
by astrology, for they are so
unaware of
the pathway strewn
with thorns
which they
have entered
upon that
will pierce
their feet,
causing them to
cry out
in agony;
and only
when that
agony becomes
great enough
will they call out
with all their Beings
and say:
"OH GOD!
SHOW ME THE
TRUE WAY."
Beloved
Students, you
who so
earnestly seek
the Light,
know there
is but
the One
Presence
that is your Invincible Protection, and that is the "Great I AM
Presence," God in you. Do
not let
your attention
ever be
held by
these many
outer manifestations:
astrology, the
power of
numbers, spiritualism,
or any
of the
many things
that would take
your attention away from the "Mighty I AM Presence" which
is your Real Self.
If
you turn
to It at
all times, It
will lead you
in the
Pathway of
Light, strewn with
the rarest flowers whose very fragrance will enfold you with
that strength and "peace that passeth
understanding"; with
that stillness
of the
outer which
will enable
you to
enter into the Great
Silence, wherein you will
find the Greatest
Invincible Activity of
God, the "I AM Presence."
Beloved
Ones! surely you must
understand that you
cannot serve two
masters and gain any victory ahead. Having free will, you must
choose. If you choose the outer, forgetting your
"Invincible I
AM Presence,"
then My
Love goes
with you,
enfolding you
in Its
Mighty Mantle of
Protection until
such time
as you
choose to
return to
the One
God.
If
you choose your "I AM Presence" and adhere to It, then your
struggles are soon over, and you will find yourselves moving in that
Sphere of Peace, Harmony and Perfection wherein
you look upon
the outer world with great
compassion—but never
with that human
sympathy which
would stifle
your own
growth.
This
reminds us of the old, time-worn Statement: Seek ye first the
Kingdom of Heaven, and all the outer things are added, or given into
your use, under your command. That Kingdom of Heaven is the "Great
I AM Presence," the only Reality of you—who is the Owner and
Giver of all created and manifested things.
Is
it not strange, Beloved Students, that one will so long wander about
in discord and limitation, when
the Master Presence
of Light, the
"I AM Presence,"
walks by one's side
at all
times, waiting
one's decision
to turn
to It
and receive
Its Radiant,
Glorious Blessings of
Perfection in all outer
manifestation? Such
is your
privilege, O
Beloved Ones! In
spite of
all outer
activity, the
atmosphere of
the classes
is truly
divine. While
I am sorry that some have not felt the true importance
of their "I AM Presence" and that they still reach to outer
things, I but wait, enfolding them in My Love, for they have free
will. Perhaps I am
a little
old-fashioned, but
when I see
individuals that
are so
good and
so fine, I would just like to pick them up and hold them in
My Embrace until they could realize the full
importance of their
own "Mighty I AM
Presence"; but this I
may not do, for I so well
know that
all who have
any desire
left to reach
to the without
must do so until
that desire
is no longer
apparent.
The
students must
understand that
they cannot
divide their
attention between
the "I AM
Presence" and outer things, for it is a house divided against
itself and must sooner or later fall. All greatness is dependent on
the "I AM Presence," and It is the governor of the form,
or should
be. In
It is
all strength,
courage and
power. Those
blessed children!
If they could only realize fully what a privilege stands at
their doors and how in a comparatively short time they could gain
freedom from all
limitation.
This
Dictation-. The situation is this: when students ask if
they might listen to these Dictations
themselves, they
are entitled
to the
explanation of
what is
necessary for Work
of this kind —for it is most unusual, We know.
The
fact is
that the
One God
is always
Perfect, always
was, is
now, and
always will
be —
and
the "I AM" is that
Presence; but if
they have not been
aware of this, the
body and brain of
the student
must go
through a
period of
adjustment. That
adjustment of
the outer self
takes weeks, months, or
years to accomplish,
according to the
requirement of the
student.
Never
in the history of the preparation of students has the Master ever
allowed them to come within His own Inner Electronic Circle. The
students come, or are taught the application,
but they
never come
into the
Inner Electronic
Circle of
the Master
Himself.
The
Electronic Circle
prepared here
for this
Work has
required thirty
years of
preparation, and
no matter
how beautiful
the Radiation
and Love
of an
individual are, We
do not
have the
time to
prepare and
adjust the
atomic structure
of the
brain and body of
the students at this period of world crisis; but
with their sincere
determination and use of the "I AM Presence," they will be
prepared for
the "Presence of the Ascended Host."
The
atomic structure
is a
mechanical instrument,
and the
innumerable parts
must work in
harmony and
perfect cooperation
with each
other. The
students do
not understand that
when a
certain definite,
specific Work
is to
be done,
there must
be definite
preparation for it. For illustration, take one who by nature is
endowed with an unusual quality for giving forth lectures in public:
if he is to have the Assistance of the Ascended Host, there must be
special preparation for it. The individual would be so prepared that
from twenty
minutes to
half an
hour before
the lectures,
that one
would be
enclosed in a
Tube of
Light into
which nothing
entered except
the Radiation
of the
Inspiring Master.
BENEDICTION:
Out of the fullness
of our Hearts,
O Mighty Presence,
we give
praise and thanks
for Thy Love, Wisdom and Power. We give praise and thanks for the
Mighty Rays that have
gone out
to each student
today. We give
thanks for the intensity
of this focus that
quickens the
assurance within
the students
of the
Truth of
their "Mighty
Presence of the I AM," which is the True Self. Strengthen
them, each one, with that firm determination to hold to that One
Presence which is all Freedom, all Perfection, Eternal Youth and
Beauty.
NOTES
Q.
Is the
God Meru
large of
stature?
A.
The God Meru is about seven feet, and of the most wonderful
proportion. The God Himalaya is about seven feet two inches. The God
Tabor is about eight feet. He comes from a very, very ancient race of
people.
Discourse
23 December
19, 1932
CHRISTMAS
PREPARATION
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Intelligence! Thou who dost have Power
over all things! We
welcome Thy All-Pervading Presence, Thou All- Pervading Life, the
animating Principle of
every human being.
We give
thanks that, " 'I
AM' the
Great and Mighty
Presence"; that
" 'I
AM' anchored
in the
heart of
every one
of God's
children, fulfilling
the Perfect
Plan in
spite of
all resistance
of the
outer activity
of the
mind."
We
give praise and thanks that the conscious direction of Thy Mighty
Energy is sufficient by those of understanding to bless and to
prevail with Thy Wondrous Light and Intelligence everywhere.
I
bring you Greetings from the Great Host, and personally from Jesus,
who will again speak to you over His Ray today.
THE
DISCOURSE BY
BELOVED JESUS
In
the Fullness of My Love, I come to you again today over the Great
Light and Sound Ray, this time to
direct consciously
the Healing Ray
to every
one of
the students.
This Ray I will sustain for two weeks every day, that they may
have the Radiance of the Healing
Power.
In
My Ministry to mankind among the
hills of Judea, I
stirred the latent
memory within the Inner Records of mankind, and its Work is
still going on today. I wish the students to understand
that preceding
all conscious
healing upon
My part,
within My
own mind
I was always conscious that: " 'I AM' the only Healing
Presence" and, as that "Unlimited I AM Presence," I
had the Right, the Power, and the Ability, through that Presence, to
command all
outer activity
of the
mind to
be silent
and obey
Its Command.
Thus
when I
spoke to
individuals, I
spoke with
that Authority
of the
"I AM
Presence," which I recognized as the Only Intelligence
and Power acting, or that could act. I was
conscious of
the outer
activity of
the minds
of those
of humanity
about Me,
but as
I said to
you before,
it was
only when
I began
using, "
'I AM'
the Resurrection
and the
Life," that the
fullness of
My Mission,
and how
it was
to be
fulfilled was
entirely revealed.
This is
the particular
point I
wish to
stress with
the students
today: that
within each one
of them
is the
same "Mighty
I AM
Presence" which
I used
to accomplish
the Perfection
of that
Mighty Presence.
This seemed
to humanity
at that
time the
performing of miracles.
However, I
assure you,
it was
but consciously
setting into
action and
use Cosmic Laws
that are
ever about
you—to be
set into
activity through
conscious direction.
The mistake
that students
make and
which delays
their achievement
is in
feeling that they
are acting
a falsehood
in declaring
the Perfection
they do
not yet
see manifest
in their appearance or activity. I tell you sincerely from My
own Experience that we must acknowledge
the
One
Presence,
Intelligence
and
Power,
then
claim
It
as
our
own
in
our
every thought
and activity. It
is the
only way
this Mighty
Perfection can
be brought
into the outer
appearance and
the fullness
of your
use. Because
that Perfection
has not
yet appeared—seemingly—should
not deter
you from
applying and
claiming Perfection
as your own,
for anyone
with average
intelligence has
but to
stop and
think that
the
Energy,
the Life- Principle which he is using, is God, the "Mighty I AM
Presence." Therefore, Its Presence, Power, and Energy is always
Self-sustaining. In the claiming of this Mighty Presence and
Activity, you consciously set It into action in your Life, home,
world and
affairs. Today,
as in
the time
of My
Attainment, the
financial struggle
seems to be most weighing; and yet within the reach of your
conscious manipulation and
direction of the Mighty Energy, Substance and Opulence about
you, you
have
everything with
which to
draw to
you that
Wondrous, Omnipresent
Opulence of
God.
When
you say
"I AM,
" you
are stirring
that into
action
to fulfill
your
conscious
demand. One
of the first and
mightiest things that
became clear in My consciousness was My ability, everyone's ability,
to qualify this energy, consciously directed, with whatever the
seeming need demanded. Thus the energy may produce for your use,
gold, silver, money, food, clothing, means of conveyance, or whatever
the conscious demand is.
All
this you
must claim
with determined
conscious effort
which knows
that in the
conscious demand
is the
"I AM
Presence"
speaking
and acting.
Therefore, It has all
Power and Authority to
clothe whatever
the demand
is with
Its kind.
In
the consciousness that you are the "I AM Presence" acting
at all times, you then
must know that you are, that moment of
recognition, an invincible magnet of attraction—which causes every
activity of the Universe to rush to you to fulfill the demand. The
only reason it does not seem to be so is because somewhere in your
consciousness there is a feeling of uncertainty,
either of
your ability,
of your
authority, or
the Omnipresence
of It
to act; but
I assure
you, as
one having
attained and
having gone
through the
complete process of
attaining, that it is a pleasure, the privilege of Myself and Others,
to place before you these simple Laws, yet Mighty and Invincible in
their activity—which will give you Freedom
and Dominion
over all
the things
that seem
to be
such a
mountain
of
obstruction in your way. As you continue to accept and use these Laws
in your activity, you will find that you are attaining Dominion, not
only over the one element, but all four
elements—earth, water,
air, and
fire.
When
you have
become conscious
of the
"Flame of
your
Divinity,"
you are
acting from
the highest of
the four elements, which is Fire, and the True Activity of
Spirit.
As
the conscious activity is
to the unconscious, so is
the Conscious Use
of the
Flame to the
recognition of the Light. The natural element of your soul is the
"Flame," accounting for the
ancient Fire
and Sun worship.
When one
becomes conscious that he
has, is, can use and
direct this Consuming
Flame, he has entered into
Mighty Power.
When
one becomes conscious that he has Dominion over the four elements,
he has
but to
practice
its
use
to
become
conscious
that
he
may
direct
the
lightning,
master
the
storm,
control the
waters, and
walk in
the midst
of the
fire
unharmed.
Will you
kindly tell
Me how
any being can
have the
use of
anything until
he acknowledges
it —and
knows that
he has the
ability to
make it
his servant in
use?
Then
by the
practice of
its use,
he becomes
absolutely invincible
in its
direction. I
wish so earnestly to make clear to you that
you are being given and taught
the exact Laws
which I used—and which
everyone who has
attained the Ascended
State must
use.
It
is all
a matter
of use,
once you
know of
these Laws,
and that
the "I
AM Presence"
which
you are
has all
Intelligence, Power
and Authority
to consciously
direct the
energy through the outer
activity of your
mind. Then do
not fear to
use It to
heal, to
prosper, to bless
and to enlighten your fellowman.
Erase
from your mind forever that there can be any selfishness in your
conscious recognition that
the "I
AM Presence"
is directing.
It matters
not what
you require
for your attainment,
wherein it
makes you
more able,
or of
greater ability
and power
to bless. Then do you not see that there can be no selfishness
in the desire for this greater attainment and Perfection? For any
individual to feel that he must wait upon the
attainment of another is a great mistake. Individuals may
attain only through their own conscious
effort in
this wonderful
recognition. No
one can
grow for
another or
attain for another,
but each
may be
of immense
help to
the other
by knowing
with intensity:
" 'I AM' the only Presence and Intelligence acting within
that individual" for the one you wish
to help.
This may
be qualified
with whatever
the person
seems to
need most.
Every
individual's first duty is Adoration and Love to the "One
Mighty I AM Presence," which is everywhere present.
Do
you not see how in this,
it is a joyous privilege
to love your so-called enemy, because:
" 'I AM' the only Real Presence and Activity anywhere!"
If the ignorance of the outer activity of the mind seems to have
created disorder, pain and limitation, then you know
that the
miscreation has
no power
of its
own. There
is nothing
but the
wrong belief
of the individual
to sustain
it; consequently,
it has
no Self-sustaining
power.
If
you have
been unfortunate
enough to
create in-harmony,
disorder, limitation,
then can you not see that you alone, through the Power of your
"I AM Presence," the Consuming Flame, must consciously call
on the Law of Forgiveness, consume through
that Flame of Life which you are, everything in your world
which you have wrongly created?
This
should easily make it clear to you how you set about to cleanse your
world of its disorder and its mistaken
creation. Then you
stand forth, clothed with
the Sun, the
Light of Eternal
Life, Youth,
Beauty and
Opulence, holding
within your
hand for
instant use the
Scepter of Power of the "I AM Presence," which you are.
It
is important to know that this One Mighty Energy does all things
according to the quality
you give It, or the wish you want fulfilled.
One
thing students should be intensely conscious of, and that is: "
'I AM' the Eternal, Harmonizing
Presence
and Activity everywhere I move, and of everything to which my thought
is directed." This, constantly used with the feeling of
Its Invincible Power, will keep the atmosphere of your world purified,
harmonized, and held in readiness for any conscious direction
to go
forth with
great speed
to its
accomplishment.
When
you wish to speak with authority, silently to or of another
individual, speak his given
name, and you will find the help, the energy sent, much more easily
received. It is like calling the attention of a person to whom you
wished to speak. Naturally, your first impulse is, if
you are going to speak to one of
the family, you first
say Don, Mary, or Dick, to
get his
or her
attention; and
then you
proceed to
give your
message. So
it is when
directing the energy silently.
Within
the Inner
World, in
this recognition
and use
of the
"I AM
Presence," knowing
that: " 'I AM' everywhere present," you see how you may
speak to one across the earth through the "I AM Presence"
as readily as though that one stood in the room in your physical
presence.
I
warn you, if you attempt to use this Knowledge to harm another, then
remember that through your own soul and body will pass the bolt, or
your intent to another. Try always to remember that you are not human
beings so-called, but you are Gods and Goddesses in embryo—which
through the conscious effort you can bring into Full Dominion.
I
say to you, Beloved Students of Light: Arise! Awaken! to the fullness
of your God- Dominion. Fearlessly use the conscious knowledge and
direction of this "Mighty I AM Energy" for your freedom,
prosperity, blessing and enlightenment. Each of you is a glittering,
dazzling Jewel of Light projected into a world of chaos and darkness,
that the Radiance of your Light may expand, expand, and again expand,
that all darkness of the earth be consumed in this Mighty Radiance of
the "I AM Presence," which you are.
Do
not hesitate, Beloved
Children! Grasp this Scepter of
your Power and Dominion! Use It to heal, to bless, to prosper,
to enlighten, and you will find all earthly things bowing before you
and rushing to fulfill
your slightest demand.
Such,
Beloved Ones, Beloved Brothers and Sisters, the "One Mighty
Presence, which 'I AM,' " is the Conscious Ability I convey to
you this day—with its Self- sustaining Strength, Courage, Power and
Enlightenment—to go forth, attaining your Freedom now with
these Personal
Rays which
I project
to each
of you
for these
two weeks.
I assure you, these
Rays are no idle fancy, but a tangible Current of Energy containing
in It all things, and blessing you according to your acceptance.
I
clothe you in this Mantle of Light—within It is all Power. I hold
you close in My Mighty Embrace,
and "
'I AM' with
you every
hour."
Saint
Germain:
Again have you
been blest by that
Electrifying Presence.
I need
not add to it
unless there are questions.
When
you realize
that "I
AM" is
the only
Presence, Power,
and Ability
to think
in your brain
cells, and
you are
accepting only
the Activity
of the
"I AM
Presence," then
you make
It the
All-Power, fulfilling
every outer
desire. Therefore
if you
desire something
needful in the outer activity,
it is
the "I
AM
Presence"
producing
it through
your
conscious demand—which
has
nothing
to
do
with
so-called
human
desire.
Say
often: " 'I
AM' always
loving obedience
unto the
Light."
Everything
will become more alert, more quickened, and more powerfully protected
as you use the "I AM
Presence" more and more.
The
Great
Central Sun
Magnet: The
more one
is conscious
of this
Great Magnet
working, the more
powerfully It
acts in his own
sphere.
An
awakened individual
never uses
a
destructive
force. When the Master of Suerne projected the
force and
the army
was killed,
he simply
projected it
for the
protection of
his people, and
the destructive
qualities which
the others
brought with
them to
slay and
kill qualified
the force
sent out
by the
Master, and
it destroyed
those who
sent their
destructive qualities
out. You
can see
how easily
it would
do that,
when they
came to
destroy.
Every
individual, if he has understanding, has a right to protect himself.
The students should always be taught never to judge the Action of a
Greater Intelligence than themselves.
When
phenomenon is produced by an Ascended Master, the Activity so
transcends the intelligence
witnessing it
that it
is most
difficult for
them to
be sustained
in the acceptance
of the
actual Truth
of It.
It is
utterly impossible
to satisfy
the outer
activity of the mind.
Projected
vision: The etheric record is reclothed in substance. You cannot
reclothe a record of scenes except in their own environment. The
individual's record goes with him wherever he
goes and can be
reclothed anywhere he
is.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Presence! Thou Wondrous Brother of Light,
Wisdom, Love
and Power!
We give
thanks for
Thy Radiant
Presence, glorifying
all who look
to Thee,
and in
that Glorious
Presence, we
send to
all mankind
Thy Enfolding
Light, lifting them
into Thy
Presence always.
Discourse
24 December
22, 1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Infinite,
All-Loving Presence!
We feel
Thy Peace,
Thy Love
and Thy Wisdom
pervading all—everywhere. Knowing there is but the One Mighty
Presence of which we are a part, we know Thou art omnipresent,
pouring Thyself forth, filling every need
on demand,
lifting the
consciousness of
mankind unto
Thee, and
holding it anchored
there until the "Light of Eternal Life" fills all Beings
with Its Radiance, carrying them forward with that Inner Impulse to
eternal, permanent recognition of the "Great I AM."
I
bring you Greetings from the Great
Ascended Host and
especially from Nada, Cha Ara, Chan, and Diana, Goddess of Fire.
THE
DISCOURSE
As
the consciousness of the students is raised into the activity of the
higher, or Fire Element,
everything in
their Beings
begins to
act with an
intensity that
many times
they do not understand; and as they begin to work more from
the Fire Element standpoint, the more necessary it is to keep up the
guard.
The
training which We are endeavoring to give forth to bless, protect and
enlighten the students is
to train
one's self
to be
on guard
at all
times; and
while all
should understand and with every effort use the "I AM
Presence" to maintain Self-control, yet if something happens
unexpectedly, to stand serene in spite of it. Use the Statement
frequently: " 'I AM the Presence' on guard." If something
unexpected happens, just say: "We will dismiss this," and
go on in that joyous happiness. Try not to have any feeling,
but to know: " 'I AM the Mighty Presence' governing
everyone's activity."
Whenever
there is a Center of Light of the Intensity of this focus, there is
always the disturbing element
that would seek
to enter through someone.
If you
are working about
the house, keep using: " 'I AM' proof against any sudden
disturbance." This sets up a certain
armor that
will keep
the atmosphere
harmonized.
Use
often: "
'I AM
the Presence'
which nothing
can disturb."
Always
hold yourselves
in a
joyous, calm
attitude, regardless
of anything
that takes place.
For
one you wish to help, say: "Here pal, through the 'I AM
Presence,' we give you the strength
to control that."
The very marvelous
manner and radiation of
your two classes this week
was the
most remarkable
thing I
have ever
seen in
classes of
students. The great
Love and
Harmony within
the hearts
of these
students, maintained
a sufficient length
of time,
makes almost
anything possible.
It is
a rare
thing. Here
are three
classes in which the same Love and Harmony is maintained.
Do
you feel
the Great
Wave of
Peace and
Joy that
came like
a breath
of a
spring morning? I will explain, so you may see how
far-reaching is that wonderful, Loving Care. The Great
Master whom Jesus contacted and who enabled Him
to gain the Victory
is the same One
who was
My Teacher,
and It
was His
Radiation which
came just
now. He wishes
Me to
tell you
that: "As
you pass
along the
Pathway of
Light, you
will find
the easiest way
to overcome
disturbance is
to turn
away from
a thing—and
forget it."
You
may
have this
Master's Name
later.
To
wrong activities say: "That is not correct," and then
quickly pass it off. This avoids a disturbance which builds.
As
we reach into the Light, we are one Great Family. Knowing that there
is but the "One Great I
AM Presence" everywhere,
you, being the individualization
of That, there
can only be the one Great Family, Children of the One God.
In
the very
first place,
let this
be understood:
if a
worthy individual
is critical,
say with very
definite certainty:
"There is
no one
who wishes
to intrude
this upon
your free
will. We do
not mind
sincere questioning,
but we
do not
tolerate criticism
nor argument."
The Messenger
must refuse
acceptance to
the discordant
things by pouring
out the
Love Element, so
the discord
may be
consumed. The
Messenger must
be fortified
or else
the work is
left half
undone. No
class or
work of
the Messenger
can be
sustained if
the Messenger allows argument
or discordant feeling
to generate.
It
is very
difficult for the
average individual to understand
that the quickest way to
stop any kind of disturbance is
to stop discussing
it.
The
thing in your own aura is
the only thing that
needs attention.
The thing recorded
in your atmosphere can
only come through your feeling.
The
spoken word,
unless there
is a
sense of
condemnation or
anger back
of it,
will not record
inharmony on your Inner atmosphere.
Of
the two
undesirable conditions,
it is
far better
that one
explode and
get a
thing off his
mind than
to hold
the feeling
within of
resentment, or
of being
hurt, for
that is what
registers on
your Inner
Atmosphere. From
My standpoint,
I see
what is
registering
in your
feelings,
and therefore on the Inner Atmosphere.
You
know how
a carbuncle
forms. Well! Let me
tell you
that in
your mental world
exactly the same thing takes place as the physical carbuncle
expresses on the physical body.
It
is most important to do something to keep yourselves from harboring a
feeling against persons, places, things or conditions, for
these build and record on the Inner Atmosphere.
If the desire
comes:. "I wish so and so would do this or that," check it
immediately and say: "There is only God in action there."
When
a feeling is registered in your atmosphere, it is anchored
there until you dissolve or consume it. It
is always
the feeling
that makes
the Inner
record.
There
is no use consuming a thing if you do not break the habit of
generating the cause. One can
easily conquer
this by
saying: "
'I AM'
in command
here." Do
not let
your
feelings run
rampant.
Many
times individuals are brought together for the sole purpose of
compelling them to correct these
subtle activities
which most
people pay
no attention
to whatsoever.
This is a
matter of
stilling the
outer in
order that
the Truth
may be
received. This
is so
vital in the
individual's Self-correction.
As
you rise
in consciousness,
the energy
is waiting like an
avalanche for
expression; and if the
energy is not controlled,
it will
rush in
and cause you
to do things that you
would not have done for the world. Whatever energy is given
into your use is to be sent out harmoniously. That is the Natural Law
of
your Being.
If
one does not understand that he is to govern the energy flowing
through him and he contacts a discordant element, the energy flowing
through becomes qualified by that discord, and he should immediately
either check it or requalify it with Love. In my experience, if I met
a discordant element, I simply said: "Here! I shut my door—you
stay out."
The
Universal energy flowing through you is naturally harmonious. Shut
your door and then figure
out who's
the matter.
People
resist persons, places, conditions and things
because they have not mastered themselves. The students
must maintain this Self-governed harmony within themselves long
enough to
let the
momentum be
created—which becomes
the permanent
guard.
If
one will
maintain harmony
within himself,
I tell
you, he
will draw
all good
things unto him.
The unfailing
prompter is
that the
moment one
expresses some
kind of discord,
he is
to realize
that he
is the
one to
blame. There
needs to
be no
written thing to
warn anyone.
The
moment there
is something
discordant, it
is the
prompter warning
you to
get busy on
yourself. Each individual
is his own guard
and prompter at all
times.
There
is only One Power in the world that can correct anything, and that is
the "I AM Presence" in each one. If you refuse to recognize
that you are the creators of your own disturbance, how
can you
ever correct it
or be free
from it?
There
is no
person, place,
condition or
thing that
warrants your
ever being
disturbed, with the
ever- present
"I AM
Presence" beating
your hearts
each moment
and Who
is ever All-powerful.
If
one will correct himself on these discordant feelings, he will let
the "Great I AM Presence" flood his world with all
Perfection. If the individual will not correct himself, how can he
ever gain the Eternal Victory?
The
"I AM Presence" is the All-power of the Universe to make
this correction. Let the "I AM Presence" flow until It
washes everything clean.
When
your attention is fixed firmly upon the "I AM Presence,"
which you are, it is as though
your body were a fine sponge through
which this Pure
Energy is pouring, cleansing it of all imperfection.
If
you will stop the discord, the "Stream of the 7 AM Presence' "
automatically cleanses away all impurities. You thus have an
Unlimited Power in your hands to intensify your right commands.
Even
from the
scientific standpoint,
knowing that
the cells
of the
body are
renewed in less
than a year, if the discord could be shut off for one year, the mind
and form would express Eternal Youth and Perfection.
Either
from a
sense of
false pride
or
something,
humanity
will not
face the
Truth that
the cause is
within themselves.
The habit
of always
blaming the
other fellow
for what
has happened to
you is
the thing
that blinds
you to
the Truth
and prevents
Self-correction.
A
wonderful illustration
of this
is in
the beautiful
child-form. Until
the child
is old enough to
begin to register the discord about it, its body is beautiful and
expresses Perfection. This
Perfection of
form would
always be
maintained if
there did
not enter
into
the consciousness of the child the discord of the outer world. There
are those who would say
to me,
"What about
the child
that is
born sickly
and disturbed?"
In most cases, that
is a condition brought over from the preceding embodiment, or in rare
cases, where there
is intense
discord between
the parents,
this may
be intense
enough to register
upon the child; but if you will notice in cases of that kind, as the
child begins to grow and
develop, it
will show
less and
less of
that disturbance.
That is
absolute proof the
discord was
not of
its own
creation, but
was imposed
upon it
by the
parents, because the
soul was strong
enough to
rise out
of it.
In
this particular point, one should understand the amazing conditions
of suggestion by which individuals are constantly surrounded.
For
instance, let
us take
the environment
and association
of individuals
who have
been in the habit of going together. In that friendly
association, each one is susceptible to the suggestion from the
other. If it be discordant, then that association will be broken up
sooner or later by one grand row. However, seventy-five per
cent of the individuals moving
about in
the outer
world are
not aware
that they
are taking
on suggestion—
either from
association, environment,
or conditions
out-pictured before
them.
The
correct attitude
of the
student who
becomes aware
of his
"I AM
Presence" is
immediately to take the firm stand that: " 7 AM'
invincibly protected
against any
imperfect suggestion."
Thus one
can build
about himself
an atmosphere
which will
immediately repel all
suggestions that
seek to
intrude wherein
there is
a destructive
element.
I
think it
necessary to call
your attention to
your old copy books
which said: "If
at first you don't
succeed, try, try again." There is no way to gain Victory and
Dominion over limitation except to keep at it until you accomplish
it. If you question your accomplishment, you
are postponing your
Victory that much
longer.
Those
students who
really begin
to understand
that in
the recognition
and use
of their "I AM
Presence" they have the Universal Power at their command, then
they know it is impossible to fail in their application, because the
more they use It, the more of Its sustaining Power they have.
Every
time you feel a Christ
Manifestation, say: "I praise Thee and accept
the Light of Thy
Presence, the 'Full I AM Activity.' " Take this attitude always,
and then you shut the door to
any undesirable
creation from
those who
have passed
on.
Always
remember that you
are the Master of what
shall come into
your thought world, and
unless you
realize that
you are
the Master,
you are
susceptible to
all kinds
of thoughts and feelings.
For
others, know:
" 'I AM'
the Presence
taking
.......
into accomplishment."
If
you give
attention
to a
condition
of
disturbance,
you are
giving
power to
something
else but
your "I
AM
Presence.”
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty,
Infinite "I
AM Presence"!
We rejoice
in Thy
Ceaseless Outpouring, Thy Enfolding Presence, protecting and
governing the Life of these beloved students.
Help them
to enter
into the
Fullness of
Thy Presence
with no
uncertainty, that
they may bless mankind wherever they may be or go. Intensify Thy
wondrous Light
within
the outer
activity, that
each one
may become
a great
channel to
heal, to
bless, to prosper,
and to enlighten.
Discourse
25 December
25, 1932
CHRISTMAS
DAY
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Infinite "I AM Presence"! from Thy Ancient Sanctuary,
we find Thee pouring forth Thyself into manifestation with conscious
intelligent expression, that Thy Perfection be manifest in all phases
of Life; and that all of earth which has been wrongly qualified by
mankind be raised into that Ascended State—Thy Eternal Perfection.
I bring you Greetings,
and especially
from the
Retreat in
Arabia, that
Great Center
of training for the
use of the Mighty Rays.
I
have two
surprises for
you today.
I say
"I," because
We are
all One.
I
trust that I need no introduction as I speak to you over the Light
and Sound Ray. Nada speaks:
THE
DISCOURSE
How
beautiful this day always seems to Us in the Consciousness conveyed
to humanity— representing that birth of the Christ Activity in all
mankind; and to the students who have become aware of what the use of
the "I AM Presence" means to them in setting into motion
Love and Intelligence to do their bidding, according to their
direction of that Limitless Power.
So
long individuals
have wondered
how to
attain the
Christ Consciousness.
The first
mighty step is in the recognition of the "Great I AM
Presence," God dwelling in you. The second step is in the use of
that "I AM Presence," for when you say "I AM,"
with the understanding of what It means, you have then and
there entered into the Christ Consciousness.
It
does not mean you immediately express the fullness of that Christ
Consciousness, for you must first know where you are going and what
you wish to do before you can accomplish it.
All
the Ascended Ones have gone the same path and use identically the
same application, because all roads lead to the Great Central Sun,
the God-Head.
Our
Beloved Brother
Jesus performed one
of the
greatest Blessings
to mankind
in not only setting
the example from his birth and achieving the Ascension, but in making
the Eternal Record that stands radiant, pouring Itself to humanity.
Little can the unascended realize what this means to mankind. It is
an Eternal Beacon, beckoning them on into the Light,
and in
the example
of the
Ascension, Jesus
stated definitely
not only
what could be
done, but what must
eventually
be done.
Great
as were
the wonders
He was
able to
perform, He
gave the
marvelous promise
that: "Even greater things than these shall ye do." Many
times students wonder what greater
things could
be performed
than Jesus
did, but
He tells
us that
He only
performed a few
of the Universal Services which can be rendered to our fellowmen.
To
Us this day always symbolizes the conscious beginning of that most
marvelous of all achievements—the
Ascension. The
moment the
individual becomes
conscious of
this fact, the
process of
his own
Ascension has
started, and
according to
the fullness
of his
grasp of this
Truth, may
the individual
accomplish it
quickly, or
require time
to do
it.
My
personal experience has been that when I became aware of what it
meant and began the use of
the "I AM Presence," I found that shortly I was entirely
unaware of time or place; and that each day, as I entered more fully
into this expansion of consciousness, I found that all things of my
desire were right within reach, mark you, right within my
individual, governing
power; and
with it
came the
consciousness that
Divine Love
was the Mighty
Cohesive Power holding all things together and in place—that this
Divine Love within Me of which I had begun to learn made Me an
Invincible Magnet for everything upon which My desire rested.
This
simple Truth
is one
of the
Mightiest that
first comes
to the
student. At
first It causes
one to realize that really he can rise above these seeming
limitations about him and then he finds, one by one, that
he is
actually doing it.
Then
comes the
Great Inrush
and Outpouring
of this
Mighty Self
Within, which
holds the substance
of everything
the heart
can wish
within Its
Own Embrace.
And your ability
and authority,
mark you,
to qualify
and mold
this substance,
is that
which causes it to
take on the form of your requirement, whether it be peace, Love, gold
or enlightenment.
I
say to
the beloved
students: Awake,
O Beloved
Students, to
your
authority,
to your
right, to
your
conscious
ability to
apply this
Great Law to your
Perfect health, eternal
youth and beauty, the riches of God, the glorifying of your mind and
body, and then to Ascend into the Arisen Dominion, into your Eternal,
Everlasting Freedom.
After
you begin
to find,
step by
step, that
you are
accomplishing, then
you begin
to forget all
this outer
condition surging
about you—in
the glorious
feeling of being
held in the Great
Embrace of that Mighty Master-Self Within, which
never has
and never
will give
cognizance
to
time
or
space.
You
are the Master and
have Dominion in your
Life and over
your world
the moment
you recognize that the Energy, Power and
Intelligence which you are using is the "Mighty I AM Presence."
How
fortunate indeed are those individualizations upon earth who become
aware, really aware, of this Truth.
Jesus
said: "Know the Truth, and the Truth shall make you free."
This is one of the mightiest
phases of that
Truth. Apply It, O Beloved
Ones, with full
determination, shutting out all uncertainty from your minds,
and you will climb steadily that Jeweled Ladder of Achievement; and
as you look back upon each step gained, more and more will that
Blazing Radiance shine forth, and you will
wonder, "How could I have gone so long in the shadow,
when above me stood this Mighty Flame of Life, ready to consume
instantly all my unfortunate, ignorant creation?" I tell
you, Beloved Ones, that you
do not
have to wait
indefinitely in
the recognition
of this
Mighty Presence.
Fold your arms
about It in all the adoration you can command, and
It will raise you quickly out of all these seeming limitations,
clothing you in that "Seamless Crystal Garment," blazing
with Radiant Light and held
with a
Jeweled Girdle
that it
is your
right to
wear; and
in your
hand that Blazing
Scepter of Dominion, the Searchlight of your Mighty Soul, which you
can turn upon anything, upon any place, upon any height, and draw to
you the revelation from within
It. Such,
Beloved Brothers
and Sisters,
is the
picture of
Achievement which
We
have
used and
attained. Such
We know
you can
do, because
We have.
Never
grow weary of the Consciousness that: " 'I AM' the Ascended
Presence"; and when you say that, know: "It is the
Self-sustaining, emanating
Strength
by which
I reach
my Full
Dominion."
It
makes Me very happy to be home again—for the happiness in your
hearts—to see the many rungs
of the
ladder you
are past;
and that
you have
the conscious
consciousness that you can achieve the Greatest of God's
Gifts, the Fullness of Himself.
CHA
ARA
It
is with much Joy that I too may say a few Words over the Light and
Sound Ray to you, and to
answer in
person the
many calls
of the
hearts to
Cha Ara.
I
do have many a good laugh in moving about among the students who have
so much longing that I make myself visible to them; and yet some of
them, upon the slightest movement
unusual, catching their breaths lest
I do. You know, it is
most comical: the outer
activity of
the self
wants a
thing so much,
and at
the same
time experiences
all kinds of prickly sensations about it; but Beloved Ones, I
say this: I may not appear nearly so
frightful as you
might think!
So trust
Me at
least to
have a
pleasing form or
appearance, and at the same time, for the benefit of the dear
sisters, I shall endeavor to bring along some Attar of Roses.
Q.
From Kashmir?
A.
That would
be quite
appropriate.
Q.
Why not
your own
brand?
A.
You are
very alert.
I do
not need
to purchase
it as
you do,
for I
am privileged
to brew My Own.
May
I add
a word
to the
beloved students,
commending them
and urging
them to continue
that wonderful, glorious "Presence of Love" and goodwill,
not only to Us but to each other, because it makes a wonderful
condition in which the expansion of consciousness goes on in leaps
and bounds.
I
must commend them on the
feeling of certainty
within themselves in the accepting of Our Presence, and the
consciousness of their ability to apply the Law of their "I AM
Presence," for it is increasing with great speed.
Do
not be discouraged in your call for Our visible appearance. While Our
hearing is perfectly good,
I assure
you, yet
in that
call is
something that
you require.
In the
call for
a thing is a certain vibratory action that the student needs, which
cannot be explained except as you see it from the Inner Action.
AMERICA
O
America! Precious Jewel in the crown, the diadem of earth, that
Flower of Ancient Wisdom and Light! Again you shall come into the
power of your full bloom —in spite of all
the seeming
obstructions and
appearances to
the contrary
at present.
Within thy
soul, O
Mighty America!
is the
strength to
shake thyself
free from
the barnacles
that have attached themselves to thee—the barnacles of
selfishness, and the creation of the outer
activity of
the mind
of unawakened
human beings.
So shall
you again
come into
the
fullness of
that Light
which is
your birthright.
Beloved
Students of this
Radiation: no matter what the
appearance seems to
be in
the outer activity, do not
allow that
appearance to find
anchorage in
your consciousness, or the suggestions from others concerning
America.
Stand
serene in
your God-given
Dominion, knowing
the Truth,
seeing America
free,
governed
by Divine
Love and
Justice.
The
net that
the sinister
force of
earth has
seemed to
draw America
into will
yet find the
"Sword of Truth and Light" sever the net each way, making
of it the Open-Ended Cross
of Freedom, of Light and Justice.
The
most valuable
thing in
the individual's
Life in
the things
which he
cannot help
is to shut
his eyes
to the
appearance of
them, acknowledge
and set
forth into
action the Mighty
Power of the "I AM Presence." Do you not see, Beloved
Students, how very, very foolish
it is
to keep
accepting the
appearance, through
suggestion or
otherwise, which
you do
not want,
whether it
is national,
state, or
personal, when
you have
such an
extraordinary privilege of setting into activity the "Mighty I
AM Presence" to correct whatever
has the appearance
of less than
Perfection?
The
habit of
mankind has been to see imperfection where We see Perfection. Now, in
the recognition of the "Mighty I AM Presence, "fully
accept Its Perfection every hour of the day. This
does
not
mean
that
you
have
to
dwell
on
this
by
the
hour,
but
you
can
at
least
assert
once every
hour of
the waking
state: "I
do accept
the full
Activity of
my 'Mighty
I AM
Presence.' " Each
time you assert this,
you are building Its Perfection more powerfully into your outer
activity, for
you are
already using
this energy,
and why
not acknowledge
at all times Who
and what It
is you are
using, thus giving It the
Dominion It
wishes to convey to you. In this way you can set into motion
for the Freedom, Protection and Blessing of America, your beloved
country, an Invincible Power. You do as yet little dream of the
Mighty Potency
and Power
of adjustment
It can
cause to
take place
when consciously
set into motion
by one or more
who recognize Its
Invincible Universal
Power.
Now
let Me suggest that
instead of listening
to the
constant lamentation and
suggestion of all
kinds of
destructive activities,
that you
know the
"I AM
Presence" consumes
them and requalifies
all this
energy with
Freedom, Protection
and Perfection
for America
and the world.
For
your encouragement,
I want
to say
that all
those human
beings who
started the cause
of this
present condition
did not
foresee that
it was
going beyond
their control, and
through it,
many of
them have
lost their
outer ability
to longer
foster it.
So
those who
are attempting to
bring back prosperity
by the
unlimited use of
beer will find things
going beyond
their control.
Instead of
temporary prosperity,
things will sweep
into actual prosperity.
So
now, as at all times of seeming chaos, will come peace on earth,
goodwill to man; and the Light of the expanding Christ in the hearts
of individuals, permeating the earth, will draw to Itself Its own.
Again,
for the
benefit of
the beloved
students, I
urge them
not to
discuss discordant
things any more than
is enough to
understand a situation. Then turn
completely from it
and never
let it
hold your
attention again,
for I
assure you,
what you
entertain in
your
consciousness
will find expression in your Life and world. So fill it with the
"Great I AM Presence," holding in Its Embrace the Mighty
Fulfillment of your every desire.
See
that
Perfection,
that Full
Perfection of
Its Activity
everywhere in
your Life
and world. Do
not be
affected or
disturbed by
the creation
of others
where you
cannot help,
except to see
Perfection, knowing
that back
of the
seeming shadow
is the
Blazing White
Light of the "I AM Presence."
This,
Beloved Ones, is My Greeting of
the season I leave with
you. In closing, My Mother and Others of the Ascended Host—some of
whom you do not know but who know you— send their Greetings of
Love, Peace, Opulence and
Strength to each
of you, to bless
you on your way to your final Victory and achievement.
Saint
Germain: Well, very fortunately the Radio Corporation can't
charge Us up for overtime on
Our Station.
I suppose if
they knew
of it,
they would
want to
charge Us.
I
want to
say a
word or
two in
conclusion, and
it is
to urge
the students
to recognize that
when they
say "I
AM" for
whatever they
want to
be accomplished,
they not
only set the "Great
I AM Presence" into action for the accomplishment, but they
should be deeply aware
that
It
holds within It
the
Self-expanding,
Self-sustaining,
Self-emanating
Power.
While
repetition is
good and
is ofttimes
required to
produce a
deeper conviction,
yet in the
present advancement
of the
students they
should become
more conscious
of Its innate,
inherent, Self-sustaining Power. This would give the outer
consciousness a fuller comprehension
of the
sustaining Power,
so that
if the
outer activity
of the
mind is occupied
with other duties, it can send forth the charge of the "I AM"
into any achievement once
an hour
without in
any way
interfering
with the
student's
work.
It
is
such
a
mistake
for
the
student
to
let
register
in
his
mind
the
absurd
idea
that
he
hasn't
time for
these things—when it only takes a moment to powerfully realize
the Mighty, Invincible Activity
of his "I AM
Presence" in
whatever his
attention is required
to be used.
However,
this application might be very helpful: "
'I AM
the Mighty
Presence'
commanding the
time, all
the time
I require,
for the
realization
and
application
of this
Mighty
Truth."
On
the other hand, if many times during the day, one will for a few
moments take the consciousness that: " 'I AM' the only
Intelligence and Presence acting," it will naturally adjust
things according to the requirement. It is so easy to set the
consciousness into motion—knowing one is not
restricted by any sense of
limitation.
Temples
of Light:
They are located in the Etheric Belt above the earth's
atmosphere. The Radiation is
poured out from
this Belt to the
earth through
its atmosphere. The Etheric Belt
around the
earth and
that around
Venus would be
vastly different.
Venus is within the
Etheric Belt of
the Sun,
while the
earth is
below that.
Warning:
Do not
give
recognition
to anyone
who is
a tool
for the
sinister
force.
Simply know one thing
only: "There
is only
the 'I
AM Presence,'
Intelligence, Light
and Power
acting." Do
not
be
concerned
about
any
personal
activity
of
any
kind
whatsoever
at
any
time.
The
student's business is to see Perfection, feel It and be It, no
matter what any human appearance
seems
to
be.
BENEDICTION:
From out
the Heart
of Thy
Great Silence,
O "Mighty
I AM
Presence," comes the Solution of all things, the
Perfection of all things; for Thou art the Only
Governing Power, Perfection, and Intelligence in all outer
experience; for Thou art the Presence governing
all human expression. Only as we see Thy Perfect Manifestation
in all things do
we cause
Perfection to
manifest in
all things.
Discourse
26 December
29,
1932
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty, Infinite Presence! All-Enfolding Love! Infinite in
Thy Activity, gracious in Thy Loving Power, we salute Thee heart to
heart, face to face, pouring forth eternal gratitude for the
outpouring of Thy Mighty Energy, for the use of Thy Directing Wisdom,
for the Presence of Thy Opulence in our homes and use. We acclaim
ourselves that active part of Thee, Self-conscious of Thy
Divinity, maintaining every hour Thy Supreme Command. I bring you
Greetings from the Great Host who minister, and who watch all
activity.
THE
DISCOURSE
We
all rejoice
exceedingly in
the wondrous,
loving presence of
the students—for
the great harmony,
joy, and
accomplishment that
has been
attained.
How
mighty that Miracle-Working Presence, "I AM," can and will
manifest Its Dominion if such a wonderful state is maintained; and I
tell you with no uncertainty, it can be maintained, ever
growing greater and greater in the comprehension of that God Presence
in Its Supreme Power of Divine Love.
Every
student should remember
with definite certainty that in
this Quickening Power of the "I AM Presence" within his
Being, everything good or otherwise is stirred into action. If there
is latent within the consciousness: rebellion, resentment, or the
inclination to judge,
it means
that all
this will
be stirred
and brought
to the
surface to
be consumed; and
I tell
you with
no uncertainty,
unless the
student consciously
consumes that
which is brought forth to the surface, it will consume him. If
one finds himself becoming
irritated, he
should seize
the reins,
and issuing the
command through
the "I AM
Presence," declare that this be governed harmoniously. Here
let Me again remind the students
that the
greatest thing
in their
progress is
Self-correction; and
there is
no person, place,
condition or
thing to
blame for
what they
entertain but
themselves. This is
most imperative
for their future progress.
These
beloved students have arrived at a point where such subtle conditions
must be made clear and thoroughly understood; otherwise they will find
themselves facing conditions they are unable to govern.
I
repeat again to the students to be greatly encouraged because of the
strides they are making in Self-control, the fuller and fuller
acceptance of these Mighty Laws of Life, and their willingness to
apply the mighty whip of Self-correction; for I tell you frankly and
I speak from experience, that the
outer
activity
which we term the "human" has to be flayed with no
uncertainty before it is brought under subjection to the Divine
Command.
The
reason I gave the use of the Ray or Flame through the hand is because
the minds of some are
attuning more
rapidly than
the atomic
structure of
the body
is being
raised. This activity
of passing
the hand
over the
body will
maintain and
sustain that
equalization of the quickening of the mind and the raising of the
atomic structure to its balancing point.
I
am so
happy and
willing to
give every
Assistance to
the students,
as are
Others, but
there
are certain bounds beyond which We may not go because of the
Self-conscious advancement of
the students which
they must do for themselves.
However,
every one of them has everything by which to be encouraged; but again
let Me urge them
that at
no time
may they
divide the
attention of
the "I AM
Presence." To
do this means
that you
are releasing
the stream
of energy
and giving
power to
outside things and simply delaying your progress.
I
speak from
experience. It
is not
possible to
divide the
attention, for
it must
all be
given to
the
"I
AM Presence"
in
order
to
go
beyond
a
certain
point
of
attainment.
I
do not
wish to
bring any
shock to
the students
under this
Radiation, but
I must
speak the Truth,
that if
those beloved
students who
have been
brought under
this
Radiation are
not able
to hold their attention
entirely upon
the "I AM
Presence," it
will close
the door
to Our
Assistance to
them for
a long
time. This
need not
be done
if the students will follow the direction, make the sincere
effort every time the attention wanders off, bring it back with firm
determination and say: "I
give all
power to
the 'I
AM Presence'
which
I
AM';
and
I
refuse
with
determination
acceptance
to
anything
else
ever
again.
" I
wish to prepare the students that there will come the time when they
may not be sustained
by Our
Messengers, but
must rely
on their
own ability
to hold
with such
a firm grip upon the "I AM Presence" that they will
always receive Its Mighty, Sustaining Power.
It
is useless
and a
mistake for
any student
after months
of Instruction
to each
day, or every few
days, allow himself
to be thrown into a
sense of depression
or doubt of
the Inner Power or his ability to apply It. This childish
attitude of mind will in time shut the door if it is not
discontinued.
Each
student should take his positive
stand the
moment discord of any kind attempts to enter into the mind,
and assert his Dominion by declaring: " 'I AM' the Almighty
Governing Presence of my Life and my world, and 'I AM' the Peace,
Harmony and Courage,
Self-sustained, which
carries me
serenely through
everything that
confronts me."
It
is so important that the students have the benefit of the
manuscripts that We must discontinue
the Instruction
until they
are completed,
for according to
their ability
to accept that
which is
illustrated in
the manuscripts
will the
"Great Judge"
determine what shall
next be given. We
may not under any
circumstances take the student
beyond the point
where he
is well fortified.
I
must say, for the protection of the students, that should certain
phenomena manifest about them,
to be
calm, poised,
and unmoved
by it
at all
times and
to go
serenely along,
not allowing their attention to be held by it; for it is not unlikely
in this number of students that
some may
have sufficiently
generated energy
from past
understanding at a
certain point to produce certain phenomena.
In such a case they should
always take the
firm stand: " 'I
AM' the Governing
Presence of this,
utilizing it in
its highest expression
and use."
You
see, in all this amount of Instruction that has been given, it is but
a fragment upon which the student must build. The student must always
watch for ideas from within
himself upon which to build his expansion.
The
first premise
for every
student on
earth who
wishes to
attain permanent
achievement is
to first
remind himself
that: "
'I AM'
the Presence
and Intelligent
Activity." This is the first principle and in It he can never go
astray.
I
assure the beloved students that they need not crave nor desire
phenomena, for the Natural Law
of their
Beings in
their sustained
progress will
produce abundant
phenomenal proof as they are ready for it. In this, mark you, I do
not in anywise refer to the
appearance of any of the Ascended Ones, for that is an entirely
different thing and is really not
to be
taken as phenomenon
of any
kind.
I
watched with
great interest
the Inner
Activity of
the students,
Tuesday and
Wednesday, and it was very
gratifying to see the expansion
of that
Inner Light within
them as the Power of Love grew more intense. It should be remembered
by the students that when
they say
"I
AM,"
they are
making the
outer
activity a
Mighty
Magnet for
the Light
to reach
and expand.
I
think it would be very wise for each student to take the attitude at
this time, or in the beginning of the use of both the Instruction and
the manuscript: " 'Great I AM Presence,' take
me within
Thyself; there
instruct me
and cause
me to
retain the
Full Memory
of these Inner Instructions."
As
Messengers of the Light, this training is very essential, but the
idea should not in anywise cause
anxiety—or tension
in the
desire to
retain, because
an attitude
of that kind
might easily
close the
outer memory
of the
Inner experience.
I
cannot help but smile to myself at the closeness with which some of
the students are coming to
most surprising
things; but
I trust
they will
always find
themselves poised
and serene in whatever the experience is, knowing that: " 'I AM'
the One, Eternal, Self- sustained Life
in action,"
and to forever
remove from
their consciousness that
there is such
a condition as so-called death
anywhere in the Universe.
The
outer activity of the mind and world is a passing maya, shifting as
the sands of the desert, and need never cause anyone the slightest
concern, for: " 'I AM' the Eternal Life, knowing no beginning
and never finding an end."
Out
of the Heart of that Great Silence comes the Ceaseless, Pouring
Stream of Life of which each one is an individualized part. That Life
is you, Eternally, Perfectly, Self- sustained,
and the
garments It
clothes Itself
with are
of but
little consideration,
until one comes to the point of recognition wherein the
attainment has prepared him for the "Seamless Garment,"
Self-sustained, radiant with every prismatic color.
Then
may one
indeed rejoice
in that
Eternal Garment
that is
Ever-Radiant and
Changeless, which
has removed him
from the
wheel of
cause and
effect and
has made him a Being of Cause only. That Cause is the Radiance
of Divine Love, ever pouring and evolving from Its Conscious,
Self-poised, Radiant God- Center—the Heart of the "I AM
Presence"—which is Eternal Youth and Beauty, the All-knowing
Presence, containing in Self-conscious
action the
past, present
and future—which
after all,
are but
the One Eternal
Now.
Such
is the eternal elimination of all time and space. Then you find your
world peopled with Perfect Beings, your buildings decorated with
choicest jewels; you, standing in the center
of your
creation—the "Jewel
in the
Heart of
the Lotus"
—Its petals
your Mighty
Avenues
of Its
Perfect Activity.
Such
is a humble picture
of that
which stands before
you, beckoning you into
your Perfect, Eternal Home and Radiance.
You
see, I feel that Glorious Radiance, and if each one, especially the
students, could center themselves in the Presence of Divine Love and
hold themselves there firmly, what wonderful experiences would come
to them —if they would shut out the interference of
the outer activity of the
mind.
For
one to take the attitude that: " 7
AM' the
Presence of
Divine Love
at all
times" would do such
wonderful things.
To use
this Statement
and feel
it would
at all
times close
the door to
the outer
activities of
the mind.
The
solution of every problem is always right at hand because the "I
AM Presence" always holds
everything
within
It.
A
demand is the impelling of the solution into expression. "I
AM" is the Intelligent, Active Principle
within us,
the Heart
of our
Beings, the
Heart of
the
planet
and the
Heart of
the system.
I
cannot refrain from reminding the students again, for they should
always know that whenever you say "I AM," you are releasing
the One Almighty, Intelligent Energy, Power and
Self-sustained Element.
Keep at
it, and
you will
come into
a condition
so supreme, so
wonderful.
When
you are
looking into
the physical
sun, you
are really
looking into
the Great Central
Sun, the very Heart of the "I AM Presence."
You
must take
the unconditional
stand with
your body
that: "The
'I AM
Presence' governs this physical body completely and compels it
into obedience." The more attention you
give
your
body,
the
more
it
is
the
master,
and
the
more
it
will
demand
and
keep
demanding from
you.
When
the physical body is either chronically ill or continually showing
disturbance, it proves that it has been given attention
over a period of years to one disturbance or another, and
it will
never improve
until one
takes the
positive attitude
and whips
it into obedience.
You
can positively
produce whatever
you want
in your
body if
you will
fix your attention
upon the
Perfection of
it—but do
not let
your attention
rest on
its imperfections.
For
the
Ascension:
" 'I
AM' the
Commanding
Presence."
Use this often, for it stills the outer activity so you become
centered in the Activity of Love.
The
instant you feel
something discordant,
turn away
from it.
You have
the Scepter
of Power in
your consciousness—now
use it!
You
are to follow Jesus' command: "See no man after the flesh."
It means exactly what it says: recognize
no human imperfection
in thought,
feeling, word or deed.
A
very powerful
thing to
use in
problems is
to take
the simple
consciousness: "God
in me, the
'I AM
Presence,' come
forth! Govern
and solve
this situation
harmoniously." It
would do
wonders. The
whole thing
is to
instantly draw
forth the
"I AM
Presence" and
set It to work.
Jesus
said: "Ask, and ye shall receive." "Seek, and ye shall
find."
"Knock:
it shall
be opened unto
you." Say
to your
Divine Self: "See
here, God! come forth
and take care of this." God
wants you
to set
Him to
work. This releases a flood of the God- Energy,
Intelligence and
Substance which
flows forth
to do
the command.
BENEDICTION:
Thou Mighty,
Commanding, "I
AM Presence"!
assert Thy
Dominion within the
heart and consciousness of each student! Command the Life Activity to
express Its fullness! Set Thyself
as a Guard at
the door of
the mind of
each one, so he
admits only that which
is helpful
and harmonious.
Bless each
one with
that power
to hold
fast and go
forth to
harmonious attainment.
We thank
Thee.
NOTES
Cha
Ara, his Mother, Nada and Saint Germain were working very intensely
on the expanding of the
Inner Light within
each one
who was here. We wished
that the students might
see from
the Inner
standpoint. It
would be
an experience
never to
be forgotten.
Discourse
27 December
24, 1933
CHRISTMAS
EVE
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty,
Majestic Christ
Power, now
grown to
Full Stature!
We salute Thee by
the Sign of the Heart and Head, accepting the Fullness of Thy Mighty
Power made manifest in the
hearts of the students and of the people of America. We accept the
Fullness of
the Light
and Its
illuminating Presence
within the
heart and
mind of
each one, surging forward with such intensity that It carries
the courage and strength for everyone to make the needed conscious
effort which will enable the "Mighty I AM Presence" to
raise the atomic structure into its Full
Ascension.
Now
I will
step aside and
let our
Beloved Brother
speak His heart.
THE
DISCOURSE BY
BELOVED JESUS
I
bring you Love and Salutations from many of the Ascended Host—some
of whom you know, and Others of
whom you
are yet
to know.
"
'I AM' the Light, the Way and the Truth" is the Christmas Bell
that is still ringing throughout the field of Cosmic Activity. In
the understanding that has been brought to you in the meaning
and Power
of the Words "I
AM," you will find
a Charmed Circle
in which you
may move
untouched by
human, discordant
operation. It is
not only a
matter of knowing the Presence, but in practicing
the Presence in even the simplest activity; for as you attempt an
unfamiliar experience, you many times feel timid and uncertain; but
as you
learn to
use the
"I AM"
in the
solving of
your desire
or problem,
you find
growing a confidence that you can apply with a definite
assurance.
The
students should
always understand
that it
is in
the "Great
Silence," or
stillness of the
outer, that
the Inner
Power flows
in its
ever-increasing
accomplishment; and
soon they will come to know that even as they think of their
"Mighty Source, the I AM," they will feel an
increase of strength,
vitality and wisdom which will
enable them to go forward
with a feeling
of Mastery
that will
surely one
day open
wide the
door through the
limitations of
their human
creation into
the Vastness
of their
True
Freedom.
We
so often
see in
the heart
the craving for
proof— some
remarkable manifestation
which will strengthen them on the way. I assure you, Blessed Children
of the Light, any proof given outside of yourself is but temporary,
but every step proven in and through
your own
conscious application
is an
eternal accomplishment;
and as
you continue
to gain the
Mastery through
your Self-conscious
application, you
are not
only accomplishing the things in hand, but you are raising the
consciousness, until presently
you will find that
all barriers have
gone down.
It
is in this manner that the door of human limitation is forever nailed
back; and as My outer form was nailed to the cross, so do you, by
your ascending consciousness, nail back the
door of
self-created limitations,
and feel
and know
your Dominion.
To
the many students so vitally interested in making the Ascension, I
would urge you to use the Statement often: " 'I AM' the
Ascension in the LIGHT." This will enable your consciousness to
more quickly
rise out
of the
maya of
human creation.
It
cannot be
stressed too
urgently that
as you
live in
and accept
more fully
the
Transcendent
Power of
the "I
AM Presence,"
you will
find that
not only
the outer struggle
ceases, but that as you have entered deeper into the Light, the
outer things that you
have sought
so
earnestly
will really
and truly
begin to
seek
you—because by that time you will truly and fully
realize the unreality of form and its transitory activity. You will
then know that within you and the Light about you is
everything you can possibly desire; and the outer, which has
seemed so very important, will have lost its great binding power upon
you. Then
in the
outer things
that come
to you
will come
joyous Freedom.
This is
the true activity of outer things.
As
you become more conscious of the Transcendent Powers which are at
your command, you will know
that you can quickly draw to yourself anything you require
without harming or
affecting another of God's children.
This
Truth must be established within the consciousness, for conscientious
souls must know this unwaveringly, so they may not at intervals find
themselves wondering if it is right
for them
to succeed
when others
around them
are not
succeeding—for your
greatest service, I assure you, is to gain the Mastery and Freedom
for yourself.
Then
you are
prepared to
dispense the
Light without
being affected
by the
human creation in which
you must move.
Never feel sad or
distressed if another of
God's Children is not ready to accept the Light, for if he
does not come to the Light of his own choosing, it is rarely but a
temporary step.
As
one begins to gain a conscious Freedom from the body, he understands
how temporal these outer things are and how unimportant; but when one
enters into the Universal Consciousness, or the Great Cosmic
Activity, one finds to enter into the Light is of all importance.
Then he will know the joy of the Inner Presence and Its
Invincible Activity, for which his heart
will leap with joy.
Shortly
before I
became aware
of My
Full Mission,
the Statement
stood out
vividly before Me: " 'I AM the Presence' that never fails
or makes a mistake." This I knew later was the
sustaining Power which
enabled Me to
BE the
Resurrection and
the Life.
It
is unfortunate indeed that some of the Scriptural Statements have
been clouded by human concept;
yet "I
AM" thankful
indeed that
many have
remained unaltered.
Another Statement I used constantly for more than three years was: "
'I AM' always the Majestic Power of
Pure Love
that transcends
every human
concept and that
opens the door to me to the Light
within its heart."
I knew later this greatly
intensified My True Inner Vision.
In
response to
the earnest
desire within
the hearts
of many,
I wish
to say
that during the
years in which the Scriptures seem to have been unaware of My
activity, I was going from place to place in search of the
explanation of the Light and Presence which I felt within
myself—and I assure you, Beloved Students, not with the ease and
speed with which you are able to seek today. Those of that day in My
association were joyous to receive
the knowledge
of those
unchronicled experiences,
but owing
to the
unusual nature of
them, it
was thought
unwise to
place them
before the
multitude.
So
it has been
through the
ages: when
the period
of transcendent experiences
has begun to fade
into the yesterdays and those who followed were not sufficiently
advanced to realize this Truth, they have shut out from humanity
glories—beautiful and wonderful.
However,
at this time there has come to the assistance of humanity the Cosmic
Christ Power which became so real to Me. This, through Its natural
impulse for expression, is steadily
and surely
finding Its
way into
the hearts
and minds
of a
large percent
of mankind to
the extent
that great
hope is
present that
this Activity
will enable
the veil of
human creation
to be
lifted, so
great numbers
of humanity
will see
signs and wonders,
and feel them
within their own
hearts. Then they
cannot be
turned aside from
the Truth by human
doubts and fears.
I
spent some time in Arabia, Persia and Tibet, and closed my pilgrimage
in India, where I met the
Beloved Master
who had
then made
the Ascension—
although I did
not know
it at the time. Through the Power of His Radiation, revelation
after revelation came to Me through
which
I
was
given
expressions
or
Statements
that
enabled
Me
to
hold
steady
the
outer activity
of My
mind until it no longer had power to disturb or
retard Me.
It
was then
the Full
Glory of
My Mission
was revealed
and the
Eternal Cosmic
Record it was to
make, which was to be established at that time for the blessing and
enlightenment of the humanity that was to follow.
You
might be
interested to know that
this became an
Active Cosmic
Record, which is quite
different from any other record made, in that It contains within
It, and does today, the forward
urge or
impulse for
which the
human mind
was and
is a
magnet.
This
accounts for the expressions and Statements I gave forth becoming
more and more vivid through the
centuries; and with the
forward impulse of
that activity,
assisted by other Powerful
Rays of
Radiation focused
upon the
earth, it
will enable
a great
number of humanity to become so anchored in the Truth and its
conscious application that a transcendent accomplishment will be
achieved.
There
is no
one single
step so
vitally important
as getting
before mankind
the Knowledge of the "I AM," their Source of Life,
and Its Transcendent Power which can be brought
into the conscious
use of
the individual.
Within three
years it will
be amazing how this
simple, yet All-powerful Truth will have spread among humanity—for
all who will think upon It, practice Its Presence, and consciously
direct Its Energy through the Power of Divine Love will find a new
world of peace, Love, health and prosperity open to them. Those who
understand applying the Knowledge of the "I AM" need never,
never be beset by inharmony or disturbance in their homes, worlds or
activities; for it is
only by
a lack of
acknowledgment
and
acceptance
of the
Full Power
of this
Mighty Presence
that individuals allow
human concepts
and creations
to disturb
them.
The
student should
constantly look
within his
human self
and see
what habits
or creations are
there that
need to
be plucked
out and
disposed of;
for only
by refusing to any
longer allow
habits of judging,
condemning and criticizing
to exist
can he
be free. The true
activity of the student
is only to perfect his
own world, and he cannot do
it as long as he
sees imperfection in
the world
of another
of God's children.
You
have been given marvelous Statements to harmoniously govern your Life
and world. Apply them with determination, and you will succeed.
Another
correction many of you wish Me to make is this: I did not say on the
cross, "Father, why hast thou forsaken me?" but I did say,
"Father! how thou hast glorified me"; and
I did
receive into
the Glories
with Me
the brother
who was
on my
right on
the
cross.
There
are a
number of
these beloved
students whom
I knew
personally at
the time
of the crucifixion,
and in
giving this
Message forth
to them,
I feel
like talking
to old
friends
—for
in that
Great Ascended
Presence, centuries
are but
an incident,
and only
as We come into
contact with
human events
is there
a cognizance
of time.
Beloved
students who are so earnestly seeking the Light, try to
feel yourselves
held in My Loving Embrace. Try to feel yourselves clothed in
that Light — dazzling as the noonday sun. So anchor within your
consciousness the feeling of your ability to make the
Ascension that each day brings you closer and closer to the Fullness
of Its Realization.
Cut
loose all things of earth that bind you. Know that in the Love,
Wisdom and Power which you accept from your "Mighty I AM
Presence" is the Power that does this Transcendent Service.
Always
remind yourselves that God in you is your certain victory! The 'I AM
Presence' which beats your heart is the 'Light of God that never
fails'; and that your power—by the acceptance of this Presence, to
loose Its Energy and direct It—is limitless.
It
is My great Joy and Privilege to continue in association with My
Beloved Brother, Saint Germain, in pouring forth through My Conscious
Radiation a definite Assistance to the students who can accept the
Instruction of Saint Germain. This will continue during the entire
year of 1934. Do not misunderstand Me—"I
AM" pouring out
to all mankind, but in this Radiation to the students, "I AM"
privileged to give a special Service.
With
My Love, I enfold
you. With My
Light, I clothe you.
With My
Energy, I sustain you,
that you
may go
forth dauntless
in your
quest for
happiness and
the perfecting
of yourselves and your world.
I
trust this
will bring
a Radiation
that you
may feel
at will
throughout the
year, and that
your attainment
may bring you
boundless joy.
"
'I AM'
the Enlightening,
Revealing Presence,
manifest with
full power."
flESUS THE
CHRIST
SAINT
GERMAIN:
I
wish to convey My Enfolding Love as a Gift
to each of the
beloved students—for Love
is the
Greatest
Gift that
can be
given.
Discourse
28 December
25, 1933
CHRISTMAS
DAY
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Thou Mighty,
Infinite, Active
Presence of the
Christ everywhere! We
bow before Thy Majesty and Power. Assert Thy Dominion in the
heart and mind of every individual
throughout the
land, causing Thy Wondrous
Perfection to express
everywhere. I bring you Greetings of Love, the Comprehending
Consciousness and Mastery from the Great Host of Ascended Masters who
have looked with favor upon My humble efforts to dispense the Light;
and who bring to you Their Love, and clothe you in Their Mantle of
Light this Christmas Day.
THE
DISCOURSE
O
Love Divine! in Thy Magic Power of Transmutation, we assert Thy Power
in cleansing and purifying
the world
of human
mistakes and
human creations.
Thou
art the
Eternal Victory—the
Golden Pathway
of Attainment
for every
student of the
Light, and through Thy Transcendent Power, the Kumaras start forth
Their Mighty Radiation for
the Blessing of
the earth
and mankind for the entire
year of 1934.
Thus
will mankind find many desirable changes taking place—greater
health, happiness and prosperity being restored, a deeper sense of
Love, and a greater desire for Justice in
the hearts of mankind everywhere.
In
many channels, human selfishness will be greatly transcended through
the feeling of Pure Love
which will
generate within
the heart,
enable them
to govern
the human sense,
and cause them to
involuntarily desire to bless.
It
is My Wish
that every
one of
the students send
forth this Truth
in conscious
Radiation at least once a day: "God, the 'Mighty I AM Presence,'
is governing with
Invincible Power everywhere
in the hearts and minds of mankind."
Those
Masters
from Venus
who visited the Royal Teton and who will again visit It this New
Year will
start forth
a definite Activity to
consume the
subtle attempt
to generate and
bring into
outer activity
another war.
Shamballa
is loosing Its Powers, which for many years have been drawn
within Its own compass.
The
Golden City, Whose Rays are sent in all directions
like the spokes from a wheel, is performing a Service for mankind
that It
alone can do.
If
mankind could
know and
understand these
activities for
what they
are, such marvelous
changes would take place
in the
outer world as even the
advanced would hardly conceive possible.
On
New Year's Day, the Cosmic Wheel of progress will have reached a
point where, in personal activity, much of the free will of
individuals can be set aside. This brings a Joy and Hope unspeakable
to the consciousness of Those serving from these Transcendent Spheres
of Activity.
Thus,
O Students
of Light!
can you
understand the
magnificent Assistance
that is
yours to be
had by
stilling the outer
and reaching forth
for It. I plead
with you, Dear Students, shut
your minds
against the
ignorance
and
inharmonious
suggestions
of human
beings
everywhere.
I say to
every one of you: Freedom
in every way stands at
your door—if you will
but keep your personality harmonized and refuse to accept
inharmonious, sinister suggestions
from the
atmosphere and
from those
you contact
in mortal
form.
It
is imperative that this be done if you wish to bring into your world,
joy, beauty, opulence, and Perfection of every kind. It is not Our
intent or desire to intrude a single thing upon your free will, but
oh the Joy that leaps within Our Hearts when We see the students
taking hold, comprehending and applying these Transcendent Laws—which
We know mean their
certain Victory. And may I reiterate what We have said
before: there is no single thing so vicious in the human activity as
that personality or suggestion which would
try to
turn the
student from
the Truth
and Light
which would
be his
Freedom.
In
connection with this Mighty Cosmic Activity, the student should
work with great determination, consuming all past and present
inharmonious creation. Every time your thought and
desire reach forth in this
manner, great
currents of
energy will
come to
your assistance to sustain and help
you. This
is part
of the
present amazing
Assistance sent
forth to the earth.
The Silent
Watcher has waited for two hundred thousand years for the
Cosmic Wheel to reach this point— the coming New Year.
Again
I assert that never in the history of mankind has such Transcendent
Activity been ready to rush to your assistance. I plead with you, O
Beloved Students! Is it not worth all your determined effort to act
in accordance with this Great Blessing which makes your struggle for
Freedom from human self creations
so much easier?
Beloved
Students! How deeply My Heart rejoices to see within you the intense
desire for the Light
and your
determined effort
to apply
these Unerring
Laws, which
will as
surely give you
your Freedom
as you
apply them.
I
wish to thank all the students for their joyous desire for the
limitless distribution of Unveiled
Mysteries and The Magic Presence. In this
great desire, Beloved Ones, is a service that
you can little comprehend as yet
its far-reaching Blessing.
I
feel greatly blest this day of devotion to the Christ, to feel the
Love from the many pouring out to Me; and I assure you, Blessed Ones,
that I shall come back to you with all the Loving Power at My Command
to assist, enlighten, and bless you.
In
the special Service that Jesus has decided to give forth, you are
surely blest indeed. Try to feel this Wonderful Truth with the
deepest intense feeling you can command. Open
your arms, hearts and minds to the Glory of this Radiation,
and as you can do this more fully and completely, you
will see
how quickly all
disturbing and limiting conditions about you will disappear.
I
plead with you, Beloved Students, do not continue to limit yourselves
by human concepts. Declare
and feel
your
amazing
ability to
use these
Laws and
direct this Mighty
Energy to your Freedom and
Perfection. Try to realize that
your human form
is not a dense
creation, difficult
to manipulate.
Try to
feel it
a transparent
substance that
follows your slightest direction. Speak to your body! Command
it to be strong, receptive only to the Ascended Master Consciousness,
to be a Perfect Expression of the Divine Power of the "Mighty I
AM," and to take on Its Beauty of Form and Expression.
Review
in your experience the powerful determination you have had at
times to accomplish success
in the
outer activity
of things,
and then
realize how
much more
powerful
your determination
can generate
to attain
your Eternal
Freedom.
Believe
Me, Beloved Ones, when I
say to you: there
is but your human
creation that
stands between you and your Freedom from all limitation.
That creation
is no
greater an
obstacle than
you accept
it to
be. If you take away from that creation its power
to limit you, any hour,
any day, you may joyously step through that veil
into your world of the "Electronic Presence," so beautiful,
so joyous, so filled with the Dazzling Light of Its Glorious
Presence, and move there forever in the Light of Eternal Glory. Then
as you step back through
the human
veil for
service in
the outer
activity, you
will still
continue to feel
the Glory of the Transcendent Being
which you
are. Then naught of your own outer conditions or
those about
you will
touch you
or affect
you in
any way.
My
whole Being thrills with this Joyous Anticipation for you, as I know
with a definite certainty your
attainment. To
any who
would let
the suggestion
of the
ignorance of other
human beings turn them aside from the Path, I wish to say, just
remember what awaits you—what it is within your ability to achieve
and Be.
Remember
again, again, and again, that as you grow into more and more intense
acceptance of your "Mighty I AM Presence," the outer
problems which have seemed so terrifying will surely fade from
appearance.
Thus
not only
is your
problem solved,
but every
step gained
in this
way does
not reappear. Instead, it
becomes your Eternal
Freedom. If it
is financial freedom
you crave, I plead with
you to
take the
outer activity
of your
mind off
the appearance
and place
it upon your
"Mighty I
AM Presence,"
the only
Giver of
all the
Mighty Opulence
there is. Stand
firm and
determined in
this, and
you will
have all
the money
you desire
to use. Life
does not limit you! Opulence does not
limit you! Love
does not limit you! Therefore, why
allow your
human limiting
concepts to
bind you
longer?
Beloved
Children of the Light! Arise!
in the Mighty Glory of your True Being. Go forth!
a Mighty Conquering Presence. Be! "The Light of God that
never fails." Move! clothed in the
Light of the Transcendent
Glory of your
God-Self — and Be
Free!
BENEDICTION:
"Mighty I
AM Presence"!
Transcendent in
this Christ
Activity! We
give to Thee our
eternal thanks and gratitude for Thy Love, Glory, Freedom, and our
conscious ability and
power to
accept the
Fullness of
Thy Glory
made manifest
in the
outer activity of
our lives;
that we
stand with firm determination
in Thy
Light, directed
by Thy Wisdom
and forever
sustained
by Thy
Transcendent Love,
anchored within
our hearts.
Discourse
29 August 19,
1934
BELOVED
ARCTURUS' DISCOURSE
ON
THE MUSIC FESTIVAL
AT SOLDIER FIELD [CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS]
It
is Saint
Germain's request
that I
voice to
you the
Mighty Accomplishment
at the Music
Festival last night.
May
I first
refer to
My own
humble efforts,
in conjunction
with Those
at the
Royal Teton on
New Year's
Day two
years ago.
It was
then decreed
that the
Century of Progress
Exposition should be a Focus for a constructive activity which should
ever expand and increase in intensity during the next one hundred
years. The opening and lighting
of it
was the
Initiatory Step
that is
to usher
in the
beautiful, magnificent
Golden Age, which is signalized in that activity.
This
has made Soldier Field sacred ground, a Sacred Altar of Divine
Activity in the Western World, and so far as humanity at large is
concerned, the hub of the whole of America.
A
volume could
be voiced
on all
that took
place and
that which
led up
to last
evening, but owing
to the
human sense
of time,
this must
be greatly
condensed
and but
an outline
given.
Before
proceeding with this description, I wish to call your attention to
the unparalleled number of
pageants of
all kinds,
of many
nationalities, that
are being
held in
Soldier Field this summer. These cover the period from the
Ascension of Jesus down to
the present time. They
give acknowledgment of the Ascension—which is the most vital thing
and the culmination of all
human experience.
These
pageants, from the human standpoint, are a calling forth of the
latent memory in humanity at
large and
are a
raising of the
Essence of
that activity.
How
easy it
is for
humanity to
pass over
transcendent activities
because of
their unbelief, acknowledgment or acceptance of the True
Perfection of Life, for all Life in manifestation is God in
Action. Unfortunately however, It
is more often
colored by human concepts of limitation and destructive
qualities which, through the individual's power of free will,
everyone is at liberty to do.
This
ere long,
however, will
be greatly
remedied by
the setting
aside of
the greater
part of the human free will as it is known today. This will
enable much of humanity to be awakened
and saved
from their
own destruction.
Here
may I
say that
the students
who think
they can
play with
the Great
Law, because of
their unwillingness to give the necessary Self-discipline, will find
themselves unfortunate indeed
if they
attempt it
when once
having entered
upon the
Conscious Path.
The
Great Law,
which does
not discriminate,
takes individuals
at their
words and feelings.
Those who think
they can escape
this are but
deceiving themselves.
The
coming pageant of the Celts is really of great importance, for it
enters into the vibratory action
from the
time of
Jesus up
to the
present.
The
Inner Activity within and above Soldier Field last night was one of
the most Divine Activities since
the advent
of the
Kumaras into
the presence
of the
earth.
Circle
upon circle rose above the surface of the earth and those seated
within the field. The first circle was formed by the Members of the
Great White Brotherhood in their Golden
Robes, being
those whose
outer forms
have not
yet made
the Ascension.
Next
came the Ascended Host of Masters who have made the Ascension. Then
came the Angel Devas and seven of the Cherubim. The circle above Them
contained four of the Gods of
the Mountains,
three of
whom you
know, the
other you
shall know.
Around these were the Archangels, of
whom the Archangel Michael
was the Director.
Surrounding
the "Core
of Light"
within the
center of
the Field,
extending for
two hundred feet
within the
earth and
to five
thousand feet
above, were
Saint
Germain, Jesus, the Tall Master from Venus, and the Great Divine
Director. They were the Dispensers of the Mighty Currents of Energy
sent to all parts of the earth to do their
work with
no uncertainty.
During the
singing of
the "Holy
City," the
Divine Pattern of that which is to become the "Holy City
upon earth" was lowered into Its position, where It shall
remain—until It becomes a visible, vibrant City of Light to the
westward. The exact position of this I may not disclose at the
present time, but I assure you, it was a Mighty Activity which will
become a Mighty Reality to the humanity of earth.
During
Mr. John Charles Thomas' solos, that great vibratory action was taken
up and re- echoed by a Great, Majestic, Celestial Chorus, whose
Radiance poured forth over America like a Glistening Shower of Light
to consume and bless. During the singing of the Hallelujah Chorus,
the entire activity was turned over to the direct dispensation of
Jesus Himself.
I
wish to assure you that the set pieces in color were not just a human
idea, but those responsible for their presence were inspired by the
Ascended Masters, principally Saint Germain, in order to establish
their renewed, powerful activity, which was intensified a
thousandfold or
more to
again act
within the
Life, the
Soul, the
Light from
the heart
to the periphery of America and the world.
The
representation of signing the Declaration of Independence was to
bring before the conscious
attention of
the earth,
and especially
America, its
unparalleled activity
upon the earth; and
to call
it to
the
attention of
the people
of America,
that they
might hold
close to
and
stand
by
the
Original
Constitution
of
the
United
States,
which
was
and
is
a
Divine
Creation, until
such time as the complete Ascended Master Constitution of the United
States of America shall come forth, as the advance of the Golden Age
proceeds.
The
Golden Eagle and the Shield represent the Height of Divine Protection
for America, again reestablished.
The
Bell of Liberty in the power color of blue represents the Glorious
Liberty and Freedom
forever for America and the earth from all human selfishness, the
instigator of which in
every case
is private
profit, and
the cause
has been
the same
throughout the
ages.
The
four powerful Blue Rays that formed a canopy over the field, thought
to be ordinary by the mass
of humanity, represented that Fourth Dimensional Activity brought
into visibility upon
earth; and
if it
be necessary
for the
protection of
America, the
Jewel in the
Heart of
God, then
that "Blazing
Light as
of a
Thousand Suns"
shall descend
upon
earth
and consume
all human
inharmony and
selfishness from
the planet.
The
fan of
Pink Light
at the
beginning was qualified
to serve
in the
entire activity,
and the Great
Love Star
stood above
all, shedding
Its Rays
through the
tier above
tier of Great
Beings.
I
congratulate you and this good Brother, and those many students of
our Beloved Saint Germain, and I thank you all for your earnest,
sincere work in behalf of the Freedom of America. May the activity of
these beloved students of
Light ever continue
to expand, until from this Nucleus, the Light of Its Radiance covers
America.
I
also congratulate our Beloved Saint Germain for His Great
Accomplishment in establishing this Nucleus and Focus in America; and
for His Wonderful Love, His Light, His Work for America for nearly
two hundred years, which ere
long will begin
to bear fruit of
such perfect
kind as
has not
been heretofore
in any
civilization.
I
bow in acknowledgment of His Great Love, Wisdom and Strength. I
congratulate you, My Beloved Sister and Brother, for your Love,
steadfastness, patience and activity for the students that
have been
and those
that are
to follow.
Ever know
that: " 'I AM'
the Only Acting
Presence," and
you will find
that all activity will
conform to
the "Perfection
of that
Presence." I bid you adieu but not good-bye. ARCTURUS
Discourse
30
November
29,
1934
BELOVED
SAINT
GERMAIN'S THANKSGIVING
DAY DISCOURSE
Beloved
Students of the Light,
today is indeed one of the
greatest days of
thanksgiving that I
have experienced
in one
hundred years.
To see
how the
Light, acknowledgment
and acceptance of the "Mighty I AM Presence" is being
received and utilized by the hundreds of
students in America
is truly a
time of
rejoicing and
thanksgiving.
Not
only do I pour forth my Love and Blessings to the students, but the
entire Host of Ascended Masters,
the Great Cosmic Masters,
the Great White Brotherhood,
the Legion of Light, and
Those ministering
from Venus
join in
this praise
and thanksgiving
for the True Light
that is being spread among mankind.
I
do and
shall deeply appreciate
every assistance of the
students under
this Radiation in
getting the books into print and spreading them before humanity, for
it is the greatest Service at present that can be rendered.
The
greatest need today is in calling the outer attention of mankind to
the "One Great Source" which can give the needed
Assistance; and that is the "Mighty I AM Presence"
and the Host of Ascended Masters. The attention of
individuals fixed upon this Great Source gives the opening
needed for the Outpouring
of the
Great, Eternal, Cosmic Light
to flood forth into the outer world, reaching not only the
consciousness of individuals, but into
conditions that
greatly need
readjusting.
It
is My
Wish that
all the
students under
this Radiation
feel their
individual responsibility in this respect: to keep their minds
and bodies harmonized, and to keep charging
their minds
and emotional
worlds with
the Directing
Wisdom and
Perfection of the "Mighty I AM Presence." This will
enable Assistance to be given humanity which the
outer could
not possibly
conceive of
in its
heretofore limited
condition.
I
wish each student to understand and feel deeply that the Great
Ascended Masters and Myself stand ready to give every Assistance to
the individual that the Law of his Being permits. The need of the
students is always to stand firm and unyielding in the Presence
until the
outer human
creation about
them is
dissolved—consumed; and
then the Mighty
Light, Wisdom and Power of the "Mighty I AM Presence" will
flood their minds, Beings and worlds with this Glorious Radiance,
filling them and their worlds with that harmony, happiness, and
Perfection which every heart so much craves.
I
urge ALL
to do definite,
conscious,
protective
work for America,
that the
Cosmic
Light and
Eternal Perfection enfold the earth, removing and
consuming all discord; and continue to bless persons, places,
conditions and things, for It is the Mighty Miracle- working Activity
which will
usher in
the prosperity
and happiness
that all
so much
desire.
It
is My Great Joy to report to you that already great protection has
been given to the eastern coast—from Philadelphia to Maine. If this
protection had not been given, some of your cities would have been in
ruins today.
This,
Beloved Ones, is what it means to bring a Mighty Focus of the
Ascended Masters into your midst. Only as your Inner Sight is opened
to see and know the True Reality can you
have a small
concept of
the Truth
which I have
just spoken.
May
your hearts
fill with
joy, and
may you
work earnestly
for the
health, success
and
prosperity
of the Messengers—who have been the channels through whom this
Focus of Protection has been given. Unfortunate indeed are those who
criticize the Messengers or the
Work. Better
had they
never been
born in
this embodiment.
Beloved
Students, try with all sincerity to feel the Reality and Infinite
Blessings of this Work, that your
world and America may
reap the great
reward of that
Blessing.
Words
are inadequate to tell you the fullness of My Gratitude for your
earnest, sincere effort. Your
ability and
power to
bless and
prosper will
ever increase
as you
hold firmly to and
within your "Mighty I AM Presence."
My
Love enfolds you; My Light illumines you; and the Wisdom of the
"Mighty I AM Presence" prospers you unto the Fullness of
all Perfection.
The
Love of the Mighty Host of Ascended Masters, the Great White
Brotherhood and the Legion of Light enfold you always.
"I
AM" sincerely
in "The
Light."
SAINT
GERMAIN
Discourse
31 December
25, 1934 BELOVED
SAINT
GERMAIN'S
CHRISTMAS
DAY
DISCOURSE
SAINT
GERMAIN
It
is with
Great Joy
that We
are observant
of
the
tremendous accomplishment—individually, nationally and
Cosmically-speaking: for when we
have the
use of
and can
cooperate with
those Great
and Mighty
Cosmic Currents of Energy
directed by that
Great, Wise Intelligence,
then we
know that
every step moved
forward brings
us nearer
and nearer
to that
Mighty Glory
and Freedom which
many are learning to feel and rejoice in. How different all
activities are when working in
conjunction with
that Great,
Cosmic Wisdom
which is
no longer
compelled to withhold Its Mighty Energy because of the free
will of the individual; for now the Cosmic Activities of
the nations are
of first
consideration; then comes
the individual.
Heretofore,
because of the individual, certain Cosmic Activities had to wait. Now
the Great
Cosmic Wheel has
turned, bringing
all national,
emotional and
mental activities
into that
Great Preparation
where every
cog of
the wheel
must fit
into the
Cosmic Reality.
The
free will
of the
individual still
binds and
limits the
outer sufficiently,
so there
will be many individuals and conditions in which it will be as
though they were being run through
great rollers
in which
all undesirable
qualities are
pressed out,
and by
the power of the Consciously-directed Flame, are consumed. The
Mighty Radiance, consciously directed by the Great Host of Ascended
Masters from the Great Central Sun,
is not
only having
tremendous effect
on the
minds and
feelings of
mankind on
the surface of
the earth,
but far
within the
crust of
the earth
itself. Hence
it has
been possible to avert many great disasters.
Here
I want to say in Great Love, Gratitude and Blessing to the hundreds
of students who have been projecting the Mighty Love, Wisdom and
Power of the "Mighty I AM Presence" into the mental and
emotional world, and assure them that a gigantic work has been
accomplished; for if mankind and the beloved students can once
understand that all cause rests within the mental and emotional
worlds, then they will have
reached a point of understanding wherein they know with
complete assurance that the outer
activity of
mankind must
and will
come into
Perfect Order
when the
only cause
— the mental and
emotional activities—are
corrected and
held in
subjection.
This
is how so much has been accomplished, even since last June. Here I
want to assure those who have had some questioning in their minds,
"Was it really true that great devastation
had been
averted?" —that
one day
they will
see and
know the
Truth of which I
have spoken.
Since
three hundred years after Jesus' ministry, mankind steadily and
surely drifted back into dealing with effects instead of causes, and
that is why no permanent assistance has been possible to be given.
Now with the Assistance that the turn of the Cosmic Wheel permits, it
is possible to bring the consciousness of mankind back into dealing
with the cause—and the effect, if out of order, must disappear.
This
is why the knowing of the "Mighty I AM Presence," Its
Powers and Whereabouts, is bringing
the students to
deal only with that
One and
Mighty
Presence,
whose Cause
is Full
Perfection, as
hundreds of
these students
are proving
for themselves.
When their
attention is fixed upon the "Mighty I AM Presence," they
are dealing with the One and Mightiest Cause, whose One and
Only Expression is Perfection. Therefore, their worlds first
become filled
with ease
and rest,
and through
that, they
begin to
feel the
Glory of
this Mighty Presence.
As they begin
to feel
It, they
realize that
they can
reach forth
to this "Mighty
Presence" consciously and release such
a Mighty Avalanche of Its
Mighty Energy that
the human
does not
even have
time to
requalify but
a fragmentary
part with
its limitations and
inharmonies.
Therefore
the strength which is required to give the Eternal Proof to the
individual is sustained. Thus,
through the
individual's own
Self-conscious effort,
comes the
greater and greater recognition of the possibilities within
his conscious grasp. Mark you, I say, conscious grasp, for it
is only through first, conscious acknowledgment; second, acceptance;
and third, application, or in other words, consciously directing
this Mighty Intelligence and Pure Energy, that the outer, or
human, is kept dissolved enough for the outer to truly grasp these
Mighty Activities.
Oh
the pity mankind has believed so long, and many individuals very
sincerely, that they could cure hate, condemnation and criticism with
those same qualities. How futile and tragic has been this false
concept. Believe Me, O Children of the Light! Hate never cured hate
and never
will. Condemnation
and criticism
never cured
their kind,
for as
We have so
often said
to you:
that which
your attention
and vision
is held
upon, you
are qualifying and compelling to come into your world—abide
and act there.
With
all We have said and given forth, so little has been grasped of how
much the personality is
constantly qualifying
the very
atmosphere and
conditions about
it with
the things it does not want, through the belief that it can
continue to have any kind of feeling and speak words of discord, hate
and limitation, and still be unaffected by it. This stubborn, false
concept of
mankind
has filled
the world
with all
kinds of
tragedy.
Now
this Mighty,
Eternal Light
is being
released to
show mankind
why the
outer world has
been so
filled with
tragedy. If
I were
to show
you for
one half
hour how
much selfishness has
been removed
from the
mental and
feeling world
of humanity
since these Classes
of the
"I AM"
began, you
would scarcely
believe that
so much
accomplishment in
so short
a time
could have
been possible.
It could
not and
would not have
been possible,
except for this
Mighty, Eternal
Radiation
of Light
from the
Great Host
of Ascended
Masters,
from the
Great
Central
Sun, the
Masters
from Venus,
the Silent
Watcher, Cyclopea,
and
the
Mighty
Gods
of
the
Mountains.
All
this is making possible the achievement for which the Legion of Light
and the Great White Brotherhood have labored for centuries. For over
fourteen thousand years, this
Work has continued without cessation, the Great Ascended Ones
seeing the Victory from the beginning; but oh! the Infinite
Patience, to wait upon the waywardness of mankind, century after
century. Yet was there no single thought of impatience, or: "Why
does not humanity change?"
It is
only within
the compass
of human
thought and
feeling that
judgment
and impatience
enter in.
Not
for seven thousand
years has there been such
rejoicing at the
Inner Octaves of Activity for mankind as comes with the ushering in
of 1935. While it is true there will be some
great extremes
in both
constructive and
destructive activity,
yet the
forward impulse is
so great
that many
of the
destructive things
will pass with
much less notice
than otherwise would have been.
As
more and more
of the
students of the
"Mighty I AM Presence"
realize that
their thought and
feeling are
the only
causes in
their worlds,
and that
it is
entirely within
their province—within their ability and dominion—to govern their
thought and feeling, then they will know that to govern these
harmoniously, sustaining this activity, will fill their worlds with
Eternal Perfection.
This
day, when the great feeling and thought are fixed upon the Christ
Activity, it has made
possible as never before the filling of the mind and feeling world
of mankind with this "Mighty Cosmic Christ Presence."
Thus
can you understand how great is Our Happiness on this Christmas
Day—to see the Goal of
the Freedom
of mankind
in sight.
Once they
learn to
withhold all
power they have
given the
screaming human
appearances, then
individuals will
see how
quickly those appearances will disappear; for no kind of
discord nor human limitation can be sustained unless by
the thought
and feeling of
individuals.
Therefore,
O Beloved Students of Light! to every discordant, limiting
appearance, say: "Get thee
hence, thou
powerless human
creation! I know
thee not!
My
world
is filled
only with
the Mighty
Perfection of
my 'Mighty
I AM
Presence.' I
take away from you, foolish appearance, all power to harm or
disturb. I walk henceforth in the Light
of
the
'Mighty
I
AM
Presence'
in
which
there
is
no
shadow,
and
I
am
free,
forever
free."
I
say to you, O Beloved Students! Do not fail to charge your mind,
body, home, world and activity with the Mighty Love, Perfection and
Intelligent Activity of your "Mighty I AM Presence."
Send
forth through
conscious projection,
like the
belching forth
of a
great cannon,
the Mighty Violet
Consuming Flame,
consuming everything
undesirable and
imperfect in your
world of activity. Consciously
qualify
this with
the "Full
Power of
Divine Love
in Action.
" Then see
and feel
what great
beauty, happiness
and Perfection
you will
experience as you
move forward.
I
urge the students, with all the earnestness of My Being, to
constantly charge everything within the activity of their
thought and feeling with Love, Opulence and Perfect Achievement.
Do
this qualifying with dynamic energy! Put great feeling and sureness
back of it, and you will find such changes taking place in your
world of activity and environment as almost
to compare
with the
rubbing of
"Aladdin's Lamp."
I
say to you beloved students, with all the Love of My Heart: Use! Use!
Use! this Mighty Application to your Freedom.
When
you call the Mighty "I AM Presence" into action, into your
Life, environment and activity, all
struggle ceases. The undesirable moves out
and the "I AM Presence" moves in;
and you
find that
you have
truly entered
into a
new world,
filled with
the Happiness
and
Perfection you
have always known
existed somewhere within
your own heart.
Beloved Ones, no matter
how humble
your present
position seems to
be, by calling your
"I AM
Presence" into
action, you
can transform
everything within
your world
and fill
it with the
Perfection that
you desire
to have
there.
— VERY
IMPORTANT —
Train
yourselves to
still the
outer, if
only for
five minutes,
three times
a day.
At the
end of that stillness, with all the calm earnestness of your
Being, call the "Mighty I AM Presence" into action, and you
will have all the proof in the world you wish of the Presence, Power
and Dominion of your own "Mighty God-Self."
The
Beloved Master Jesus wishes Me to extend His Love and Assurance that
He will give forth His
Special Radiance
to the
students under
this Radiation
for the
entire year
of 1935. He will not dictate over the Ray today, but will on
New Year's Day.
This
is the
Christmas Message
which the
Host of
Great
Ascended Masters, the Legion of Light and the Great White Brotherhood
give to you today:
"May
your hearts,
O Beloved
Students, he
filled with
Our Eternal
Presence of
Divine Love; and
may you become so charged with Its Active Presence that Its very
Radiance becomes an
Eternal, Consuming Activity, keeping out everything but the Eternal
Light of Perfection."
I
charge the
mental and
emotional world of
humanity with
Our Eternal, Active
Presence of Divine
Love, manifest
everywhere in
the hearts
and minds
of mankind.
In the
Name, in the
Power, in
the Love
of that
Eternal Light
and Perfection
of the
Universe, I
send forth the
Consuming, Purifying
Flame throughout
the earth—freeing
mankind, controlling the feelings of mankind, and holding them
in the Governing Presence and Perfection of Divine Love,
now and forever.
With all the Love of My
Being,
SAINT
GERMAIN
Discourse
32 January 1,
1935
BELOVED
JESUS' NEW
YEAR'S DAY
DISCOURSE
As
We look upon the accomplishment of the past year from the Higher
Octaves of Light and then
come into
your octave
of human
activity, We
see and
feel the
great change which
has taken place,
even in
one year. It
is truly most
encouraging, most
assuring, of the ultimate
goal of
Victory in
the Freedom
of mankind
from the
chains and
limitations of their
own creation.
After all,
the pity
is mankind
does not
understand that
the human activity
alone is the only creator of limitation and inharmony there is. In
other words, through the ungoverned activity of the outer,
personalities allow themselves to constantly requalify the Perfect
Energy—the Pure Essence of their own "Mighty I AM Presence"
—producing all that is undesirable, when it is within their ability
to keep themselves so harmonized that the Perfect Intelligence and
Energy flowing through the human
form could
not and
would not
be requalified.
Therefore it
would constantly
do Its Perfect Work, not only in perfecting the human form,
causing it to express Divine Perfection,
but it
would allow
that Purity
and Perfection
to flow
out into
the individual's world,
producing the
beauty, harmony
and success
each heart
so much craves.
Q.
Why does almost everyone desire greater beauty, Perfection and
abundance of every good thing?
A.
Because it
is an Inner
Recognition of
each one's own
God-given Dominion,
which everyone can
assert at
any time.
I assure
you, Beloved
Children of
Light, that
every individual can assert his Dominion at any time if he
only will—by his recognition and acceptance
of his
own "Mighty I AM
Presence" — for that enables this
Mighty, Invincible Presence to
become the
Mighty, Directing
Intelligence.
Therefore,
do you not see that to this Mighty Presence there is no
obstruction—therefore no
struggle, no
interference of
any kind?
This is
why the
old Scriptural
Statement so long
used: "Be still, and know that 'I AM' God," can be made a
dynamic Power in one's Life. This
"being still"
means the
harmonizing and
quieting of
the outer
mind. In
the past year, We have drawn attention to many of the
Scriptural Statements, giving more explanation of their true meaning.
This year We hope to bring forth a full and complete explanation
of all
the "I
AM" Statements
used through
the centuries
— that
mankind may have the evidence before their own eyes of the
Freedom and Dominion which is within their own grasp. We rejoice and
give thanks that this year will release such
abundant financial support for this Work that Boundless Light
and Blessings will be brought to mankind. In all past Golden Ages
when the Great Light of the Higher Octaves descended
into the
earth, enfolding
and dissolving
the human
creation about
individuals, they were so
enabled to reach into the
Higher Octaves through the
Inner Sight, Hearing
and Feeling
that they
knew, firsthand,
the True
Reality; and
that the outer
form was
but the
garment of
this All-wise,
Supreme Intelligence
which the "Mighty
I AM Presence" used to find expression in the denser octave
into which the human had
drawn itself.
Can
you, O Beloved Students of the Light, even for a few moments, realize
what Joy this brings to
the Hearts
of the
Host of
Ascended Masters
who have
freed themselves
through
Self-conscious effort from these same human limitations which you are
now experiencing? As these Beloved Messengers have come to know with
full assurance that Freedom, so all mankind will one day understand
that everyone can make the necessary, Self-conscious effort in the
recognition and acceptance of this "Mighty I AM Presence"
and have this same Freedom.
Do
not let
anyone of the
beloved students make such a
mistake as to think that the
"Mighty I AM Presence" is going to act independently of the
individual's own Self- conscious effort. This never is and cannot
be done. It is true that after the student has
reached a
certain point
of attainment,
the Law
seems to
begin to
act almost
automatically, but this is
only because a charged
momentum has been
built and
established about the
individual. Let Me make clear to you now
that never
until you
have made
the
Ascension
do
you
cease
to
make
conscious
application
for
your
own
Freedom.
Today
I am going over some of these simple, yet All-powerful
acknowledgments of the Truth because I wish every student under this
Radiation to have a copy of this —so each one may read it once a
day; for to those who will do this earnestly and conscientiously, I
will give forth My own Individual Radiation to bless them and assist
them to their Freedom.
You
have been
asked throughout
the past
year to
charge your
mind, body,
home, world and
activity with
the Perfection
of the
"Mighty I
AM Presence."
Now, with
your permission, I shall assist you, and also charge your
Being and world with this "Mighty Perfection and Abundance."
"I
AM" offering this
Assistance to you, O Beloved Students!
Let no one be so foolish as
to doubt, for
"I AM"
the Jesus—the
Christ of
Galilee that
you have
known of
for the
past two thousand years—who is dictating this Discourse and
offering this Assistance to you. Again let Me assure you that this
Work of
Saint
Germain and
Myself is
entirely different
from anything
that has
been given
forth to the
Western World,
because in
this Work
there are
no human
concepts nor
opinions. It has not been possible to do this heretofore —
until the Visible Light and Sound Rays could be established through
which knowledge and instruction could be given. If you beloved ones,
as students, can realize
this, how great
will be
your Blessing and benefit.
The
protection which
has been
given America
and certain
other parts
of the
world during the past
few months has
transcended anything I have ever
known in
My experience. Oh! if humanity could but realize this, how
gladly and willingly would they cooperate to their utmost
to sustain it—so its All-powerful
Activity
might ever
increase.
We
can but
call your attention
to the Truth, the Reality as We know
it to be. When
you can fully accept this Truth and apply it in your world and
activity, you will have all the proof
required in
your own
experience to
enable you
to know
the Full
Power of
the Truth of which I have spoken.
To
all who can accept this Truth, it will enable Me to charge their
consciousness and fill their worlds and activity
with this Truth.
They who doubt
must wait, for
doubt and fear are
the two
doors through
which every
human being
must pass
to know
and have
his Full and
Complete Freedom.
The key
that unlocks
these doors
is Divine
Love in
each
one's
acknowledgment of
his own
"Mighty I
AM Presence"
as the
Fullness of
the Power of Divine
Love Acting.
The
Door to
the Seventh
Octave of
Light stands
open to
every one
of the
beloved students under
this Radiation
who will
make sincere,
earnest, Self-
conscious application. This, My Beloved Brothers and Sisters,
means your Freedom. Can you, will you, grasp this with the full Power
of your "I AM Consciousness"—and be free?
As
"I AM" dictating these Words to the Messengers through
amplifiers which your outer world
has not
yet known,
these Words
and this
Radiation are
going forth
into the mental
and feeling
world of
humanity, which
will immediately
start into
operation; and as
the students and individuals contact these Words from time to time,
they will find an immediate response which will enable them to feel
the Truth and the Reality of which I speak.
Oh!
that humanity, who through church service after church service are
acknowledging My
Ascension, oh! why can they not feel the True Reality—and know that
in My Ascended, Eternal, Light Body, I can and do reach all who will
open their hearts to My Reception? O Children of Earth! Learn to
couple your feeling of the Truth with the acknowledgment
of the
Truth that
you wish
to have
manifest in
your Life.
Then you will
be enabled to
go forth
to any
height
of
achievement in
your quest
for Freedom.
"I
AM" the Open Doorway which no man can shutl Your "Mighty I
AM Presence" is the Truth,
the Way and the Life. Your "Mighty I AM Presence" is the
Light that
lighteth every man that
cometh into
the world.
Your "Mighty
I AM
Presence" is
your Directing
Intelligence, your
Exhaustless, Sustaining
Energy. Your
"Mighty I
AM Presence"
is the Voice
of Truth
speaking within
your heart;
the Light
enfolding you
in Its
Luminous Presence; your
Eternal Belt
of Protection
through which
no human
creation can
pass; your Eternal Reservoir of Exhaustless Energy which you
can release at will through your conscious charging. Your "Mighty
I AM Presence" is the Fountain of Eternal Youth and Beauty which
you can call into action and expression in your human form today.
Your "Mighty
I AM
Presence" is
your Resurrection
and the
Life of
your body
and of
your world of
action into
that Perfection
which the
heart of
every human
being so
much desires.
Listen,
O Beloved Students of Light! When you are uttering these Decrees for
yourselves and "I AM" uttering them for you, do you not see
that we are doing it for all the rest of mankind as well as
ourselves? That when you issue a Decree of and through the "I
AM," you are issuing that for everyone else as well as
yourselves? This is how the application and expression of the "I
AM" becomes all-powerful, exhaustless in Its Activity, and
forever acts beyond the realm of human selfishness. Why?
Because you are asking for every one of God's children the same
Perfection which you are calling into action for yourselves.
This
is not
possible except
in the
use of
the "I
AM" Statements
and Application,
for acting within the "I AM Presence" takes you
instantly out of the activity wherein there is human
selfishness. This
is why
the earnest,
sincere student
who will
cast out
all doubt and fear
will find himself or herself acting within a sphere of positive,
definite activity which knows
no delay or lack of
accomplishment in
anything. Then, O Beloved
Ones! do
you
not see how you are then acting in a World of Infallibility, wherein
your Decrees enable the Full Power of the "I AM" to move
into action, causing all human inharmony
and limitation to move out?
I
now voice
the Decree
that the
Host of
Ascended Masters
and students issued
last night at
the Royal
Teton: "Such
Freedom, Health,
Prosperity and
Harmonious Action
shall come forth for America and the world as have never
before been experienced on earth!"
The students who
will join
Us in this Decree
will render
a service
which will
bless them throughout the ages. Only
became
America is
the Cup—the
Holy
Grail—do We often speak of America
first. All
should know
without question
that what
blesses America
blesses the world.
An Activity,
a Radiance
such as
has not
been known
since the
height of
the last Golden
Age on
Atlantis was
sent forth
from the
Conclave at
the Royal
Teton, the
description of
which Saint
Germain will
give you
later. The
Fullness of
my Love,
Light and Blessing
I leave
with yourselves,
all the
students and
all mankind;
that the
Light within each
heart may
be so
quickened that
you and
they will
no longer
know limitation of
any kind,
and the
Light becomes
so powerful
that Its
very Radiance
consumes all
human creation
accumulated through
the past
or present,
setting all forever
free. My Love enfolds all forever, flESUS
THE CHRIST
Discourse
33 July 4,
1932
BELOVED
ARCTURUS
INDEPENDENCE
DAY
DISCOURSE
SAINT
GERMAIN
INVOCATION:
Mighty, Sustaining, Enfolding Presence! We give praise and thanks
for Thy Life Everlasting, Thy Youth Eternal, Thy Light Illumining.
THE
DISCOURSE
O
America! WE LOVE YOU! Mighty Seed of
God's Eternal
Manifestation, we give praise and thanks that Thou art
sustained and governed by God alone. The day on which
independence within
thy heart
was established,
thou didst
become a
Radiating Center
of Light to
all humanity.
We give
praise and
thanks that out
of all
will come
peace and
prosperity to mankind in thy embrace. Back of thee is the Power
that will sustain and maintain the Reign of God on earth. His
Light shall
illumine and
strengthen the
hearts of thy children
in all
ruling places; and out
of all
shall come
Love, Justice
and Wisdom.
America! We love you. America! We love you. America! We love you.
America! We love you.
America! We love you. Today, O America, those Mighty Messengers of
God who have passed before
look upon
thee with
their hearts
filled with
Love and
Strength, the
Love of the
"Mighty I
AM Presence"
flowing forth
to heal,
to bless
and to
prosper thy
inhabitants. The
very substance
of earth
is being
quickened into
greater activity,
and as the Children
of God walk the earth, so shall they feel the Current of God
flowing in, quickening them
into greater Love,
Loyalty and desire
for thy Freedom. O
America! Thou dost seem
to have
become bound,
but thou
art not.
Thou art
entering into
thy Great Freedom.
Thou dost
seem in
the throes
of pain,
but thou
wilt be
born into
that great peace,
health, happiness and prosperity. We give praise and thanks that
this is God's Wisdom—"The
Mighty I AM Presence" speaking.
The
Christ
Child
enfolding
thee
America
has
grown
into
Majesty
and
Power.
It
no
longer
pleads, but
commands
obedience
of all
that is
of the
outer to
the service
of the
Inner
Presence.
The Power
of Divine
Love
governs
thee and
consumes
all unlike
Itself.
America! We
give praise
and thanks that
thou art
a Great
Jewel within
the Heart
of God,
the Lamp
of Illumination,
lighted by
the "Mighty
I AM
Presence," the
Chalice, the
Crystal Cup,
holding within
Its Pure Radiance
the Freedom,
Peace, Health,
Prosperity and
Illumination of
those who dwell
within thy
embrace. May
all the
world feel
thy Radiance
and be
blest by
It. Peace! Peace!
Peace! And on earth
Goodwill to
man. ARCTURUS
NOTES
I
would suggest that sometime each day you think of yourself as a radio
station sending forth Peace and Goodwill to all mankind. Know that in
this Mighty Consciousness, the Limitless Power of the "Mighty I
AM Presence" flows forth to each individual and gives that which
he is ready to receive, bringing enlightenment and decision to
everyone. Be conscious that
your own
minds are
such powerful
Divine Centers
that at
any time
you can make quick, unerring decisions through the Power of
Divine Love. Recognize that your
mind is but a vehicle of the Great Master Presence of the "MIGHTY
I AM PRESENCE" within; and that it is to obey that Inner
Presence at all times. Command it always to act with
decision, alertness
and quickness,
and that
all human
sense of
wavering be
forever
consumed.
THE
NEW
CYCLE
Today
is a focal point of ten thousand years —the beginning of another
cycle of ten thousand years—in which the Great
Ones from Venus who have always been
instrumental in
the uplift
of humanity
and our
earth, this
day come
forth and
pour out to
humanity throughout
the earth
a Mighty
Radiance. This
will bring
about more quickly
a greater
stabilization and
confidence in
the hearts of
many public
officials. It will cause
them to
have a
strong, unwavering
desire to
reestablish America
in confidence and
prosperity, and
make them
feel a
deeper Love
and loyalty
for her progress
than ever
before. Many
will have
learned that
they cannot
rule humanity
with a ruthless
hand, for
they are
seeing that
the inroad
of control
which they
had desired
to gain over
others is returning to
themselves for redemption.
If this lesson
can be impressed
upon them sufficiently, a great calamity will have been averted. In
this quickening period,
things can
be done
in the
short period
of twenty
years that
would ordinarily require a hundred years.
New
Year's Eve
Conclave Jan.
1, 1935
BELOVED
SAINT GERMAIN'S
DESCRIPTION OF NEW YEAR'S EVE CONCLAVE AT
THE
ROYAL TETON
- JANUARY
1, 1935
It
is with Great Joy that I relate to you briefly some of the Activity
that took place at the Royal
Teton last
night. Two
hundred fourteen
of the
Ascended Masters
were present, and
the twelve from Venus. The All- Seeing Eye was in the most powerful
Action known thus far.
Great
Rays of Light are made permanent to our National Capitol and the
capital of each state, that a constant Radiation may pour forth to
these focal points —and also to the principal cities of Europe,
India, China, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, South America, Africa
and Mexico.
A
similar Activity
or Radiation
from the
Golden City
and Shamballa
was also
poured forth,
making a Triple Activity for the Blessing of mankind. Every effort
is being made to avoid
as
much
destructive
activity
as
possible
throughout
the
world.
The
activity of
the past
three months has
been tremendously
encouraging, and
We do have high
expectation for this year. Being so well aware of the free will of
humanity, We can but
trust for
their harmonious
cooperation with
the Conscious
Radiation pouring
forth from the above-mentioned Triple Activity.
There
were Outpourings of Light from the Tall Master from Venus, Jesus and
the Great Divine Director such as I have not known before in My
experience.
The
many who have been fully aware of My sincere Efforts for the blessing
of America have now joined Me in Full Power, to achieve all possible
that the Cosmic Law and the law
of the individual will permit. The Cosmic Laws are daily giving
greater freedom in this
activity, which
is the
thing that
gives Us
such great
encouragement.
There
were many students present last night, for which "I AM"
very grateful. There is much
detail of
the Activity
which took
place that
I may not
reveal at
this time, but I
assure all
the students
that It
was marvelous
beyond description.
The
Great Host of Ascended Masters
join Me in Their Love,
Light, Blessing
and Opulence to
the students, to America, and to the world, that this year may be
unparalleled in its happiness to mankind.
In
the Fullness
of My
Love,
SAINT
GERMAIN
FINIS
